2017 Chevrolet Traverse Mid Size SUV Owners Manual

2k17_Chevrolet_Traverse_23216842A.
ai 1 4/1/2016 7:01:12 AM
Traverse
C
CM
MY
CY
CMY
Traverse Owners Manual
chevrolet.com (U.S.)
23216842 A chevrolet.gm.ca (Canada)
Chevrolet Traverse Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
In Brief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . 31
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 108
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 164
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 216
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 343
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 359
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 370
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
2 Introduction
Introduction This manual describes features that

may or may not be on the vehicle
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
because of optional equipment that 47911 Halyard Drive
was not purchased on the vehicle, Plymouth, MI 48170
model variants, country USA
specifications, features/applications
that may not be available in your Using this Manual
region, or changes subsequent to
the printing of this owner manual. To quickly locate information about
the vehicle, use the Index in the
The names, logos, emblems, Refer to the purchase back of the manual. It is an
slogans, vehicle model names, and documentation relating to your alphabetical list of what is in the
vehicle body designs appearing in specific vehicle to confirm the manual and the page number where
this manual including, but not limited features. it can be found.
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET,
the CHEVROLET Emblem, and Keep this manual in the vehicle for
TRAVERSE are trademarks and/or quick reference. Danger, Warning, and
service marks of General Motors Caution
LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, Canadian Vehicle Owners
Warning messages found on vehicle
or licensors. A French language manual can be labels and in this manual describe
For vehicles first sold in Canada, obtained from your dealer, at hazards and what to do to avoid or
substitute the name General www.helminc.com, or from: reduce them.
Motors of Canada Company for
Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it Propritaires Canadiens
appears in this manual. On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
ce guide en franais auprs du
concessionnaire ou l'adresse
suivante:
Litho in U.S.A.

Part No. 23216842 A First Printing 2016 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Introduction 3
A circle with a slash through it is a 9 : Airbag Readiness Light

{ Danger safety symbol which means Do
Not, Do not do this, or Do not let ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Danger indicates a hazard with a
high level of risk which will result
this happen. % : AudioSteering Wheel Controls
or OnStar (if equipped)
in serious injury or death. Symbols $ : Brake System Warning Light
The vehicle has components and " : Charging System
labels that use symbols instead of
{ Warning text. Symbols are shown along with I : Cruise Control
Warning indicates a hazard that
the text describing the operation or ` : Do Not Puncture
information relating to a specific
could result in injury or death. component, control, message, ^ : Do Not Service
gauge, or indicator. B : Engine Coolant Temperature
M : Shown when the owner O : Exterior Lamps
Caution manual has additional instructions _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
or information.
Caution indicates a hazard that
* : Shown when the service # : Fog Lamps
could result in property or vehicle . : Fuel Gauge
manual has additional instructions
damage. or information. + : Fuses
0 : Shown when there is more 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam
information on another page Changer
see page.
j : LATCH System Child Restraints
Vehicle Symbol Chart
* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle : : Oil Pressure
and what they mean. For more g : Outside Power Foldaway
information on the symbol, refer to Mirrors
the Index.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
4 Introduction
} : Power
/ : Remote Vehicle Start
> : Safety Belt Reminders
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
_ : Tow/Haul Mode
t : Traction Control/StabiliTrak
a : Under Pressure
M : Windshield Washer Fluid
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
In Brief 5
In Brief Vehicle Features

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
29
29
Radio(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . . 29
Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Driving for Better Fuel
Instrument Panel Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Portable Audio Devices . . . . . . . . 23
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Roadside Assistance
Initial Drive Information Steering Wheel Controls (Radio Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Initial Drive Information . . . . . . . . . . 8 without Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . 24
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Steering Wheel Controls (Radio
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 with Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Driver Information Center (DIC)
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 (With DIC Buttons) . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Lane Departure
Second Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Side Blind Zone
Heated and Cooled Front Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 27
Head Restraint Adjustment . . . . 13 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Passenger Sensing System . . . 14 Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Mirror Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 15 Universal Remote System . . . . . 27
Interior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Exterior Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 17
Performance and Maintenance
Traction Control/Electronic
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Tire Pressure Monitor . . . . . . . . . . 29
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
6 In Brief
Instrument Panel
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
In Brief 7
1. Air Vents 0 214. Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Controls (Radio without
2. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn System 0 248 (If Equipped). Touchscreen) 0 109 (If
and Lane-Change Signals Lane Departure Warning Equipped).
0 159 (Out of View). (LDW) 0 252 (If Equipped). 17. Horn 0 111.
Windshield Wiper/Washer Tow/Haul Button (If Equipped). 18. Steering Wheel
0 111 (Out of View). See Tow/Haul Mode 0 237. Adjustment 0 109.
3. Instrument Cluster 0 118. Power Liftgate Button (If 19. Cruise Control 0 242.
4. Instrument Panel Equipped). See Liftgate 0 39. 20. Dome Lamp Override. See
Storage 0 103. 11. Power Outlets 0 115. Dome Lamps 0 160.
5. CD Player. See CD Player 12. USB Port. See Auxiliary Instrument Panel Illumination
(Radio without Touchscreen) Devices 0 193. Control 0 160.
0 182 or CD Player (Radio with 13. Shift Lever. See Automatic 21. Data Link Connector (DLC)
Touchscreen) 0 184. Transmission 0 235. (Out of View). See Malfunction
6. Infotainment 0 164. 14. Climate Control Systems 0 205 Indicator Lamp (Check Engine
7. Passenger Sensing (If Equipped). Light) 0 124.
System 0 78. Dual Automatic Climate Control 22. Parking Brake 0 239.
8. Hazard Warning System 0 208 (If Equipped). 23. Hood Release. See
Flashers 0 159. 15. Driver Information Center (DIC) Hood 0 268.
9. Heated and Cooled Front Buttons. See Driver Information 24. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 157.
Seats 0 58 (If Equipped). Center (DIC) (With DIC Fog Lamps 0 159
10. Rear Window Wiper/ Buttons) 0 130 or Driver (If Equipped).
Washer 0 112. Information Center (DIC)
(Without DIC Buttons) 0 135.
Traction Control System (TCS)
Disable Button. See Traction 16. Steering Wheel Controls
Control/Electronic Stability (Radio with Touchscreen)
Control 0 240. 0 110 or Steering Wheel
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
8 In Brief
Initial Drive Press L again to cancel the panic

alarm.
Information
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
This section provides a brief System Operation 0 33.
overview about some of the
important features that may or may Remote Vehicle Start
not be on your specific vehicle.
If equipped, the engine can be
For more detailed information, refer
started from outside of the vehicle.
to each of the features which can be
found later in this owner manual. Starting the Vehicle
Remote Keyless Entry 1. Press and release Q on the

Press K to unlock the driver door. RKE transmitter.
(RKE) System
Press K again within five seconds 2. Immediately, press and hold /
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) to unlock all remaining doors.
transmitter is used to remotely lock for at least four seconds or until
and unlock the doors from up to Press Q to lock all doors. the parking lamps flash.
60 m (195 ft) away from the vehicle. 3. Start the vehicle normally after
Lock and unlock feedback can be
personalized. entering.
To open or close the liftgate, press When the vehicle starts, the parking
lamps will turn on.
and hold 8 until the liftgate
begins to move. Remote start can be extended.
Press L and release to locate the Canceling a Remote Start

vehicle. To cancel a remote start, do one of
the following:
Press L and hold for more than
two seconds to sound the panic . Press and hold / until the
alarm. parking lamps turn off.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
In Brief 9
. Turn on the hazard warning Power Door Locks Q : Press to lock the doors.
flashers.
See Power Door Locks 0 37.
. Turn the vehicle on and then off.
See Remote Vehicle Start 0 35. Liftgate
To open the liftgate the vehicle must
Door Locks be in P (Park). Press the touch pad
To lock or unlock a door manually: under the liftgate handle and lift up.
To close the liftgate, use the pull
. From the inside use the door
cup or pull strap as an aid.
lock knob on the window sill.
. From the outside turn the key Power Liftgate
toward the front or rear of the If equipped with a power liftgate, the
vehicle, or press the K or Q Base Model vehicle must be in P (Park) to
button on the Remote Keyless operate it.
Entry (RKE) transmitter. . Press and hold 8 on the
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) transmitter.
Uplevel Model
K : Press to unlock the doors.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
10 In Brief
Windows Seat Adjustment

Manual Seats
. Press O.
. Press the touch pad on the Uplevel Shown, Base Similar
outside liftgate handle. Press the switch to lower the
See Liftgate 0 39. window. Pull the switch up to 1. Seat Adjustment Handle
raise it. 2. Driver Seat Height
For more information, see Power Adjustment Lever
Windows 0 48. 3. Seatback Lever
To adjust a manual seat:
1. Lift the handle (1) under the
seat to unlock it.
2. Slide the seat to the desired
position, and then release the
handle (1).
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
In Brief 11
3. Try to move the seat back and To adjust a power seat, if equipped: Memory Features
forth to be sure it is locked in . Move the seat forward or
place. rearward by sliding the
Move the lever (2) up or down to control (1) forward or rearward.
raise or lower the seat. . Raise or lower the front part of
Use the lever (3) to adjust the the seat cushion by moving the
seatback. front of the control (1) up
See Seat Adjustment 0 54 and or down.
Reclining Seatbacks 0 56. . Raise or lower the entire seat by
moving the rear of the control (1)
Power Seats up or down.
. Adjust the seatback by tilting the
top of the control (2) forward or
rearward. If equipped, the controls on the
See Reclining Seatbacks 0 56. driver door are used to program and
recall memory settings for the driver
. Increase or decrease lumbar seat and outside mirrors.
support by pressing the front or
rear of the control (3). See Memory Seats 0 57 and
Vehicle Personalization (With DIC
See Lumbar Adjustment 0 55. Buttons) 0 146.
See Power Seat Adjustment 0 55.
1. Seat Adjustment Control

2. Seatback Control
3. Lumbar Control
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
12 In Brief
Second Row Seats To fold the third row seatback:

1. If the second row seat is in the
full rear position, adjust it
forward to allow the third row
seat to fold fully flat.
2. Remove anything on or under
the seat.
4. Stow the mini-latch in the

holder in the headliner.
The second row seat can be folded
to access the third row. Pull the
sliding seat lever forward; the seat
cushion folds, and the seat slides
forward.
See Rear Seats 0 59.
3. Disconnect the rear safety belt
Third Row Seats mini-latch using a key in the
slot on the mini-buckle, and let
The third row seatbacks can be the belt retract into the
folded forward, and the seats can headliner.
be removed.
5. Pull up on the release lever on

the back of the seat.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
In Brief 13
6. Push the seatback forward to H : If equipped, press to cool the Safety Belts
lay flat. entire seat.
See Third Row Seats 0 61. J : Press to heat the seat and
seatback.
Heated and Cooled Front Press the button once for the
Seats highest setting. With each press of
the button, the seat will change to
the next lower setting, and then to
the off setting. The lights indicate
three for the highest setting and one
for the lowest.
See Heated and Cooled Front
Seats 0 58.
Refer to the following sections for
Head Restraint important information on how to use
Adjustment safety belts properly:
Do not drive until the head restraints . Safety Belts 0 64.
Heated and Cooled Seat Buttons for all occupants are installed and . How to Wear Safety Belts
Shown, Heated Seat Buttons adjusted properly. Properly 0 65.
Similar To achieve a comfortable seating . Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 66.
If equipped, the buttons are on the position, change the seatback
recline angle as little as necessary . Lower Anchors and Tethers for
center stack. To operate, the engine Children (LATCH System) 0 91.
must be running. while keeping the seat and the head
restraint height in the proper
I : If equipped, press to heat the position.
seatback only.
See Head Restraints 0 53 and Seat
Adjustment 0 54.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
14 In Brief
Passenger Sensing The passenger airbag status 3. Return the switch to the center
indicator will light on the instrument to deselect the mirror.
System panel when the vehicle is started.
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 122.
Mirror Adjustment
Exterior Mirrors
United States
Uplevel Model
To adjust the mirrors:
Canada and Mexico 1. Press (1) or (2) to select a
The passenger sensing system will mirror.
turn off the front outboard 2. Press the control pad to adjust
passenger frontal airbag under the mirror.
certain conditions. No other airbag Base Model
is affected by the passenger 3. Press (1) or (2) again to
To adjust the mirrors: deselect the mirror.
sensing system. See Passenger
Sensing System 0 78 1. Press o or p to select a Folding Mirrors
mirror.
For vehicles with manual folding
2. Press the control pad to adjust mirrors, push the mirror toward the
the mirror. vehicle. Pull the mirror out to return
to its original position.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
In Brief 15
For vehicles with power folding Interior Mirror Steering Wheel

mirrors:
Adjustment Adjustment
Adjust the rearview mirror to clearly
view the area behind the vehicle.
Manual Rearview Mirror
If equipped, push the tab forward for
daytime use and pull it for nighttime
use to avoid glare from the
headlamps from behind. See
Manual Rearview Mirror 0 47.
Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror
1. Press (1) to fold the mirrors out If equipped, the mirror will
to the driving position. automatically reduce the glare of To adjust the steering wheel:
headlamps from behind. The
2. Press (2) to fold the mirrors in dimming feature comes on when the 1. Pull the lever down.
to the folded position. vehicle is started. See Automatic 2. Move the steering wheel up
See Folding Mirrors 0 46. Dimming Rearview Mirror 0 47. or down.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
closer or away from you.
4. Push the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
16 In Brief
Interior Lighting E DOME OFF : Press the button For more information, see:
and the dome lamps remain off . Dome Lamps 0 160.
Dome Lamps when a door is opened. An indicator
light on the button comes on to . Instrument Panel Illumination
The dome lamps are in the
overhead console and above the show that the dome lamps are off. Control 0 160.
rear seat passengers. Press the button again so the dome
lamps come on when a door is Exterior Lighting
The dome lamps come on when a opened.
door is opened, unless the dome
lamp override button is pressed in.
To manually turn them on, turn the
instrument panel brightness control
clockwise to the farthest position.
Dome Lamp Override
The exterior lamp control is on the

instrument panel, to the left of the
steering wheel.
O : Briefly turn to this position to
turn the automatic light control off or
AMBIENT OFF (If Equipped) : on again.
Press the button to turn the ambient
lights off. Press the button again to AUTO : Turns the headlamps on
turn ambient lights on. automatically at normal brightness,
together with the other exterior
Reading Lamps lamps and instrument panel lights.
The dome lamp override button is Press the button near each lamp to
next to the exterior lamps control. turn them on or off.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
In Brief 17
; : Turns on the parking lamps Rear Window Wiper/Washer

including all lamps, except the The rear wiper and rear wash button
headlamps. is on the center stack below the
5 : Turns on the headlamps climate control system.
together with the parking lamps and Z : Press to turn the rear wiper on
instrument panel lights. A warning and off. The wiper speed cannot be
chime sounds if the driver door is changed.
opened when the ignition switch is 8 : Use for a single wiping cycle.
off and the headlamps are on. OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.
Y : Press to spray washer fluid on
the rear window. The window wiper
# : If equipped, it turns the fog 6 : Delays wiping cycle. Turn the will also come on.
lamps on or off. band up for more frequent wipes or
See Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 111
See: down for less frequent wipes.
and Rear Window Wiper/
. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 157. LO : Slow wipes. Washer 0 112.
. Fog Lamps 0 159. HI : Fast wipes.
Windshield Washer
Windshield Wiper/Washer J FRONT : Press the button at the
The windshield wiper/washer lever end of the lever to spray washer
is located on the left side of the fluid on the windshield.
steering column.
Turn the band with the wiper symbol
to control the windshield wipers.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
18 In Brief
Climate Controls
1. Fan Control 5. Air Delivery Mode Control

2. REAR (Rear Climate Control) 6. Rear Window Defogger
3. Temperature Control 7. Air Conditioning
4. Recirculation
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
In Brief 19
Dual Automatic Climate Control System Transmission

Electronic Range Select
(ERS) Mode
ERS mode allows you to choose the
top-gear limit of the transmission
and the vehicle's speed while
driving downhill or towing a trailer.
The vehicle has an electronic shift
position indicator within the
instrument cluster. When using the
ERS mode a number will display
next to the L, indicating the current
gear that has been selected.
1. Driver and Passenger Side See Climate Control Systems 0 205 To use this feature:
Temperature Controls or Dual Automatic Climate Control 1. Move the shift lever to L (Low).
2. Air Delivery Mode Controls System 0 208 (If Equipped). For
more information about the rear 2. Press the + (Plus) or (Minus)
3. SYNC (Synchronized climate control, see Rear Climate button on the shift lever, to
Temperature) Control System 0 212 or Rear increase or decrease the gear
Climate Control System (with Rear range available.
4. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
Seat Audio) 0 213. See Manual Mode 0 236.
5. REAR (Rear Climate Control)
6. A/C (Air Conditioning)
7. Recirculation
8. Fan Control
9. Rear Window Defogger
10. Defrost
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
20 In Brief
Vehicle Features Radio(s)

Radio without Touchscreen
Infotainment System
If the vehicle has a base radio it is
included in this manual. See the
separate infotainment manual for
information on the connected radios,
audio players, phone, navigation
system, and voice or speech
recognition. There is also
information on settings and
downloadable applications
(if equipped).
O : Press to turn the system on and or : Seek or scan stations or

off. Turn to increase or decrease the tracks.
volume. 4 : Change the display between the
BAND : Press to choose between radio station frequency and the
FM, AM, or SiriusXM, if equipped. time, if equipped. While the ignition
f : Select radio stations or set Tone is off, press 4 to display the time.
options.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
In Brief 21
For more information about these Setting the Clock

and other radio features, see
To set the time and date:
Operation (Radio without
Touchscreen) 0 168 or Operation 1. Turn the ignition key to ACC/
(Radio with Touchscreen) 0 170. ACCESSORY or ON/RUN,
If equipped with Rear Seat then press O to turn the
Entertainment (RSE), see the radio on.
infotainment manual.
2. Press H to display HR, MIN,
Storing a Favorite Station MM, DD, YYYY (hour, minute,
month, day, and year).
A maximum of 36 stations can be
stored as favorites using the six 3. Press the pushbutton located
softkeys located below the radio under any one of the labels to
station frequency tabs and by using be changed.
the radio FAV button. Press FAV to 4. To increase or decrease the
go through up to six pages of
time or date, turn f clockwise
favorites, each having six favorite
stations available per page. Each or counterclockwise.
page of favorites can contain any See Clock (Radio without
combination of AM, FM, or SiriusXM Touchscreen) 0 114 or Clock (Radio
stations, if equipped. with Touchscreen) 0 115.
See AM-FM Radio (Radio without
Touchscreen) 0 173 or AM-FM
Radio (Radio with
Touchscreen) 0 174.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
22 In Brief
Radio with Touchscreen SRCE : Press to change the audio

source to AM, FM, CD, and if
equipped, SiriusXM, front auxiliary,
rear auxiliary, and iPod/USB.
FAV : Press to display the favorite
list or add a favorite. See Operation
(Radio without Touchscreen) 0 168
or Operation (Radio with
Touchscreen) 0 170.
SEEK or SEEK : Seek or scan
stations and tracks. See Operation
or Operation (Radio with
Touchscreen) 0 170.
/ BACK : Press to return to the
previous screen in a menu.
Storing Radio Station Presets
PUSH/SEL : Turn to manually find a Up to 30 preset stations can be
PUSH/O : Press to turn the system stored. AM, FM, and SiriusXM
on and off. Turn to adjust the station or highlight a menu
selection. Press to select a (if equipped) can be mixed.
volume.
highlighted selection. 1. From the AM, FM, or SiriusXM
Z : Press to eject a disc from the main page, press and hold any
CD. See CD Player (Radio without D : Press to go to the Home Page.
See Home Page in Operation 15 buttons or one of the
Touchscreen) 0 182 or CD Player preset screen buttons at the
(Radio with Touchscreen) 0 184. (Radio without Touchscreen) 0 168
or Operation (Radio with bottom of the screen. After a
AUX Port : 3.5 mm (1/8 in) Touchscreen) 0 170. few seconds, a beep is heard
connection for external audio and the new preset information
devices. displays on that screen button.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
In Brief 23
2. Repeat for each preset. . Press and hold to quickly Refer to:
increase or decrease the date . www.siriusxm.com or call
Setting the Clock settings. 1-888-601-6296 (U.S.).
Press Settings on the Home Page, . Press OK to save the
then press the Set Time or Set Date . www.siriusxm.ca or call
adjustments. 1-877-438-9677 (Canada).
settings screen button to display the
different options for setting the time . Press the Back or Cancel screen See Satellite Radio (Radio without
and date. button to cancel the Touchscreen) 0 177 or Satellite
adjustments. Radio (Radio with
Set Time:
Touchscreen) 0 180.
. Press the up or down arrows to Satellite Radio
change the Hours, Minutes, AM,
PM, or 24 hour setting on the If equipped, vehicles with a Portable Audio Devices
clock. SiriusXM satellite radio tuner and a The vehicle has a 3.5 mm (1/8 in)
valid SiriusXM satellite radio auxiliary input jack on the faceplate
. Press and hold to quickly subscription can receive SiriusXM and a USB port in the center stack.
increase or decrease the time programming.
settings. External devices such as iPods,
SiriusXM Satellite Radio laptop computers, MP3 players, CD
. Press OK to save the changers, USB storage devices,
Service
adjustments. etc. can be connected to the
. Press the Back or Cancel screen SiriusXM is a satellite radio service auxiliary port using a 3.5 mm (1/8 in)
based in the 48 contiguous United input jack or the USB port
button to cancel the
States and 10 Canadian provinces. depending on the audio system.
adjustments.
SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide
Set Date: variety of programming and If equipped, there are two USB
commercial-free music, coast to ports on the rear of the center
. Press the up or down arrows to console that can be used for
increase or decrease the Month, coast, and in digital-quality sound.
A fee is required to receive the charging only. They can charge
Day, and Year settings. devices that draw 2.1 amps or less.
SiriusXM service.
See the devices owner manual for
the specification.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
24 In Brief
See Auxiliary Devices 0 193. Steering Wheel Controls SRCE : Press to switch between
AM, FM, CD, SiriusXM,
Bluetooth (Radio without if equipped, and front auxiliary, rear
Touchscreen) auxiliary, and iPod/USB.
The Bluetooth system allows users
with a Bluetooth-enabled mobile : Press to seek the next radio
phone to make and receive station, track, or chapter while
hands-free calls using the vehicle sourced to the CD slot, or to select
audio system and controls. tracks and folders on an iPod or
USB device.
The Bluetooth-enabled mobile
phone must be paired with the + e or e : Press to increase or to
in-vehicle Bluetooth system before it decrease the volume.
can be used in the vehicle. Not all
See Steering Wheel Controls (Radio
phones will support all functions.
with Touchscreen) 0 110 or Steering
See Bluetooth 0 196. Wheel Controls (Radio without
Touchscreen) 0 109.
w or c/x : Press to change

favorite radio stations, select tracks
on a CD, or navigate tracks or
folders on an iPod or USB device.
b/g : Press to mute the speakers,
press again to unmute. Press and
hold to interact with Bluetooth and
OnStar, if equipped.
c/x : Press to reject an incoming
call, or end a current call.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
In Brief 25
Steering Wheel Controls Press and hold to mute/pause the I : Press to turn cruise control on
system. or off. The indicator light on the
(Radio with Touchscreen)
: Press to seek the next radio button comes on when the cruise
station, track, or chapter while control is on.
sourced to the CD slot, or to select +RES : If there is a set speed in
tracks and folders on an iPod or memory, press briefly to resume to
USB device. that speed or press and hold to
+ e or e : Press to increase or to accelerate. If cruise control is
already active, use to increase
decrease the volume.
vehicle speed.
See Steering Wheel Controls (Radio
SET : Press briefly to set the
with Touchscreen) 0 110 or Steering
speed and activate cruise control.
Wheel Controls (Radio without
If cruise control is already active,
Touchscreen) 0 109.
use to decrease vehicle speed.
Cruise Control [ : Press to disengage cruise
control without erasing the set
w or c/x : Press to change speed from memory.
favorite radio stations, select tracks
on a CD, or navigate tracks or See Cruise Control 0 242.
folders on an iPod or USB device.
b/g : Press to interact with
Bluetooth and OnStar, if equipped.
c/x : Press to reject an incoming
call, or end a current call.
SRCE : Press to switch between
AM, FM, CD, and if equipped,
SiriusXM, front auxiliary, rear
auxiliary, and iPod/USB.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
26 In Brief
Driver Information Center 3 : Press this button to display Lane Departure

(DIC) (With DIC Buttons) the odometer, trip odometers, fuel Warning (LDW)
range, average economy, timer, fuel
To access the DIC, some vehicles used, and average speed. If equipped, LDW may help avoid
have buttons located on the unintentional lane departures at
instrument panel. Some vehicles do not have the speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or
buttons shown, however some of greater. LDW uses a camera sensor
the menus can be viewed by using to detect the lane markings. The
the trip odometer reset stem.
LDW light, @, is green if a lane
See Driver Information Center (DIC) marking is detected. If the vehicle
(With DIC Buttons) 0 130 or Driver departs the lane without using a turn
Information Center (DIC) (Without signal in that direction, the light will
DIC Buttons) 0 135. change to amber and flash. In
addition, beeps will sound.
V : Press to set or reset certain Forward Collision Alert See Lane Departure Warning
functions and to turn off or (FCA) System (LDW) 0 252.
acknowledge messages on the DIC.
If equipped, FCA may help avoid or
U : Press to customize the feature reduce the harm caused by Side Blind Zone
settings on your vehicle. See front-end crashes. FCA provides a Alert (SBZA)
Vehicle Personalization (With DIC green indicator, V, when a vehicle
Buttons) 0 146 for more information. If equipped, SBZA will detect
is detected ahead. This indicator moving vehicles in the next lane
T : Press to display the oil life, displays amber if you follow a over in the vehicle's side blind zone
park assist on vehicles with this vehicle much too closely. When area. When this happens, the SBZA
feature, units, tire pressure readings approaching a vehicle ahead too display will light up in the
on vehicles with this feature, and quickly, FCA provides a red flashing corresponding outside side mirror
compass calibration and zone alert on the windshield and rapidly and will flash if the turn signal is on.
setting on vehicles with this feature. beeps.
See Side Blind Zone Alert
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) (SBZA) 0 250.
System 0 248.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
In Brief 27
Rear Vision avoiding objects while in Universal Remote System

R (Reverse). It operates at speeds
Camera (RVC) less than 8 km/h (5 mph) and uses
If equipped, RVC displays a view of audible beeps to provide distance
the area behind the vehicle, on the and system information.
infotainment system display, when Keep the sensors on the vehicle's
the vehicle is shifted into rear bumper clean to ensure proper
R (Reverse). operation.
See Rear Vision Camera See Parking Assist 0 247. If equipped, the Universal Home
(RVC) 0 244.
Remote System allows for garage
Power Outlets door openers, security systems, and
Rear Cross Traffic Alert home automation devices to be
(RCTA) System The vehicle has 12-volt accessory programmed to work with these
power outlets, which can be used to
buttons in the vehicle.
If equipped, the RCTA system uses plug in electrical equipment, such as
a triangle with an arrow displayed a cell phone or MP3 player. See Universal Remote
on the RVC screen to warn of traffic System 0 153.
The power outlets are located:
behind your vehicle that may cross
your vehicle's path while in . On the center stack below the Sunroof
R (Reverse). In addition, beeps will climate controls.
sound. On vehicles with a sunroof, the
. Inside the center console. sunroof only operates when the
See Rear Cross Traffic Alert . At the rear of the center console. ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/
(RCTA) under Rear Vision Camera ACCESSORY, or when Retained
(RVC) 0 244. . In the rear cargo area. Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
To use the outlets, remove the See Retained Accessory Power
Parking Assist cover. (RAP) 0 231.
If equipped, Rear Parking Assist See Power Outlets 0 115. If equipped, there may be a rear
(RPA) uses sensors on the rear sunroof over the second row seats.
bumper to assist with parking and The rear sunroof does not open.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
28 In Brief
Express-open/Express-close : Performance and

Press and release the rear of the
switch to express-open the sunroof. Maintenance
Press and release the front of the
switch to express-close the sunroof. Traction Control/
Manual Sunshade Electronic Stability
The sunshades must be opened Control
and closed manually. To open the The vehicle has a traction control
sunshade, press the button on the system that limits wheel spin, and
sunshade handle to release it and the StabiliTrak system that assists
guide it back. To close the with directional control of the vehicle
sunshade, pull the sunshade in difficult driving conditions. Both
Vent : Press and hold the front of forward until it latches. systems turn on automatically every
the switch to vent the sunroof. Press The sunroof has an automatic time the vehicle is started.
and hold the rear of the switch to reversal system. . To turn off traction control and
close the sunroof.
See Sunroof 0 50. StabiliTrak, press and release 4
on the center stack, and the
appropriate DIC message
displays. See Ride Control
System Messages 0 143.
. Press and release 4 again to
turn on both systems.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 240.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
In Brief 29
Tire Pressure Monitor The TPMS does not replace normal E85 or FlexFuel
monthly tire maintenance. Maintain
This vehicle may have a Tire the correct tire pressures.
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
See Tire Pressure Monitor
System 0 305.
Fuel
No E85 or FlexFuel
Gasoline-ethanol fuel blends greater
The low tire pressure warning light than E15 (15% ethanol by volume),
alerts to a significant loss in such as E85, cannot be used in this
pressure of one of the vehicle's vehicle.
tires. If the warning light comes on,
stop as soon as possible and inflate Regular Fuel Engine Oil Life System
the tires to the recommended Use only unleaded gasoline rated The engine oil life system calculates
pressure shown on the Tire and 87 octane or higher in your vehicle. engine oil life based on vehicle use
Loading Information label. See Do not use gasoline with an octane and displays the CHANGE ENGINE
Vehicle Load Limits 0 223. The rating lower as it may result in OIL SOON message when it is time
warning light will remain on until the vehicle damage and lower fuel to change the engine oil and filter.
tire pressure is corrected. economy. See Fuel 0 253. The oil life system should be reset
The low tire pressure warning light to 100% only following an oil
may come on in cool weather when change.
the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
may be an early indicator that the
tire pressures are getting low and
the tires need to be inflated to the
proper pressure.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
30 In Brief
Resetting the Oil Life System 3. Press and hold the set/reset . Keep vehicle tires properly
If the vehicle does not have Driver button until 100% is inflated.
Information Center (DIC) buttons: displayed. Three chimes sound . Combine several trips into a
and the CHANGE ENGINE OIL single trip.
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN, SOON message goes off.
with the engine off. The vehicle . Replace the vehicle's tires with
must be in P (Park) to access 4. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF. the same TPC Spec number
this display. Press the trip See Engine Oil Life System 0 273. molded into the tire's sidewall
odometer reset stem until OIL near the size.
LIFE REMAINING displays. Driving for Better Fuel . Follow recommended scheduled
2. Press and hold the trip Economy maintenance.
odometer reset stem until OIL
Driving habits can affect fuel
LIFE REMAINING shows
mileage. Here are some driving tips Roadside Assistance
100%. Three chimes sound
and the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
to get the best fuel economy Program
possible. U.S.: 1-800-243-8872
SOON message goes off.
. Avoid fast starts and accelerate
3. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF. TTY Users (U.S. Only):
smoothly. 1-888-889-2438
If the vehicle has Driver Information . Brake gradually and avoid
Center (DIC) buttons: Canada: 1-800-268-6800
abrupt stops.
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN, New Chevrolet owners are
. Avoid idling the engine for long
with the engine off. automatically enrolled in the
periods of time. Roadside Assistance Program.
2. Press the vehicle information . When road and weather
button until OIL LIFE See Roadside Assistance
conditions are appropriate, use Program 0 363.
REMAINING displays.
cruise control.
. Always follow posted speed
limits or drive more slowly when
conditions require.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Keys, Doors, and Windows 31
Keys, Doors, and Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
46
46
Keys and Locks
Windows Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . .
Park Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
46
46 Keys
Interior Mirrors { Warning
Keys and Locks Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 47
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 47
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Leaving children in a vehicle with
Automatic Dimming Rearview the ignition key is dangerous and
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) children or others could be
System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Windows seriously injured or killed. They
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 35 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 could operate the power windows
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 or other controls or make the
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 vehicle move. The windows will
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 function with the keys in the
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 38 Roof ignition, and children or others
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 could be caught in the path of a
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 closing window. Do not leave
Doors children in a vehicle with the
Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 ignition key.
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 42
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 43
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
32 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Warning (Continued)
impacted, and airbags may not
deploy. To reduce the risk of
unintentional rotation of the
ignition key, do not change the
way the ignition key and Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter,
if equipped, are connected to the
provided key rings.
The ignition key, key rings, and RKE Interference from radio-frequency
{ Warning transmitter, if equipped, are identification (RFID) tags may
designed to work together. As a prevent the key from starting the
If the key is unintentionally
system, it reduces the risk of vehicle. Keep RFID tags away from
rotated while the vehicle is unintentionally moving the key out the key when starting the vehicle.
running, the ignition could be of the RUN position. If replacements
moved out of the RUN position. or additions are required, see your The key is used for the ignition and
This could be caused by heavy dealer. Limit added items to a few all door locks.
items hanging from the key ring, essential keys or small, light items The key has a bar-coded key tag
or by large or long items attached no larger than an RKE transmitter. that the dealer or qualified locksmith
to the key ring that could be can use to make new keys. Store
contacted by the driver or this information in a safe place, not
steering wheel. If the ignition in the vehicle.
moves out of the RUN position, If it becomes difficult to turn the key,
the engine will shut off, braking inspect the key blade for debris.
and steering power assist may be
See your dealer if a replacement
(Continued) key or additional key is needed.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
If locked out of the vehicle, call . If the transmitter is still not

Roadside Assistance. See Roadside working correctly, see your
Assistance Program 0 363. dealer or a qualified technician
If equipped with an active OnStar for service.
subscription, an OnStar Advisor
may remotely unlock the vehicle. Remote Keyless Entry
See OnStar Overview 0 373. (RKE) System Operation
The RKE transmitter functions work
Remote Keyless Entry up to 60 m (195 ft) away from the
(RKE) System vehicle.
See Radio Frequency Other conditions can affect the
Statement 0 369. performance of the transmitter. See With Remote Start and Power
If there is a decrease in the Remote Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Liftgate Shown, Without Similar
System 0 33.
Keyless Entry (RKE) operating / : If equipped, see Remote
range: Vehicle Start 0 35.
. Check the distance. The Q : Press to lock all the doors.
transmitter may be too far from
the vehicle. If enabled through the Driver
Information Center (DIC), the
. Check the location. Other parking lamps flash once to indicate
vehicles or objects may be locking has occurred. If enabled
blocking the signal. through the DIC, the horn sounds
. Check the transmitter's battery. when Q is pressed again within
See Battery Replacement later five seconds. See Vehicle
in this section. Personalization (With DIC
Buttons) 0 146.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Pressing Q may arm the content Press and hold L for more than Battery Replacement
theft-deterrent system. See Vehicle two seconds to activate the panic Replace the battery if the REPLACE
Alarm System 0 42. alarm. The parking lamps flash and BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
K : Press once to unlock only the the horn sounds repeatedly for message displays in the DIC.
30 seconds. The alarm turns off
driver door. If K is pressed again when the ignition is moved to ON/
within five seconds, all remaining Caution
RUN or L is pressed again. The
doors unlock. The interior lamps
come on and stay on for 20 seconds ignition must be in LOCK/OFF for When replacing the battery, do
or until the ignition is turned on. the panic alarm to work. not touch any of the circuitry on
the transmitter. Static from your
If enabled through the DIC, the Programming Transmitters to
body could damage the
parking lamps flash twice to indicate the Vehicle transmitter.
unlocking has occurred. See Vehicle Only RKE transmitters programmed
Personalization (With DIC to this vehicle will work. If a
Buttons) 0 146. transmitter is lost or stolen, a
Pressing K on the RKE transmitter replacement can be purchased and
disarms the content theft-deterrent programmed through your dealer.
system. See Vehicle Alarm When the replacement transmitter is
System 0 42. programmed to this vehicle, all
remaining transmitters must also be
8 : Press and hold until the reprogrammed. Any lost or stolen
liftgate begins to move to open or transmitters will no longer work
close the liftgate. The taillamps flash once the new transmitter is
and a chime sounds to indicate programmed. Each vehicle can
when the liftgate is opening or have up to eight transmitters
closing. programmed to it. See your dealer
L : Press and release to locate to program transmitters to this
the vehicle. The parking lamps flash vehicle.
and the horn sounds three times.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
1. Separate the transmitter with a Laws in some communities may vehicle's lights cannot be seen,
flat, thin object, such as a flat restrict the use of remote starters. press and hold / for at least
head screwdriver. For example, some laws may four seconds.
. Carefully insert the tool into require a person using the remote
start to have the vehicle in view When the vehicle starts, the parking
the notch located along the lamps will turn on and remain on as
parting line of the when doing so. Check local
regulations for any requirements on long as the engine is running. The
transmitter. Do not insert doors will be locked and the climate
the tool too far. Stop as remote starting of vehicles.
control system will operate
soon as resistance is felt. Do not use the remote start feature automatically if the vehicle has the
. Twist the tool until the if the vehicle is low on fuel. The automatic system, or at the same
transmitter is separated. vehicle could run out of fuel. setting as when the vehicle was last
If the vehicle has the remote start turned off.
2. Remove the old battery. Do not
use a metal object. feature, the RKE transmitter range If the vehicle has an automatic
may be less while the vehicle is climate control system and heated
3. Insert the new battery, positive running. seats, the heated seats turn on
side facing down. Replace with during colder outside temperatures
a CR2032 or equivalent Other conditions can affect the
performance of the transmitter. See and shut off when the key is turned
battery.
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) to ON/RUN. See Heated and
4. Snap the transmitter back System 0 33. Cooled Front Seats 0 58.
together. The rear window defogger and
Starting the Engine Using
Remote Start heated mirrors, if the vehicle has
Remote Vehicle Start them, turn on during colder outside
This vehicle may have a remote To start the vehicle: temperatures and turn off when the
starting feature that starts the key is turned to ON/RUN.
1. Press and release Q on the
engine from outside of the vehicle. RKE transmitter. After entering the vehicle during a
/ : This button is on the RKE remote start, insert and turn the key
2. Immediately after completing to the ON/RUN position to drive the
transmitter if the vehicle has remote
Step 1, press and hold / until vehicle.
start.
the parking lamps flash. If the
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
If the vehicle is left running it A maximum of two remote starts or The engine turns off during a remote
automatically shuts off after a remote start with an extension are start if the coolant temperature gets
10 minutes unless a time extension allowed between ignition cycles. too high or if the oil pressure
has been done. After the vehicle's engine has been gets low.
Extending Engine Run Time started two times using the remote
start button or a start with an Door Locks
To extend the engine run time by extension, the ignition must be
10 minutes, repeat Steps 1 and 2
while the engine is still running. An
turned on and then back off before { Warning
the remote start procedure can be
extension can be requested used again. Unlocked doors can be
30 seconds after starting. The dangerous.
engine run time can only be Canceling a Remote Start
extended if it is the first remote start . Passengers, especially
To manually shut off a remote start: children, can easily open
since the vehicle has been driven.
Remote start can be extended . Press and hold / until the the doors and fall out of a
one time. parking lamps turn off. moving vehicle. When a
door is locked, the handle
If the remote start procedure is used . Turn on the hazard warning will not open it. The chance
again before the first 10-minute time flashers. of being thrown out of the
frame has ended, the first vehicle in a crash is
. Turn the ignition switch on and
10 minutes will immediately expire increased if the doors are
and the second 10-minute time then off.
not locked. So, all
frame will start. Conditions in Which the passengers should wear
For example, if Q and then / are Remote Start Will Not Work safety belts properly and the
pressed again after the vehicle has doors should be locked
The vehicle cannot be started using
whenever the vehicle is
been running for five minutes, the remote start feature if the key is
10 minutes are added, allowing the driven.
in the ignition, the hood is open,
engine to run for a total of or there is an emission control (Continued)
15 minutes. system malfunction.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Warning (Continued)
Power Door Locks Q : Press to lock the doors.
. Young children who get into Delayed Locking

unlocked vehicles may be This feature delays the locking of
unable to get out. A child the doors until five seconds after all
can be overcome by doors are closed.
extreme heat and can suffer
permanent injuries or even When Q is pressed on the power
death from heat stroke. door lock switch while the door or
Always lock the vehicle liftgate is open, a chime will sound
whenever leaving it. three times indicating delayed
. Outsiders can easily enter locking is active.
through an unlocked door The doors will lock automatically
when you slow down or stop Base Model five seconds after all doors are
the vehicle. Locking the closed. If a door is reopened before
doors can help prevent this that time, the five-second timer will
from happening. reset when all doors are closed
again.
To lock or unlock a door manually: Press Q on the door lock switch
. From the inside use the door again or press Q on the RKE
lock knob on the window sill. transmitter to lock doors
. From the outside turn the key immediately.
toward the front or rear of the This feature can also be
vehicle, or press the or button on programmed. See Vehicle
the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Personalization (With DIC
transmitter. Buttons) 0 146.
Uplevel Model
K : Press to unlock the doors.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Automatic Door Locks Safety Locks Open the rear doors to access the
security locks on the inside edge of
The doors will lock automatically each door.
when all doors are closed, the Caution
ignition is on, and the vehicle is To set the locks, insert a key into
shifted out of P (Park). Pulling the inside door handle the slot and turn it to the horizontal
while the rear door safety locks position. The door can only be
To unlock the doors: are engaged could damage your opened from the outside with the
. Press K on the power door lock vehicle. Do not pull the inside door unlocked. To return the door to
door handle while the rear door normal operation, turn the slot to the
switch.
safety locks are engaged. vertical position.
. Shift the transmission into
P (Park).
The vehicle has rear door safety
Automatic door locking cannot be locks to prevent passengers from
disabled. Automatic door unlocking opening the rear doors from the
can be programmed. See Vehicle inside.
Personalization (With DIC
Buttons) 0 146.
Lockout Protection
When locking is requested with the
driver door open and the key in the
ignition, all the doors will lock and
then the driver door will unlock.
This can be manually overridden by
pressing and holding Q on the
power door lock switch.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Doors Warning (Continued)

Liftgate and set the fan speed to the
highest setting. See
{ Warning Climate Control Systems
in the Index.
Exhaust gases can enter the . If the vehicle is equipped
vehicle if it is driven with the with a power liftgate, disable
liftgate or trunk/hatch open, the power liftgate function.
or with any objects that pass
See Engine Exhaust 0 234.
through the seal between the
body and the trunk/hatch or
To open the liftgate, press the touch
liftgate. Engine exhaust contains
pad under the liftgate handle and lift
carbon monoxide (CO) which Caution up. The vehicle must be in P (Park)
cannot be seen or smelled. It can and the battery must be charged.
cause unconsciousness and even To avoid damage to the liftgate or
Use the pull cup or pull strap to
death. liftgate glass, make sure the area
lower and close the liftgate.
above and behind the liftgate is
If the vehicle must be driven with clear before opening it. Always close the liftgate before
the liftgate or trunk/hatch open: driving.
. Close all of the windows.
Manual Liftgate Power Liftgate
. Fully open the air outlets on
To unlock the liftgate, press the If equipped with a power liftgate, the
or under the instrument vehicle must be in P (Park) to
panel. power door lock switch or press K
on the Remote Keyless Entry operate. The taillamps flash and a
. Adjust the climate control chime sounds when the power
(RKE) transmitter twice. See
system to a setting that Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) liftgate moves.
brings in only outside air System Operation 0 33.
(Continued)
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
. Press O. The power liftgate may be

{ Warning .
temporarily disabled under extreme
Press the touch pad on the temperatures or under low battery
You or others could be injured if outside liftgate handle. conditions. If this occurs, the liftgate
caught in the path of the power can be operated manually.
Pressing the buttons or touch pad a
liftgate. Make sure there is no one second time while the liftgate is
in the way of the liftgate as it is If the vehicle is shifted out of
moving reverses the direction. P (Park) while the liftgate power
opening and closing.
function is in progress, it will
continue to completion. If the
The power liftgate can be power vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) and
opened and closed in the accelerated before the power liftgate
following ways: latch closes, the liftgate may
reverse to the open position. Cargo
. Press and hold 8 on the
could fall out of the vehicle. Always
RKE transmitter. See Remote make sure the power liftgate is
Keyless Entry (RKE) System closed and latched before
Operation 0 33. driving away.
If after a power opening, the liftgate
stays open momentarily, then slowly
Power Liftgate Touch Pad closes with continuous chiming
sounds and turn signal flashes, the
The liftgate can also be closed by
support strut may have lost
pressing l next to the liftgate pressure. See your dealer for
latch. Press l a second time service before using the liftgate.
during the liftgate operation to
reverse the operation.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Falling Liftgate Detection The vehicle also has pinch sensors on the DIC indicating manual
The power liftgate will automatically along the side edges of the liftgate. operation mode. See Door Ajar
close if the support strut has lost If the sensors press against an Messages 0 138.
pressure. See your dealer for object while closing, the liftgate will With the liftgate in manual mode
service before using the power reverse direction and open fully. The and all of the doors unlocked, the
liftgate. liftgate will remain open until it is liftgate can be manually opened and
activated again or closed manually. closed.
Obstacle Detection Features Do not force the liftgate open or
If an obstacle is encountered during closed during a power cycle. Caution
the power open or close cycle, a
warning chime will sound and the Manual Operation of Power To avoid damage to the liftgate,
liftgate will automatically reverse Liftgate do not use too much force when
direction to the full closed or open closing it.
position. After removing the obstacle
the liftgate will resume normal
operation. Press the touch pad on the outside
of the liftgate pull cup and lift to
If more obstacles are encountered open. Use the pull cup to lower and
on the same power cycle, the power close the liftgate. The liftgate latch
function deactivates. The liftgate will power close.
must be opened or closed manually
if this occurs. A message displays Always close the liftgate before
on the Driver Information driving.
Center (DIC) to indicate that the
liftgate is open. See Door Ajar
Messages 0 138. After removing the
obstacles, manually open the To change the liftgate to manual
liftgate fully or close and latch the operation, press OFF on the power
liftgate. The liftgate will resume liftgate switch. A message displays
normal power operation.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
8 on the RKE transmitter or

If Vehicle Security If the delayed locking feature is
l on the liftgate is pressed while active, the alarm is not activated
in manual operation mode, the This vehicle has theft-deterrent until all doors are closed and the
taillamps will flash three times, but features; however, they do not make security light goes off.
the liftgate will not move. the vehicle impossible to steal.
. Press Q when the driver door is
It is not recommended to drive with Vehicle Alarm System closed. The security light comes
the liftgate open. However, if the on solid for approximately
vehicle must be driven with the On vehicles with an anti-theft alarm 30 seconds and then goes off.
liftgate open, the liftgate should be system, to activate the system: The content theft-deterrent alarm
set to manual operation. is not armed until the security
. Press Q on the Remote Keyless
light goes off.
Entry (RKE) transmitter or the
power door lock switch when The theft-deterrent system will not
any door is open. activate if the doors are locked with
the vehicle's key or the manual
door lock.
If the driver door is opened without
first unlocking with the RKE
transmitter, the horn will chirp and
the lights will flash to indicate
pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not
The security light flashes. started, or the door is not unlocked
When the door is closed, the by pressing K on the RKE
security light stops flashing and transmitter during the 10-second
stays on solid for approximately pre-alarm, the alarm will be
30 seconds. The content activated.
theft-deterrent alarm is not The alarm will also be activated if a
armed until the security light passenger door, the liftgate, or the
goes off. hood is opened without first
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
disarming the system. When the 3. Get out of the vehicle, close The system is automatically armed
alarm is activated, the turn signals the door, and wait for the when the key is removed from the
flash and the horn sounds for about security light to go out. ignition.
30 seconds. The alarm system will 4. Reach in through the window, The system is automatically
then re-arm to monitor for the next unlock the door with the disarmed when the key is turned to
unauthorized event. manual door lock, and open ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY,
The vehicle can be started with the the door. This should set off the or START from the LOCK/OFF
correct ignition key if the alarm has alarm. position.
been set off. If the alarm does not sound when it You do not have to manually arm or
To avoid setting off the alarm by should, but the headlamps flash, disarm the system.
accident: check to see if the horn works. The The security light comes on if there
. Lock the vehicle with the door horn fuse may be blown. To replace is a problem with arming or
key after the doors are closed. the fuse, see Fuses and Circuit disarming the theft-deterrent
Breakers 0 291. system.
. Unlock the door with the RKE
transmitter. Unlocking a door any If the alarm does not sound or the When the PASS-Key III+ system
other way sets off the alarm if headlamps do not flash, see your senses an incorrect key, the vehicle
the system has been armed. dealer for service. does not start. Anyone using a
trial-and-error method to start the
Press K or place the key in the Immobilizer vehicle will be discouraged because
ignition and turn it to START to turn of the high number of electrical key
See Radio Frequency
off the alarm. codes.
Statement 0 369.
Testing the Alarm If the engine does not start and the
To test the alarm:
Immobilizer Operation security light on the instrument
This vehicle has PASS-Key III+ panel comes on when trying to start
1. From inside the vehicle, lower the vehicle, there may be a problem
the driver side window, and (Personalized Automotive Security
System) theft-deterrent system. with the theft-deterrent system. Turn
open the driver door. the ignition off and try again.
PASS-Key III+ is a passive
2. Press Q. theft-deterrent system.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
If the engine still does not start, and See your dealer or a locksmith who If the PASS-Key III+ key is lost or
the key appears to be undamaged, can service PASS-Key III+ to get a damaged, see your dealer or a
try another ignition key and check new key blank that is cut exactly as locksmith to have a new key made.
the fuses. See Fuses and Circuit the ignition key that operates the The SERVICE THEFT
Breakers 0 291 for additional system. DETERRENT SYSTEM message
information. If the engine still does To program the new additional key: displays on the Driver Information
not start with the other key, the Center (DIC) when there is a
vehicle needs service. If the vehicle 1. Verify that the new key has a
1 stamped on it. problem with the theft-deterrent
does start, the first key may be system. See Security Messages
faulty. See your dealer who can 2. Insert the already programmed 0 143 for additional information.
service the PASS-Key III+ to have a key in the ignition and start the
new key made. In an emergency, engine. If the engine does not Do not leave the key or device that
contact Roadside Assistance. See start, see your dealer for disarms or deactivates the
Roadside Assistance service. theft-deterrent system in the vehicle.
Program 0 363.
3. After the engine has started,
It is possible for the PASS-Key III+ turn the key to LOCK/OFF, and
decoder to learn the transponder remove the key.
value of a new or replacement key.
Up to eight keys may be 4. Insert the key to be
programmed to the vehicle. The programmed and turn it to the
following procedure is for ON/RUN position within
programming additional keys only. five seconds of the original key
If all currently programmed keys are being turned to the LOCK/OFF
lost or do not operate, you must see position.
your dealer or a locksmith who can The security light turns off once
service PASS-Key III+ to have keys the key has been programmed.
made and programmed to the
system. 5. Repeat Steps 14 if additional
keys are to be programmed.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors
Convex Mirrors
{ Warning
A convex mirror can make things,
like other vehicles, look farther
away than they really are. If you
cut too sharply into the right lane,
you could hit a vehicle on the
right. Check the inside mirror or Uplevel Model
glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes. Base Model To adjust the mirrors:
To adjust the mirrors: 1. Press (1) or (2) to select a
The passenger side mirror is convex mirror.
1. Press o or p to select a
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is 2. Press the control pad to adjust
mirror.
curved so more can be seen from the mirror.
the driver seat. 2. Press the control pad to adjust
3. Press (1) or (2) again to
the mirror.
deselect the mirror.
3. Return the switch to the center
to deselect the mirror. Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
If the vehicle has the SBZA system,
see Side Blind Zone Alert
(SBZA) 0 250.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Folding Mirrors Resetting the Power Folding Automatic Dimming

Mirrors Mirror
For vehicles with manual folding
mirrors, push the mirror toward the Reset the power folding mirrors if: The vehicle has an automatic
vehicle. Pull the mirror out to return . The mirrors are accidentally dimming outside mirror on the driver
to its original position. obstructed while folding. side. The mirror will adjust for the
For vehicles with power folding . They are accidentally manually glare of headlamps behind you.
mirrors: folded/unfolded.
Park Tilt Mirrors
. The mirrors vibrate at normal
driving speeds. If equipped with memory seats, the
passenger and/or driver mirror tilts
To reset the mirrors, fold and unfold to a preselected position when the
the mirrors one time using the vehicle is in R (Reverse). This
power folding mirror controls. allows the curb to be seen when
A popping noise may be heard parallel parking.
during the resetting. This sound is
normal during the reset operation. The mirror(s) return to the original
position when:
Heated Mirrors . The vehicle is shifted out of
For vehicles with heated mirrors: R (Reverse).
. The ignition is turned off.
1. Press (1) to fold the mirrors out 1 : Press to heat the mirrors.
to the driving position. See Rear Window Defogger under To turn this feature on or off, see
Dual Automatic Climate Control Vehicle Personalization (With DIC
2. Press (2) to fold the mirrors in
System 0 208. Buttons) 0 146.
to the folded position.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Interior Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror Windows

If equipped, push the tab forward for
Interior Rearview Mirrors daytime use and pull it for nighttime { Warning
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear use to avoid glare from the
headlamps from behind. Never leave a child, a helpless
view of the area behind your
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
vehicle.
Automatic Dimming especially with the windows
If equipped with OnStar, the vehicle closed in warm or hot weather.
may have three control buttons at Rearview Mirror
They can be overcome by the
the bottom of the mirror. See your If equipped, automatic dimming extreme heat and suffer
dealer for more information about reduces the glare of the headlamps permanent injuries or even death
OnStar and how to subscribe to it. from behind. This feature comes on from heat stroke.
See OnStar, if equipped. when the vehicle is started.
Do not spray glass cleaner directly
on the mirror. Use a soft towel
dampened with water.
The vehicle aerodynamics are

designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
pulsing sound when either rear Express-Up/Express-Down

window is down and the front Windows
windows are up. To reduce the
sound, open either a front window A window with the express-up/down
or the sunroof, if equipped. feature allows it to be raised or
lowered without holding the switch.
Press or pull the window switch fully
Power Windows and release it to activate the
express feature. The express mode
{ Warning can be canceled by pressing or
pulling the switch.
Children could be seriously
injured or killed if caught in the Programming the Power
path of a closing window. Never Uplevel Shown, Base Similar Windows
leave keys in a vehicle with The driver door has switches that If the vehicle battery has been
children. When there are children control the passenger and rear recharged, disconnected,
in the rear seat, use the window windows. The power windows work or replaced, windows with the
lockout button to prevent with the ignition in ACC/ express-up feature may need to be
operation of the windows. See ACCESSORY or ON/RUN or with reprogrammed for this feature to
Keys 0 31. Retained Accessory Power (RAP) work. To program the window:
active. See Retained Accessory 1. Close all doors with the ignition
Power (RAP) 0 231. in the ACC/ACCESSORY or
Press the switch to lower the ON/RUN position, or with
window. Pull up on the front edge of Retained Accessory
the switch to raise the window. Power (RAP) active. See
Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) 0 231.
2. Press and continue to hold the
window switch until the window
is fully open.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
3. Pull up and hold the window Rear Window Lockout Sun Visors
switch to close the window.
Continue to hold it briefly after
the window is fully closed.
4. Repeat for each window that
has the express-up feature.
Anti-Pinch Feature
The anti-pinch feature is on
windows with the express-up
feature. If an object is in the way of
the window as it is express-closing, Pull the sun visor down to block
or in certain weather conditions like glare. Detach the sun visor from the
severe icing, the window will stop center mount to pivot to the side
and open to a factory preset The rear window lockout feature window or, if equipped, extend
position. The window functions prevents the rear passenger along the rod.
normally once the obstruction is windows from operating, except
removed. from the driver position.
Press v to activate the rear
window lockout switch. The
indicator light comes on when
activated.
Press v again to deactivate the
lockout switch.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Roof Vent : Press and hold the front of

the switch to vent the sunroof. Press
and hold the rear of the switch to
Sunroof close the sunroof.
On vehicles with a sunroof, the Express-open/Express-close :
sunroof only operates when the Press and release the rear of the
ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ switch to express-open the sunroof.
ACCESSORY, or when Retained Press and release the front of the
Accessory Power (RAP) is active. switch to express-close the sunroof.
See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) 0 231. Automatic Reversal System
If equipped, there may be a rear The sunroof is equipped with an
sunroof over the second row seats. automatic reversal system that is Dirt and debris may collect on the
The rear sunroof does not open. only active when the sunroof is sunroof seal or in the track. This
being operated in express mode. could cause an issue with sunroof
If an object is in the path of the operation or noise. It could also plug
sunroof while it is express-closing, the water drainage system.
the reversal system will detect the Periodically open the sunroof and
object and stop. In the event of remove any obstacles or loose
closing difficulties like frost or other debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and
conditions, it is possible to override roof sealing area using a clean
the reversal system. To override the cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
reversal system, close in manual remove grease from the sunroof.
mode. To stop the movement, If water is seen dripping into the
release the switch. water drainage system, this is
normal.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Manual Sunshade
The sunshades must be opened
and closed manually. To open the
sunshade, press the button on the
sunshade handle to release it and
guide it back. To close the
sunshade, pull the sunshade
forward until it latches.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
52 Seats and Restraints
Seats and Replacing Safety Belt System

Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Replacing LATCH System Parts
After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Restraints Airbag System
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Safety Belt in the
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 73 Securing Child Restraints (With
Head Restraints When Should an Airbag
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 the Safety Belt in the
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Front Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Front Seats What Makes an Airbag
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 55 How Does an Airbag
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 56 What Will You See after an
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Heated and Cooled Front Passenger Sensing System . . . 78
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Rear Seats Adding Equipment to the
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 82
Third Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 83
Replacing Airbag System Parts
Safety Belts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
How to Wear Safety Belts Child Restraints
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Infants and Young Children . . . . 85
Safety Belt Use During Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 88
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 89
Safety Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 70 Children (LATCH System) . . . . 91
Safety Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Seats and Restraints 53
Head Restraints
Front Seats
{ Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and Adjust the head restraint so that the To raise or lower the head restraint,
adjusted properly. top of the restraint is at the same press the button located on the side
height as the top of the occupant's of the head restraint, and pull up or
head. This position reduces the push the head restraint down, and
The vehicle's front seats have
chance of a neck injury in a crash. release the button. Pull and push on
adjustable head restraints in the
the head restraint after the button is
outboard seating positions.
released to make sure that it is
locked in place.
To adjust the head restraint forward,
grasp the head restraint and pull
forward until the desired locking
position is reached.
To adjust the head restraint
rearward, press the button located
on the side of the head restraint,
and push the head restraint
rearward until the desired locking
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
position is reached. Try to move the Front Seats To adjust a manual seat:
head restraint after the button is 1. Lift the handle (1) under the
released to make sure that it is
locked in place. Seat Adjustment seat to unlock it.
2. Slide the seat to the desired
The front seat outboard head
restraints are not removable. { Warning position, and then release the
handle (1).
Rear Seats You can lose control of the
3. Try to move the seat back and
vehicle if you try to adjust a driver forth to be sure it is locked in
The vehicle's second row seats seat while the vehicle is moving.
have head restraints in the outboard place.
Adjust the driver seat only when
seating positions that cannot be Move the lever (2) up or down to
the vehicle is not moving.
adjusted. raise or lower the seat.
The vehicle's third row seats have Use the lever (3) to adjust the
headrests in the outboard seating seatback. See Reclining
positions that cannot be adjusted. Seatbacks 0 56.
The second row head restraints and
third row headrests are not
removable.
1. Seat Adjustment Handle

2. Driver Seat Height
Adjustment Lever
3. Seatback Lever
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Power Seat Adjustment . Adjust the seatback by tilting the Power Lumbar
top of the control (2) forward or
rearward.
See Reclining Seatbacks 0 56.
. Increase or decrease lumbar
support by pressing the front or
rear of the control (3).
See Lumbar Adjustment 0 55.
Lumbar Adjustment
Manual Lumbar
1. Seat Adjustment Control If equipped, press and hold the front

2. Seatback Control or rear of control to increase or
decrease lumbar support. Release
3. Lumbar Control
the control when the seatback
To adjust a power seat, if equipped: reaches the desired level of lumbar
. Move the seat forward or support.
rearward by sliding the
control (1) forward or rearward.
. Raise or lower the front part of
the seat cushion by moving the
front of the control (1) up
or down. If equipped, move the handle
. Raise or lower the entire seat by forward or rearward to increase or
moving the rear of the control (1) decrease lumbar support.
up or down.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Reclining Seatbacks
{ Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the safety belts cannot do
their job.
The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you Do not have a seatback reclined if To recline the seatback:
could go into it, receiving neck or the vehicle is moving.
other injuries. 1. Lift the lever.
Manual Reclining Seatbacks 2. Move the seatback to the
The lap belt could go up over
your abdomen. The belt forces desired position, and then
would be there, not at your pelvic { Warning release the lever to lock the
seatback in place.
bones. This could cause serious
If either seatback is not locked, it
internal injuries. 3. Push and pull on the seatback
could move forward in a sudden
to make sure it is locked.
For proper protection when the stop or crash. That could cause
vehicle is in motion, have the injury to the person sitting there. To return the seatback to the upright
seatback upright. Then sit well Always push and pull on the position:
back in the seat and wear the seatbacks to be sure they are 1. Lift the lever fully without
safety belt properly. locked. applying pressure to the
seatback, and the seatback will
return to the upright position.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
2. Push and pull on the seatback Memory Seats 2. Press and hold 1 until
to make sure it is locked. two beeps sound.
Power Reclining Seatbacks 3. Repeat for a second driver
position using 2.
To recall, press and release 1 or 2.
The vehicle must be in P (Park).
A single beep will sound. The seat
and outside mirrors will move to the
position previously stored for the
identified driver.
Memory Remote Recall
The memory feature can recall the
driver seat and outside mirrors to
If equipped, the controls on the stored positions when entering the
driver door are used to program and vehicle.
To adjust a power seatback, recall memory settings for the driver To activate, unlock the driver door
if equipped: seat and outside mirrors. with the Remote Keyless
. Tilt the top of the control Storing Memory Positions Entry (RKE) transmitter. The driver
seat and outside mirrors will move
rearward to recline. To save into memory: to the memory position associated
. Tilt the top of the control forward 1. Adjust the driver seat, seatback with the transmitter used to unlock
to raise. recliner, and both outside the vehicle.
mirrors. This feature is turned on or off using
Not all vehicles will have the the vehicle personalization menu.
ability to save and recall the See Vehicle Personalization (With
mirror positions. DIC Buttons) 0 146.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
To stop recall movement, press one A single beep sounds. The driver
of the power seat controls, memory seat moves back approximately Warning (Continued)
buttons, or the power mirror buttons. 8 cm (3 in). To move the seat back
care when using the seat heater,
If something has blocked the driver farther, press S again until the seat especially for long periods of
seat while recalling a memory is all the way back. time. Do not place anything on
position, the recall may stop. If something has blocked the driver the seat that insulates against
Remove the obstruction; then press seat while recalling the exit position, heat, such as a blanket, cushion,
and hold the appropriate manual the recall may stop. Remove the cover, or similar item. This may
control for the memory item that is obstruction; then press and hold the cause the seat heater to
not recalling for two seconds. Try power seat control rearward for overheat. An overheated seat
recalling the memory position again two seconds. Try recalling the exit
by pressing the appropriate memory heater may cause a burn or may
position again. If the exit position is damage the seat.
button. If the memory position is still still not recalling, see your dealer for
not recalling, see your dealer for service.
service.
See Vehicle Personalization (With
Easy Exit Driver Seat DIC Buttons) 0 146.
This feature can move the seat
rearward to allow extra room to exit Heated and Cooled Front
the vehicle. Seats
S (Easy Exit Driver Seat) : Press
to activate the recall. The vehicle { Warning
must be in P (Park).
If you cannot feel temperature
If this feature is programmed on in
the vehicle personalization menu, change or pain to the skin, the
automatic seat movement occurs seat heater may cause burns. To
when the ignition key is removed. reduce the risk of burns, people
with such a condition should use
(Continued)
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
the off setting. The lights indicate Rear Seats

three for the highest setting and one
for the lowest.
The passenger heated seat may
take longer to heat up.
The heated and/or cooled seats are
canceled after the ignition is
turned off.
Remote Start Heated Seats
When it is cold outside, the heated
seats may turn on automatically
Heated and Cooled Seat Buttons
during a remote vehicle start. The
Shown, Heated Seat Buttons heated seats will be canceled when
Similar the ignition is turned on. Press the 1. Seat Adjustment Handle
If equipped, the buttons are on the desired heated seat button to use
2. Reclining Seatback Strap
center stack. To operate, the engine the heated seats after the vehicle is
started. 3. Sliding Seat Lever
must be running.
I : If equipped, press to heat the The heated seat button lights will Entering and Exiting the
seatback only. not turn on during a remote start. Third Row
H : If equipped, press to cool the The temperature of an unoccupied
entire seat. seat may be reduced. { Warning
J : Press to heat the seat and See Remote Vehicle Start 0 35. Using the third row seating
seatback. position while the second row is
Press the button once for the folded, or folded and tumbled,
highest setting. With each press of could cause injury in a sudden
the button, the seat will change to (Continued)
the next lower setting, and then to
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
5. Pull the sliding seat lever (3)

Warning (Continued) forward. The seatback will tilt
forward, and the seat will begin
stop or crash. Be sure to return sliding forward. Continue to
the seat to the passenger seating push forward on the seatback
position. Push and pull on the until the entire seat moves all
seat to make sure it is locked into the way forward and the seat
place. cushion is folded.
Returning the Seat to the
Seating Position
Caution
To return the second row seat to its
Folding a rear seat with the safety To access the third row: normal seating position:
belts still fastened may cause 1. Remove objects on the floor
1. Remove objects on the floor in
damage to the seat or the safety behind the second row seat or
front of or on the second row
belts. Always unbuckle the safety in the seat tracks on the floor.
seat, or in the seat tracks on
belts and return them to their the floor. 2. Slide the seat rearward by
normal stowed position before pushing on the seatback until
folding a rear seat. 2. Move the front center console
armrest completely forward. the seat is locked into place.
See Center Console 3. Continue pushing the seatback
Storage 0 104. rearward until the seatback is
3. Place the folding armrests in locked into place.
the upright position. 4. Push down on the rear of the
4. Make sure that the safety belt seat cushion until it is locked in
is unfastened and in the place.
stowed position. 5. Push and pull on the seatback
and seat cushion to make sure
they are locked in place.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
6. Check that the safety belt is To return the seatback to the

not under the seat cushion. seating position, lift the seatback Warning (Continued)
and push it rearward until it locks
Reclining the Seatbacks into place. Push and pull on the passenger seating position. Push
To recline the seatback: seatback to make sure it is locked. and pull on the seat to make sure
Pull up on the head restraint to it is locked into place.
1. Leaning rearward in the seat,
return it to the upright, locked
pull the reclining seatback
position. Folding the Seatback
strap (2).
2. Move the seatback to the Adjusting the Seats
desired position, and then Caution
To adjust the second row seats, pull
release the strap (2) to lock the outward on the seat adjustment Folding a rear seat with the safety
seatback in place. handle (1). Slide the seat forward or belts still fastened may cause
3. Push and pull on the seatback rearward to the desired position. damage to the seat or the safety
to make sure it is locked. Release the handle (1), and push
belts. Always unbuckle the safety
and pull on the seat to make sure it
Folding the Seatback belts and return them to their
is locked.
normal stowed position before
To fold the second row seatbacks: folding a rear seat.
Third Row Seats
the seat.
2. Place the armrest in the upright
{ Warning To fold the third row seatback:
1. If the second row seat is in the
position, and unfasten the Using the third row seating full rear position, adjust it
safety belt. position while the second row is forward to allow the third row
3. Pull forward on the reclining folded, or pushed forward in the seat to fold fully flat.
seatback strap (2). entry position, could cause injury
in a sudden stop or crash. Be the seat.
The head restraint will fold
sure to return the seat to the
down automatically.
(Continued)
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
4. Stow the mini-latch in the row seat, or lift the seatback

holder in the headliner. and push it into place from
inside the vehicle.
{ Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
3. Disconnect the rear safety belt locked.
mini-latch, using a key in the
slot on the mini-buckle, and let
the belt retract into the 2. Push and pull on the seatback
5. Pull up on the release lever on to make sure it is locked in
headliner. the back of the seat. place.
6. Push the seatback forward to
lay flat. { Warning
Returning the Seat to the A safety belt that is improperly
Seating Position routed, not properly attached,
To return the seatback to the or twisted will not provide the
seating position: protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
1. From the rear of the vehicle,
raise the seatback to the seriously injured. After raising the
upright position using the pull rear seatback, always check to be
strap on the back of the third (Continued)
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
The seats must be placed in

Warning (Continued) Caution (Continued) the proper locations to attach
correctly. The wider seat must
sure that the safety belts are belts. Always unbuckle the safety be installed on the driver side
properly routed and attached, and belts and return them to their and the narrower seat on the
are not twisted. normal stowed position before passenger side. Remove the
folding a rear seat. bolts from the holes in the floor
3. Reconnect the center safety before installing the seats.
belt mini-latch to the 3. Fold the seatback down. See 2. Place the seat on the vehicle
mini-buckle. Do not let it twist. Folding the Seatback earlier floor so that the front seat
4. Pull on the safety belt to be in this section. hooks are on the vehicle bars.
sure the mini-latch is secure. 4. Remove the rear bolts on the 3. Reinstall the bolts, and torque
floor on each side of the seat. to 55 Y (41 lb ft). Pull up on
Removing the Third Row Seats
5. Remove the seat by tilting it the seat to make sure it is
To remove a third row seat: slightly upward, and then locked in place.
1. Remove the cargo pulling it out of the rear of the 4. Raise the seatback to its
management system, if it is vehicle in one motion. upright position. Push and pull
installed. See Cargo 6. Replace the bolts in the floor on the seatback to make sure it
Management System 0 105. holes for storage. is locked into place.
2. Remove anything on or under 5. Reconnect the center safety
the seat. Installing the Third Row Seats
belt mini-latch to the
To reinstall a third row seat: mini-buckle. Do not let it twist.
Caution 1. Before installing the seat, the
seatback must be folded
Folding a rear seat with the safety forward. See Folding the
belts still fastened may cause Seatback earlier in this
damage to the seat or the safety section.
(Continued)
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Safety Belts Warning (Continued)

When riding in a vehicle, you travel
as fast as the vehicle does. If the
This section describes how to use vehicle stops suddenly, you keep
safety belts properly, and some passengers to ride in any area of going until something stops you.
things not to do. the vehicle that is not equipped It could be the windshield, the
with seats and safety belts. instrument panel, or the safety belts!
{ Warning Always wear a safety belt, and When you wear a safety belt, you
check that all passenger(s) are and the vehicle slow down together.
Do not let anyone ride where a restrained properly too. There is more time to stop because
safety belt cannot be worn you stop over a longer distance and,
properly. In a crash, if you or your when worn properly, your strongest
passenger(s) are not wearing This vehicle has indicators as a
reminder to buckle the safety belts. bones take the forces from the
safety belts, injuries can be much safety belts. That is why wearing
See Safety Belt Reminders 0 121.
worse than if you are wearing safety belts makes such good
safety belts. You can be seriously Why Safety Belts Work sense.
injured or killed by hitting things
inside the vehicle harder or by Questions and Answers About
being ejected from the vehicle. In Safety Belts
addition, anyone who is not Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
buckled up can strike other after a crash if I am wearing a
passengers in the vehicle. safety belt?
It is extremely dangerous to ride A: You could be whether you are
in a cargo area, inside or outside wearing a safety belt or not.
of a vehicle. In a collision, Your chance of being conscious
passengers riding in these areas during and after a crash, so you
are more likely to be seriously can unbuckle and get out, is
injured or killed. Do not allow much greater if you are belted.
(Continued)
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why It is very important for all occupants pelvic bones and you would be
should I have to wear safety to buckle up. Statistics show that less likely to slide under the lap
belts? unbelted people are hurt more often belt. If you slid under it, the belt
A: Airbags are supplemental in crashes than those who are would apply force on your
systems only. They work with wearing safety belts. abdomen. This could cause
safety belts not instead of There are important things to know serious or even fatal injuries.
them. Whether or not an airbag about wearing a safety belt properly. . Wear the shoulder belt over the
is provided, all occupants still shoulder and across the chest.
have to buckle up to get the These parts of the body are best
most protection. able to take belt restraining
Also, in nearly all states and in forces. The shoulder belt locks if
all Canadian provinces, the law there is a sudden stop or crash.
requires wearing safety belts.
{ Warning
How to Wear Safety Belts
You can be seriously injured,
Properly or even killed, by not wearing
This section is only for people of your safety belt properly.
adult size. . Never allow the lap or
There are special things to know shoulder belt to become
about safety belts and children, and . Sit up straight and always keep loose or twisted.
there are different rules for smaller your feet on the floor in front
of you. . Never wear the shoulder
children and infants. If a child will be belt under both arms or
riding in the vehicle, see Older . Always use the correct buckle behind your back.
Children 0 84 or Infants and Young for your seating position.
Children 0 85. Follow those rules for . Never route the lap or
. Wear the lap part of the belt low shoulder belt over an
everyone's protection.
and snug on the hips, just armrest.
touching the thighs. In a crash,
this applies force to the strong
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Lap-Shoulder Belt
All seating positions in the vehicle
have a lap-shoulder belt.
If you are using a rear seating
position with a detachable safety
belt and the safety belt is not
attached, see Returning the Seat to
the Seating Position under Third
Row Seats 0 61 for instruction on
reconnecting the safety belt to the
mini-buckle.
The following instructions explain 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull 3. Push the latch plate into the
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt the belt across you. Do not let buckle until it clicks.
properly. it get twisted. Pull up on the latch plate to
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is The lap-shoulder belt may lock make sure it is secure. If the
adjustable, so you can sit up if you pull the belt across you belt is not long enough, see
straight. To see how, see very quickly. If this happens, let Safety Belt Extender 0 70.
Seats in the Index. the belt go back slightly to Position the release button on
unlock it. Then pull the belt the buckle so that the safety
across you more slowly. belt could be quickly unbuckled
If the shoulder portion of a if necessary.
passenger belt is pulled out all 4. If equipped with a shoulder belt
the way, the child restraint height adjuster, move it to the
locking feature may be height that is right for you. See
engaged. If this happens, let Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
the belt go back all the way later in this section for
and start again. instructions on use and
important safety information.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Before a door is closed, be sure the

safety belt is out of the way. If a
door is slammed against a safety
belt, damage can occur to both the
safety belt and the vehicle.
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster
The vehicle has a shoulder belt
height adjuster for the driver and
front outboard passenger seating
positions.
Adjust the height so the shoulder
5. To make the lap part tight, pull To unlatch the belt, push the button portion of the belt is on the shoulder
up on the shoulder belt. on the buckle. The belt should and not falling off of it. The belt
return to its stowed position. Slide should be close to but not
It may be necessary to pull the
the latch plate up the safety belt contacting the neck. Improper
stitching on the safety belt
webbing when the safety belt is not shoulder belt height adjustment
through the latch plate to fully
in use. The latch plate should rest could reduce the effectiveness of
tighten the lap belt on smaller
on the stitching on the safety belt, the safety belt in a crash. See How
occupants.
near the guide loop on the side wall. to Wear Safety Belts Properly 0 65.
Always stow the safety belt slowly.
If the safety belt webbing returns
quickly to the stowed position, the
retractor may lock and cannot be
pulled out. If this happens, pull the
safety belt straight out firmly to
unlock the webbing, and then
release it. If the webbing is still
locked in the retractor, see your
dealer.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
They can help tighten the safety Rear Safety Belt Comfort
belts during the early stages of a Guides
moderate to severe frontal, near
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold
conditions for pretensioner
{ Warning
activation are met. Safety belt A safety belt that is not properly
pretensioners can also help tighten worn may not provide the
the safety belts in a side crash or a protection needed in a crash. The
rollover event. person wearing the belt could be
Pretensioners work only once. If the seriously injured. The shoulder
pretensioners activate in a crash, belt should go over the shoulder
the pretensioners and probably and across the chest. These parts
Push down on the release button other parts of the vehicles safety of the body are best able to take
and move the height adjuster to the belt system will need to be replaced. belt restraining forces.
desired position. The adjuster can See Replacing Safety Belt System
be moved up by pushing the slider/ Parts after a Crash 0 71.
trim up. Rear safety belt comfort guides may
Do not sit on the outboard safety provide added safety belt comfort
After the adjuster is set to the belt while entering or exiting the for older children who have
desired position, try to move it down vehicle or at any time while sitting in outgrown booster seats and for
without pushing the release button the seat. Sitting on the safety belt some adults. When installed on a
to make sure it has locked into can damage the webbing and shoulder belt, the comfort guide
position. hardware. positions the shoulder belt away
from the neck and head.
Safety Belt Pretensioners
This vehicle has safety belt
pretensioners for the front outboard
occupants. Although the safety belt
pretensioners cannot be seen, they
are part of the safety belt assembly.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Second Row Outboard Seating 3. Be sure that the belt is not

Positions twisted and it lies flat. The
The vehicle has comfort guides for elastic cord must be behind the
the second row outboard seating belt with the plastic guide on
positions. The comfort guides are the front.
stored on a clip on the interior trim
next to the outboard seatback.
To install:
2. Place the guide over the belt,

and insert the two edges of the
belt into the slots of the guide.
4. Buckle, position, and release

the safety belt as described
previously in this section. Make
sure that the shoulder belt
1. Remove the guide from its crosses the shoulder. The belt
storage clip on the interior trim should be close to, but not
next to the outboard seatback. contacting, the neck.
To remove and store the comfort
guide, squeeze the belt edges
together so that the safety belt can
be removed from the guide. Slide
the guide back onto its storage clip.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Third Row Seating Positions A pregnant woman should wear a safety belt. For more information,
Comfort guides are available lap-shoulder belt, and the lap see the instruction sheet that comes
through your dealer for the third row portion should be worn as low as with the extender.
seating positions. Instructions are possible, below the rounding,
included with the guide. throughout the pregnancy. Safety System Check
The best way to protect the fetus is Check that the safety belt reminder,
Safety Belt Use During to protect the mother. When a safety safety belts, buckles, latch plates,
Pregnancy belt is worn properly, it is more likely and retractors, are all working
that the fetus will not be hurt in a properly. Look for any other loose or
Safety belts work for everyone, crash. For pregnant women, as for damaged safety belt system parts
including pregnant women. Like all anyone, the key to making safety that might keep a safety belt system
occupants, they are more likely to belts effective is wearing them from performing properly. See your
be seriously injured if they do not properly. dealer to have it repaired. Torn or
wear safety belts. frayed safety belts may not protect
Safety Belt Extender you in a crash. They can rip apart
If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten under impact forces. If a belt is torn
around you, you should use it. or frayed, have it replaced
immediately.
But if a safety belt is not long
enough, your dealer will order you Make sure the safety belt reminder
an extender. When you go in to light is working. See Safety Belt
order it, take the heaviest coat you Reminders 0 121.
will wear, so the extender will be Keep safety belts clean and dry.
long enough for you. To help avoid See Safety Belt Care 0 70.
personal injury, do not let someone
else use it, and use it only for the Safety Belt Care
seat it is made to fit. The extender
has been designed for adults. Never Keep belts clean and dry.
use it for securing child restraints.
To wear it, attach it to the regular
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Replacing Safety Belt New parts and repairs may be

{ Warning System Parts after a necessary even if the safety belt
system was not being used at the
Do not bleach or dye safety belt Crash time of the crash.
webbing. It may severely weaken
the webbing. In a crash, they Have the safety belt pretensioners
might not be able to provide
{ Warning checked if the vehicle has been in a
adequate protection. Clean and crash, or if the airbag readiness light
A crash can damage the safety stays on after you start the vehicle
rinse safety belt webbing only belt system in the vehicle. or while you are driving. See Airbag
with mild soap and lukewarm A damaged safety belt system Readiness Light 0 122.
water. Allow the webbing to dry. may not properly protect the
person using it, resulting in
Safety belts should be properly serious injury or even death in a
cared for and maintained. crash. To help make sure the
safety belt systems are working
Safety belt hardware should be kept
dry and free of dust or debris. As properly after a crash, have them
necessary exterior hard surfaces inspected and any necessary
and safety belt webbing may be replacements made as soon as
lightly cleaned with mild soap and possible.
water. Ensure there is not excessive
dust or debris in the mechanism. After a minor crash, replacement of
If dust or debris exists in the system safety belts may not be necessary.
please see the dealer. Parts may But the safety belt assemblies that
need to be replaced to ensure were used during any crash may
proper functionality of the system. have been stressed or damaged.
See your dealer to have the safety
belt assemblies inspected or
replaced.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Airbag System All vehicle airbags have the word

AIRBAG on the trim or on a label { Warning
The vehicle has the following near the deployment opening.
airbags: You can be severely injured or
For frontal airbags, the word killed in a crash if you are not
. A frontal airbag for the driver. AIRBAG is on the center of the wearing your safety belt, even
. A frontal airbag for the front steering wheel for the driver and on with airbags. Airbags are
outboard passenger. the instrument panel for the front designed to work with safety
outboard passenger. belts, not replace them. Also,
. A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the driver. For the front center airbag, the word airbags are not designed to inflate
AIRBAG is on the inboard side of in every crash. In some crashes
. A seat-mounted side impact the driver seatback. safety belts are the only restraint.
airbag for the front outboard See When Should an Airbag
passenger. For seat-mounted side impact
airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the Inflate? 0 75.
. A roof-rail airbag for the driver side of the seatback closest to Wearing your safety belt during a
and for the second and third row the door.
passengers seated directly crash helps reduce your chance
behind the driver. For roof-rail airbags, the word of hitting things inside the vehicle
AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim. or being ejected from it. Airbags
. A roof-rail airbag for the front are supplemental restraints to
outboard passenger and the Airbags are designed to supplement
the protection provided by safety the safety belts. Everyone in the
second and third row vehicle should wear a safety belt
passengers seated directly belts. Even though today's airbags
are also designed to help reduce properly, whether or not there is
behind the front outboard
the risk of injury from the force of an an airbag for that person.
passenger.
inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
The vehicle may have the following very quickly to do their job.
airbag:
Here are the most important things
. A front center airbag for the to know about the airbag system:
driver and front outboard
passenger.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
There is an airbag readiness light

{ Warning Warning (Continued) on the instrument cluster, which
shows the airbag symbol.
Because airbags inflate with great Occupants should not lean on or
force and faster than the blink of sleep against the door or side The system checks the airbag
an eye, anyone who is up windows in seating positions with electrical system for malfunctions.
against, or very close to any seat-mounted side impact airbags The light tells you if there is an
airbag when it inflates can be and/or roof-rail airbags. electrical problem. See Airbag
seriously injured or killed. Do not Readiness Light 0 122.
sit unnecessarily close to any
airbag, as you would be if sitting Where Are the Airbags?
on the edge of the seat or leaning { Warning
forward. Safety belts help keep Children who are up against,
you in position before and during or very close to, any airbag when
a crash. Always wear a safety it inflates can be seriously injured
belt, even with airbags. The driver or killed. Always secure children
should sit as far back as possible properly in the vehicle. To read
while still maintaining control of how, see Older Children 0 84 or
the vehicle. The safety belts and Infants and Young Children 0 85.
the front outboard passenger
airbags are most effective when
you are sitting well back and
upright in the seat with both feet
on the floor.
The driver frontal airbag is in the
Occupants should not lean on or center of the steering wheel.
sleep against the front center
armrest or console in vehicles
with a front center airbag.
(Continued)
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
If the vehicle has a front center

airbag, it is in the inboard side of the
driver seatback.
The front outboard passenger Driver Side Shown, Passenger

frontal airbag is in the passenger Side Similar
side instrument panel. The roof-rail airbags for the driver,
Driver Side Shown, Passenger front outboard passenger, and
Side Similar second and third row outboard
The driver and front outboard passengers are in the ceiling above
passenger seat-mounted side the side windows.
impact airbags are in the side of the
seatbacks closest to the door. { Warning
If something is between an
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
that person causing severe injury
or even death. The path of an
(Continued)
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
impact exceeds the specific airbag whether the object is fixed or

Warning (Continued) system's deployment threshold. moving, rigid or deformable, narrow
Deployment thresholds are used to or wide.
inflating airbag must be kept predict how severe a crash is likely
clear. Do not put anything Frontal airbags are not intended to
to be in time for the airbags to inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear
between an occupant and an inflate and help restrain the
airbag, and do not attach or put impacts, or many side impacts.
occupants. The vehicle has
anything on the steering wheel electronic sensors that help the In addition, the vehicle has
hub or on or near any other airbag system determine the advanced technology frontal
airbag covering. severity of the impact. Deployment airbags. Advanced technology
thresholds can vary with specific frontal airbags adjust the restraint
Do not use seat or console
vehicle design. according to crash severity.
accessories that block the
inflation path of a seat-mounted Frontal airbags are designed to The front center airbag, if equipped,
side impact airbag or the front inflate in moderate to severe frontal is designed to inflate in moderate to
center airbag, if equipped. or near frontal crashes to help severe side crashes depending
reduce the potential for severe upon the location of the impact,
Never secure anything to the roof injuries, mainly to the driver's or when either side of the vehicle is
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags front outboard passenger's head struck. In addition, the front center
by routing a rope or tie-down and chest. airbag is designed to inflate when
through any door or window the sensing system predicts that the
opening. If you do, the path of an Whether the frontal airbags will or vehicle is about to roll over on its
should inflate is not based primarily side. The front center airbag is not
inflating roof-rail airbag will be
on how fast the vehicle is traveling. designed to inflate in frontal
blocked.
It depends on what is hit, the impacts, near frontal impacts,
direction of the impact, and how or rear impacts.
When Should an Airbag quickly the vehicle slows down.
Seat-mounted side impact airbags
Inflate? Frontal airbags may inflate at are designed to inflate in moderate
different crash speeds depending on to severe side crashes depending
This vehicle is equipped with whether the vehicle hits an object
airbags. See Airbag System 0 72. on the location of the impact.
straight on or at an angle, and Seat-mounted side impact airbags
Airbags are designed to inflate if the
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
are not designed to inflate in frontal What Makes an Airbag Rollover capable roof-rail airbags
impacts, near frontal impacts, are designed to help contain the
rollovers, or rear impacts.
Inflate? head and chest of occupants in the
A seat-mounted side impact airbag In a deployment event, the sensing outboard seating positions in the
is designed to inflate on the side of system sends an electrical signal first, second, and third rows. The
the vehicle that is struck. triggering a release of gas from the rollover capable roof-rail airbags are
Roof-rail airbags are designed to inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the designed to help reduce the risk of
inflate in moderate to severe side airbag causing the bag to break out full or partial ejection in rollover
crashes depending on the location of the cover. The inflator, the airbag, events, although no system can
of the impact. In addition, these and related hardware are all part of prevent all such ejections.
roof-rail airbags are designed to the airbag module. But airbags would not help in many
inflate during a rollover or in a For airbag locations, see Where Are types of collisions, primarily
severe frontal impact. Roof-rail the Airbags? 0 73. because the occupant's motion is
airbags are not designed to inflate in not toward those airbags. See When
rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags How Does an Airbag Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 75.
will inflate when either side of the
vehicle is struck, if the sensing
Restrain? Airbags should never be regarded
as anything more than a supplement
system predicts that the vehicle is In moderate to severe frontal or to safety belts.
about to roll over on its side, or in a near frontal collisions, even belted
severe frontal impact. occupants can contact the steering
wheel or the instrument panel. In
What Will You See after
In any particular crash, no one can
say whether an airbag should have moderate to severe side collisions, an Airbag Inflates?
inflated simply because of the even belted occupants can contact After frontal airbags and
vehicle damage or the repair costs. the inside of the vehicle. seat-mounted side impact airbags
Airbags supplement the protection inflate, they quickly deflate, so
provided by safety belts by quickly that some people may not
distributing the force of the impact even realize an airbag inflated. The
more evenly over the front center airbag, if equipped, and
occupant's body. roof-rail airbags may still be at least
partially inflated for some time after
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
they inflate. Some components of

the airbag module may be hot for Warning (Continued) { Warning
several minutes. For location of the
airbags, see Where Are the airbag inflates, then get fresh air A crash severe enough to inflate
Airbags? 0 73. by opening a window or a door. the airbags may have also
If you experience breathing damaged important functions in
The parts of the airbag that come problems following an airbag the vehicle, such as the fuel
into contact with you may be warm, deployment, you should seek system, brake and steering
but not too hot to touch. There may medical attention. systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
be some smoke and dust coming
appears to be drivable after a
from the vents in the deflated
The vehicle has a feature that may moderate crash, there may be
airbags. Airbag inflation does not
prevent the driver from seeing out of automatically unlock the doors, turn concealed damage that could
the windshield or being able to steer on the interior lamps and hazard make it difficult to safely operate
the vehicle, nor does it prevent warning flashers, and shut off the the vehicle.
people from leaving the vehicle. fuel system after the airbags inflate. Use caution if you should attempt
The feature may also activate, to restart the engine after a crash
{ Warning without airbag inflation, after an
event that exceeds a predetermined
has occurred.
When an airbag inflates, there threshold. You can lock the doors,
may be dust in the air. This dust turn off the interior lamps, and turn In many crashes severe enough to
could cause breathing problems off the hazard warning flashers by inflate the airbag, windshields are
using the controls for those broken by vehicle deformation.
for people with a history of
features. Additional windshield breakage may
asthma or other breathing trouble.
also occur from the front outboard
To avoid this, everyone in the passenger airbag.
vehicle should get out as soon as
it is safe to do so. If you have . Airbags are designed to inflate
breathing problems but cannot only once. After an airbag
get out of the vehicle after an inflates, you will need some new
parts for the airbag system.
(Continued) If you do not get them, the
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
airbag system will not be there The passenger sensing system

to help protect you in another works with sensors that are part of
crash. A new system will include the front outboard passenger seat.
airbag modules and possibly The sensors are designed to detect
other parts. The service manual the presence of a properly-seated
for the vehicle covers the need occupant and determine if the front
to replace other parts. United States outboard passenger frontal airbag
. The vehicle has a crash sensing should be allowed to inflate or not.
and diagnostic module which According to accident statistics,
records information after a children are safer when properly
crash. See Vehicle Data secured in a rear seat in the correct
Recording and Privacy 0 371 child restraint for their weight
and Event Data and size.
Recorders 0 371. Whenever possible, children age
Canada and Mexico
. Let only qualified technicians 12 and under should be secured in
work on the airbag systems. The words ON and OFF, or the a rear seating position.
Improper service can mean that symbol for on and off, will be visible
during the system check. When the Never put a rear-facing child seat in
an airbag system will not work the front. This is because the risk to
properly. See your dealer for system check is complete, either the
word ON or OFF, or the symbol for the rear-facing child is so great,
service. if the airbag inflates.
on or off, will be visible. See
Passenger Sensing Passenger Airbag Status
System Indicator 0 122. { Warning
The passenger sensing system A child in a rear-facing child
The vehicle has a passenger turns off the front outboard
sensing system for the front restraint can be seriously injured
passenger frontal airbag under or killed if the passenger frontal
outboard passenger position. The certain conditions. No other airbag
passenger airbag status indicator airbag inflates. This is because
is affected by the passenger
will light on the instrument panel sensing system. (Continued)
when the vehicle is started.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
The passenger sensing system is

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) designed to turn on the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
the back of the rear-facing child seat. Consider using another anytime the system senses that a
restraint would be very close to vehicle to transport the child person of adult size is sitting
the inflating airbag. A child in a when a rear seat is not available. properly in the front outboard
forward-facing child restraint can passenger seat.
be seriously injured or killed if the The passenger sensing system is
passenger frontal airbag inflates When the passenger sensing
designed to turn off the front system has allowed the airbag to be
and the passenger seat is in a outboard passenger frontal airbag if: enabled, the on indicator will light
forward position.
. The front outboard passenger and stay lit as a reminder that the
Even if the passenger sensing seat is unoccupied. airbag is active.
system has turned off the For some children, including
. The system determines that an
passenger frontal airbag, no children in child restraints, and for
infant is present in a child
system is fail-safe. No one can very small adults, the passenger
restraint.
guarantee that an airbag will not sensing system may or may not turn
deploy under some unusual . A front outboard passenger
off the front outboard passenger
circumstance, even though the takes his/her weight off of the frontal airbag, depending upon the
airbag is turned off. seat for a period of time. persons seating posture and body
Never put a rear-facing child . There is a critical problem with build. Everyone in the vehicle who
the airbag system or the has outgrown child restraints should
restraint in the front seat, even if
passenger sensing system. wear a safety belt properly
the airbag is off. If securing a
whether or not there is an airbag for
forward-facing child restraint in When the passenger sensing
that person.
the front outboard passenger system has turned off the front
seat, always move the seat as far outboard passenger frontal airbag,
back as it will go. It is better to the off indicator will light and stay lit
secure child restraints in the rear as a reminder that the airbag is off.
See Passenger Airbag Status
(Continued) Indicator 0 122.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
3. Remove any additional items 6. Restart the vehicle.

{ Warning from the seat such as blankets, The passenger sensing system
cushions, seat covers, seat may or may not turn off the
If the airbag readiness light ever heaters, or seat massagers.
comes on and stays on, it means airbag for a child in a child
that something may be wrong 4. Reinstall the child restraint restraint depending upon the
with the airbag system. To help following the directions childs size. It is better to
avoid injury to yourself or others, provided by the child restraint secure the child restraint in a
have the vehicle serviced right manufacturer and refer to rear seat. Never put a
Securing Child Restraints (With rear-facing child restraint in the
away. See Airbag Readiness
the Safety Belt in the Rear front seat, even if the on
Light 0 122 for more information,
Seat) 0 97 or Securing Child indicator is not lit.
including important safety Restraints (With the Safety Belt
information. in the Front Seat) 0 99. If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an
Adult-Sized Occupant
5. If, after reinstalling the child
If the On Indicator Is Lit for a restraint and restarting the
Child Restraint vehicle, the on indicator is still
The passenger sensing system is lit, turn the vehicle off. Then
designed to turn off the front slightly recline the vehicle
outboard passenger frontal airbag if seatback and adjust the seat
the system determines that an infant cushion, if adjustable, to make
is present in a child restraint. If a sure that the vehicle seatback
child restraint has been installed is not pushing the child
and the on indicator is lit: restraint into the seat cushion.
1. Turn the vehicle off. Also make sure the child
restraint is not trapped under
2. Remove the child restraint from the vehicle head restraint.
the vehicle. If this happens, adjust the head
If a person of adult size is sitting in
restraint. See Head
the front outboard passenger seat,
Restraints 0 53.
but the off indicator is lit, it could be
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
because that person is not sitting A thick layer of additional material,

properly in the seat. Use the { Warning such as a blanket or cushion,
following steps to allow the system or aftermarket equipment such as
to detect that person and enable the If the front outboard passenger seat covers, seat heaters, and seat
front outboard passenger frontal airbag is turned off for an massagers can affect how well the
airbag: adult-sized occupant, the airbag passenger sensing system
will not be able to inflate and help operates. We recommend that you
1. Turn the vehicle off. protect that person in a crash, not use seat covers or other
2. Remove any additional material resulting in an increased risk of aftermarket equipment except when
from the seat, such as serious injury or even death. An approved by GM for your specific
blankets, cushions, seat adult-sized occupant should not vehicle. See Adding Equipment to
covers, seat heaters, or seat ride in the front outboard the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 82
massagers. Also remove passenger seat, if the passenger for more information about
laptops, or other electronic airbag off indicator is lit. modifications that can affect how
devices. the system operates.
3. Place the seatback in the fully Additional Factors Affecting A wet seat can affect the
upright position. performance of the passenger
System Operation
4. Have the person sit upright in sensing system. Here is how:
Safety belts help keep the
the seat, centered on the seat . The passenger sensing system
passenger in position on the seat
cushion, with legs comfortably may turn off the passenger
during vehicle maneuvers and
extended. airbag when liquid is soaked into
braking, which helps the passenger
5. Restart the vehicle and have sensing system maintain the the seat. If this happens, the off
the person remain in this passenger airbag status. See indicator will be lit, and the
position for two to Safety Belts and Child Restraints airbag readiness light on the
three minutes after the on in the Index for additional instrument panel will also be lit.
indicator is lit. information about the importance of . Liquid pooled on the seat that
proper restraint use. has not soaked in may make it
more likely that the passenger
sensing system will turn on the
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
passenger airbag while a child Servicing the Adding Equipment to the

restraint or child occupant is on
the seat. If the passenger airbag
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
is turned on, the on indicator will Airbags affect how the vehicle Adding accessories that change the
be lit. should be serviced. There are parts vehicle's frame, bumper system,
If the passenger seat gets wet, dry of the airbag system in several height, front end, or side sheet
the seat immediately. If the airbag places around the vehicle. Your metal may keep the airbag system
readiness light is lit, do not install a dealer and the service manual have from working properly.
child restraint or allow anyone to information about servicing the The operation of the airbag system
occupy the seat. See Airbag vehicle and the airbag system. To can also be affected by changing
Readiness Light 0 122 for important purchase a service manual, see any parts of the front seats, safety
safety information. Service Publications Ordering belts, airbag sensing and diagnostic
Information 0 368. module, steering wheel, instrument
The on indicator may be lit if an
object, such as a briefcase, panel, roof-rail airbag modules,
handbag, grocery bag, laptop or
{ Warning ceiling or pillar garnish trim,
other electronic device, is put on an overhead console, front sensors,
For up to 10 seconds after the side impact sensors, airbag wiring,
unoccupied seat. If this is not vehicle is turned off and the
desired remove the object from or the front center console if the
battery is disconnected, an airbag vehicle has a front center airbag.
the seat. can still inflate during improper
service. You can be injured if you Your dealer and the service manual
{ Warning are close to an airbag when it
have information about the location
of the airbag sensors, sensing and
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
Stowing of articles under the diagnostic module, and airbag
They are probably part of the wiring.
passenger seat or between the
airbag system. Be sure to follow
passenger seat cushion and In addition, the vehicle has a
proper service procedures, and
seatback may interfere with the passenger sensing system for the
make sure the person performing
proper operation of the passenger front outboard passenger position,
work for you is qualified to do so.
sensing system. which includes sensors that are part
of the passenger's seat. The
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
passenger sensing system may not vehicle is modified for any other Replacing Airbag System
operate properly if the original seat reason, call Customer Assistance.
trim is replaced with non-GM See Customer Assistance
Parts after a Crash
covers, upholstery, or trim, or; with Offices 0 361.
GM covers, upholstery, or trim { Warning
designed for a different vehicle. Any Airbag System Check A crash can damage the airbag
object, such as an aftermarket seat
heater or a comfort-enhancing pad The airbag system does not need systems in the vehicle.
or device, installed under or on top regularly scheduled maintenance or A damaged airbag system may
of the seat fabric, could also replacement. Make sure the airbag not properly protect you and your
interfere with the operation of the readiness light is working. See passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
passenger sensing system. This Airbag Readiness Light 0 122. in serious injury or even death. To
could either prevent proper help make sure the airbag
deployment of the passenger Caution systems are working properly
airbag(s) or prevent the passenger after a crash, have them
sensing system from properly If an airbag covering is damaged, inspected and any necessary
turning off the passenger airbag(s). opened, or broken, the airbag replacements made as soon as
See Passenger Sensing may not work properly. Do not possible.
System 0 78. open or break the airbag
coverings. If there are any
If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail If an airbag inflates, you will need to
airbags, see Different Size Tires opened or broken airbag
coverings, have the airbag replace airbag system parts. See
and Wheels 0 313 for additional your dealer for service.
important information. covering and/or airbag module
replaced. For the location of the If the airbag readiness light stays on
If you have to modify your vehicle airbags, see Where Are the after the vehicle is started or comes
because you have a disability and Airbags? 0 73. See your dealer on when you are driving, the airbag
you have questions about whether for service. system may not work properly. Have
the modifications will affect the the vehicle serviced right away. See
vehicle's airbag system, or if you Airbag Readiness Light 0 122.
have questions about whether the
airbag system will be affected if the
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16

. Can proper safety belt fit be
Child Restraints The manufacturer instructions that
come with the booster seat state the maintained for the length of the
weight and height limitations for that trip? If yes, continue. If no,
Older Children booster. Use a booster seat with a return to the booster seat.
lap-shoulder belt until the child Q: What is the proper way to
passes the fit test below: wear safety belts?
. Sit all the way back on the seat.
A: An older child should wear a
Do the knees bend at the seat lap-shoulder belt and get the
edge? If yes, continue. If no, additional restraint a shoulder
return to the booster seat. belt can provide. The shoulder
. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. belt should not cross the face or
Does the shoulder belt rest on neck. The lap belt should fit
the shoulder? If yes, continue. snugly below the hips, just
If no, try using the rear safety touching the top of the thighs.
belt comfort guide, if available. This applies belt force to the
See Rear Safety Belt Comfort child's pelvic bones in a crash.
Guides under Lap-Shoulder Belt It should never be worn over the
Older children who have outgrown
0 66. If a comfort guide is not abdomen, which could cause
booster seats should wear the
available, or if the shoulder belt severe or even fatal internal
vehicles safety belts.
still does not rest on the injuries in a crash.
shoulder, then return to the Also see Rear Safety Belt Comfort
booster seat. Guides under Lap-Shoulder
. Does the lap belt fit low and Belt 0 66.
snug on the hips, touching the According to accident statistics,
thighs? If yes, continue. If no, children are safer when properly
return to the booster seat. restrained in a rear seating position.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
In a crash, children who are not

buckled up can strike other people Warning (Continued)
who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older That could cause serious or fatal
children need to use safety belts injuries. The shoulder belt should
properly. go over the shoulder and across
the chest.
{ Warning
Never allow more than one child
to wear the same safety belt. The
safety belt cannot properly spread
the impact forces. In a crash, they
can be crushed together and { Warning
seriously injured. A safety belt
must be used by only one person Never allow a child to wear the
at a time. safety belt with the shoulder belt
behind their back. A child can be
seriously injured by not wearing
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
crash, the child would not be
restrained by the shoulder belt.
The child could move too far
Infants and Young
forward increasing the chance of Children
head and neck injury. The child Everyone in a vehicle needs
might also slide under the lap protection! This includes infants and
belt. The belt force would then be all other children. Neither the
applied right on the abdomen. distance traveled nor the age and
(Continued) size of the traveler changes the
need, for everyone, to use safety
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
restraints. In fact, the law in every Every time infants and young
state in the United States and in children ride in vehicles, they should
every Canadian province says have the protection provided by
children up to some age must be appropriate child restraints. Neither
restrained while in a vehicle. the vehicle's safety belt system nor
its airbag system is designed
{ Warning for them.
Children who are not restrained
Children can be seriously injured properly can strike other people,
or strangled if a shoulder belt is or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
wrapped around their neck. The
shoulder belt can tighten but
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
{ Warning
The shoulder belt locks when it is Never hold an infant or a child { Warning
pulled all the way out of the while riding in a vehicle. Due to Children who are up against,
retractor. It unlocks when the crash forces, an infant or a child or very close to, any airbag when
shoulder belt is allowed to go all will become so heavy it is not it inflates can be seriously injured
the way back into the retractor, possible to hold it during a crash. or killed. Never put a rear-facing
but it cannot do this if it is For example, in a crash at only child restraint in the front
wrapped around a childs neck. 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) passenger seat. Secure a
If the shoulder belt is locked and infant will suddenly become a rear-facing child restraint in a
tightened around a childs neck, 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's rear seat.
the only way to loosen the belt is arms. An infant or child should be
to cut it. secured in an appropriate It is also better to secure a
restraint. forward-facing child restraint in a
Never leave children unattended
rear seat. If a forward-facing child
in a vehicle and never allow
restraint must be secured in the
children to play with the safety
belts. (Continued)
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Child restraints are devices used to there are many kinds of restraints
Warning (Continued) restrain, seat, or position children in available for children with special
the vehicle and are sometimes needs.
front passenger seat, always called child seats or car seats.
move the front passenger seat as
far back as it will go. There are three basic types of { Warning
child restraints:
If a child restraint is installed in To reduce the risk of neck and
the second row center seat, move . Forward-facing child restraints head injury in a crash, infants and
the second row seat to the . Rearward-facing child restraints toddlers should be secured in a
rearward position, whenever rear-facing child restraint until age
. Belt-positioning booster seats
possible, to minimize contact with two, or until they reach the
the front center airbag, The proper child restraint for your maximum height and weight limits
if equipped. child depends on their size, weight, of their child restraint.
and age, and also on whether the
child restraint is compatible with the
vehicle in which it will be used.
For each type of child restraint, { Warning
there are many different models A young child's hip bones are still
available. When purchasing a child so small that the vehicle's regular
restraint, be sure it is designed to be safety belt may not remain low on
used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the
the hip bones, as it should.
restraint will have a label saying that
Instead, it may settle up around
it meets federal motor vehicle safety
standards. The restraint the child's abdomen. In a crash,
manufacturer's instructions that the belt would apply force on a
come with the restraint state the body area that is unprotected by
weight and height limitations for a any bony structure. This alone
particular child restraint. In addition, could cause serious or fatal
(Continued)
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
The harness system holds the infant

Warning (Continued) in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
injuries. To reduce the risk of restraint.
serious or fatal injuries during a
crash, young children should
always be secured in appropriate
child restraints.
Child Restraint Systems
Booster Seats
A belt-positioning booster seat is
used for children who have
outgrown their forward-facing child
Forward-Facing Child Seat restraint. Boosters are designed to
A forward-facing child restraint improve the fit of the vehicle's safety
provides restraint for the child's belt system until the child is large
body with the harness. enough for the vehicle safety belts
to fit properly without a booster seat.
See the safety belt fit test in Older
Children 0 84.
Rear-Facing Infant Seat
A rear-facing child restraint provides
restraint with the seating surface
against the back of the infant.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Securing an Add-On Child When securing an add-on child Securing the Child Within the
Restraint in the Vehicle restraint, refer to the instructions Child Restraint
that come with the restraint which
may be on the restraint itself or in a
{ Warning booklet, or both, and to this manual.
{ Warning
A child can be seriously injured or The child restraint instructions are A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child important, so if they are not killed in a crash if the child is not
restraint is not properly secured in available, obtain a replacement properly secured in the child
copy from the manufacturer.
the vehicle. Secure the child restraint. Secure the child
restraint properly in the vehicle Keep in mind that an unsecured properly following the instructions
using the vehicles safety belt or child restraint can move around in a that came with that child restraint.
LATCH system, following the collision or sudden stop and injure
instructions that came with that people in the vehicle. Be sure to
child restraint and the instructions properly secure any child restraint in Where to Put the
in this manual. the vehicle even when no child is Restraint
in it.
According to accident statistics,
To help reduce the chance of injury, In some areas of the United States children and infants are safer when
the child restraint must be secured and Canada, Certified Child properly restrained in an appropriate
in the vehicle. Child restraint Passenger Safety Technicians child restraint secured in a rear
systems must be secured in vehicle (CPSTs) are available to inspect seating position.
seats by lap belts or the lap belt and demonstrate how to correctly
use and install child restraints. In Whenever possible, children age
portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by 12 and under should be secured in
the LATCH system. See Lower the U.S., refer to the National
Highway Traffic Safety a rear seating position.
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) 0 91 for more Administration (NHTSA) website to The vehicle may be equipped with a
information. Children can be locate the nearest child safety seat front center airbag in the inboard
endangered in a crash if the child inspection station. For CPST side of the driver seat. Even with a
restraint is not properly secured in availability in Canada, check with front center airbag, a child restraint
the vehicle. Transport Canada or the Provincial can be installed in any second row
Ministry of Transportation office. seating position.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Never put a rear-facing child seat in Child restraints and booster seats
the front. This is because the risk to Warning (Continued) vary considerably in size, and some
the rear-facing child is so great if the may fit in certain seating positions
airbag deploys. turned off. Secure rear-facing better than others.
child restraints in a rear seat,
even if the front passenger frontal Depending on where you place the
{ Warning airbag is off. child restraint and the size of the
child restraint, you may not be able
A child in a rear-facing child It is also better to secure a to access adjacent safety belts or
restraint can be seriously injured forward-facing child restraint in a LATCH anchors for additional
or killed if the right front rear seat. If a forward-facing child passengers or child restraints.
passenger airbag inflates. This is restraint must be secured in the Adjacent seating positions should
because the back of the right front seat, always move the not be used if the child restraint
rear-facing child restraint would front passenger seat as far back prevents access to or interferes with
be very close to the inflating as it will go. the routing of the safety belt.
airbag. A child in a forward-facing Wherever a child restraint is
See Passenger Sensing System
child restraint can be seriously installed, be sure to follow the
0 78 for additional information.
injured or killed if the right front instructions that came with the child
passenger airbag inflates and the If a child restraint is installed in a restraint system and secure the
passenger seat is in a forward second row center seat, move the child restraint system properly.
position. second row seat to the rearward
position, whenever possible, to Keep in mind that an unsecured
Even if the passenger sensing child restraint can move around in a
minimize contact with the front
system has turned off the right collision or sudden stop and injure
center airbag, if equipped.
front passenger frontal airbag, no people in the vehicle. Be sure to
system is fail-safe. No one can properly secure any child restraint in
guarantee that an airbag will not When securing a child restraint in a the vehicle even when no child is
deploy under some unusual rear seating position, study the in it.
circumstance, even though it is instructions that came with the child
restraint to make sure it is
(Continued)
compatible with this vehicle.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Lower Anchors and this can be done as long as the Child restraints built after March
booster seat can be positioned 2014 will be labeled with the
Tethers for Children properly and there is no interference specific child weight up to which the
(LATCH System) with the proper positioning of the LATCH system can be used to
The LATCH system secures a child lap-shoulder belt on the child. install the restraint.
restraint during driving or in a crash. Make sure to follow the instructions The following explains how to attach
LATCH attachments on the child that came with the child restraint, a child restraint with these
restraint are used to attach the child and also the instructions in this attachments in the vehicle.
restraint to the anchors in the manual. Not all vehicle seating positions or
vehicle. The LATCH system is
When installing a child restraint with child restraints have lower anchors
designed to make installation of a
a top tether, you must also use and attachments or top tether
child restraint easier.
either the lower anchors or the anchors and attachments. In this
In order to use the LATCH system in safety belts to properly secure the case, the safety belt must be used
your vehicle, you need a child child restraint. A child restraint must (with top tether where available) to
restraint that has LATCH never be attached using only the top secure the child restraint. See
attachments. LATCH-compatible tether. Securing Child Restraints (With the
rear-facing and forward-facing child Safety Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 97 or
The LATCH anchorage system can
seats can be properly installed Securing Child Restraints (With the
be used until the combined weight
using either the LATCH anchors or Safety Belt in the Front Seat) 0 99.
of the child plus the child restraint is
the vehicles safety belts. Do not
29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the safety belt
use both the safety belts and the
alone instead of the LATCH
LATCH anchorage system to secure
anchorage system once the
a rear-facing or forward-facing
combined weight is more than
child seat.
29.5 kg (65 lbs).
Booster seats use the vehicles
See Securing Child Restraints (With
safety belts to secure the child in
the Safety Belt in the Rear Seat)
the booster seat. If the manufacturer
0 97 or Securing Child Restraints
recommends that the booster seat
(With the Safety Belt in the Front
be secured with the LATCH system,
Seat) 0 99.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor Some child restraints with top
tethers are designed for use with or
without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for your child
restraint.
Lower Anchor and Top Tether
Anchor Locations
Lower anchors (1) are metal bars A top tether (3, 4) anchors the top of
built into the vehicle. There are two the child restraint to the vehicle.
lower anchors for each LATCH A top tether anchor is built into the
seating position that will vehicle. The top tether
accommodate a child restraint with attachment (2) on the child restraint
lower attachments (2). connects to the top tether anchor in
the vehicle in order to reduce the
forward movement and rotation of
the child restraint during driving or in
a crash.
The child restraint may have a
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Second Row Bucket
Either will have a single
attachment (2) to secure the top I : Seating positions with top
tether to the anchor. tether anchors.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
H : Seating positions with two

lower anchors.
To assist in locating the top tether

anchors, the top tether anchor
symbol is near the anchor.
Third Row
I : Seating positions with top
Second Row 60/40 Bench tether anchors.
I : Seating positions with top
tether anchors.
H : Seating positions with two
lower anchors.
Second Row Bucket Shown,

To assist in locating the lower Bench Similar
anchors, each second row anchor The top tether anchors are at the
position has a label, near the crease bottom rear of the seatback for each
between the seatback and the seat seating position in the second row.
cushion.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Be sure to use an anchor on the the instructions that come with the
same side of the vehicle as the child restraint say that the top tether Warning (Continued)
seating position where the child must be attached.
restraint will be placed. that came with the child restraint
According to accident statistics, and the instructions in this
children and infants are safer when manual.
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position. See Where to Put the { Warning
Restraint 0 89 for additional
information. To reduce the risk of serious or
fatal injuries during a crash, do
Securing a Child Restraint not attach more than one child
Designed for the LATCH restraint to a single anchor.
System Attaching more than one child
restraint to a single anchor could
Third Row { Warning cause the anchor or attachment
to come loose or even break
The third row has one top tether If a LATCH-type child restraint is
anchor at the bottom rear of the during a crash. A child or others
not attached to anchors, the child could be injured.
center seatback. This anchor should restraint will not be able to protect
be used for the center seating the child correctly. In a crash, the
position only. Never install two top child could be seriously injured or
tethers using the same top tether
anchor.
killed. Install a LATCH-type child { Warning
restraint properly using the
Do not secure a child restraint in a anchors, or use the vehicle's Children can be seriously injured
position without a top tether anchor safety belts to secure the or strangled if a shoulder belt is
if a national or local law requires restraint, following the instructions wrapped around their neck. The
that the top tether be attached, or if (Continued)
(Continued)
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
the rearward position, whenever

Warning (Continued) Caution possible, to minimize contact with
the front center airbag.
shoulder belt can tighten but Do not let the LATCH
cannot be loosened if it is locked. attachments rub against the If you need to secure more than one
The shoulder belt locks when it is vehicles safety belts. This may child restraint in the rear seat, see
pulled all the way out of the damage these parts. If necessary, Where to Put the Restraint 0 89.
retractor. It unlocks when the move buckled safety belts to This system is designed to make
shoulder belt is allowed to go all avoid rubbing the LATCH installation of child restraints easier.
the way back into the retractor, attachments. When using lower anchors, do not
but it cannot do this if it is use the vehicle's safety belts.
Do not fold the rear seatback
wrapped around a childs neck. Instead, use the vehicle's anchors
when the seat is occupied. Do not and child restraint attachments to
If the shoulder belt is locked and fold the empty rear seat with a
tightened around a childs neck, secure the restraints. Some
safety belt buckled. This could restraints also use another vehicle
the only way to loosen the belt is damage the safety belt or the
to cut it. anchor to secure a top tether.
seat. Unbuckle and return the
Buckle any unused safety belts safety belt to its stowed position, 1. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments to the lower
behind the child restraint so before folding the seat.
anchors. If the child restraint
children cannot reach them. Pull
does not have lower
the shoulder belt all the way out The vehicle may be equipped with a attachments or the desired
of the retractor to set the lock, front center airbag in the inboard seating position does not have
and tighten the belt behind the side of the driver seat. Even with a lower anchors, secure the child
child restraint after the child front center airbag, a child restraint restraint with the top tether and
restraint has been installed. can be installed in any second row the safety belts. Refer to your
seating position. If a child restraint is child restraint manufacturer
installed in a second row center instructions and the
seat, move the second row seat to instructions in this manual.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
1.1. Find the lower anchors attach and tighten the top
for the desired seating tether to the top tether anchor,
position. if the vehicle has one. Refer to
1.2. To access the lower the child restraint instructions
anchors in the second and the following steps:
row, it may help to recline 2.1. Find the top tether
the seatback. anchor.
Third row seatbacks must 2.2. Route, attach, and tighten
be upright before placing the top tether according If the position you are
the child restraint on to your child restraint using does not have a
the seat. instructions and the headrest or head restraint
1.3. Put the child restraint on following instructions: and you are using a dual
the seat. tether, route the tether
over the seatback.
1.4. Attach and tighten the
lower attachments on the
child restraint to the lower
anchors.
If necessary, adjust the
angle of the second row
seatback to achieve a
tight installation. Make
sure the second row If the position you are
bench seatbacks are using does not have a
aligned at the same headrest or head restraint If the position you are
angle. and you are using a using has a fixed
single tether, route the headrest or head restraint
2. If the child restraint
tether over the seatback. and you are using a dual
manufacturer recommends that
the top tether be attached,
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
tether, route the tether Replacing LATCH System Securing Child Restraints
around the headrest or
head restraint.
Parts After a Crash (With the Safety Belt in
the Rear Seat)
{ Warning The vehicle may be equipped with a
A crash can damage the LATCH front center airbag in the inboard
system in the vehicle. A damaged side of the driver seat. Even with a
LATCH system may not properly front center airbag, a child restraint
can be installed in any second row
secure the child restraint,
seating position. If you install a child
resulting in serious injury or even restraint in a second row center
death in a crash. To help make seat, move the second row seat to
sure the LATCH system is the rearward position, whenever
If the position you are working properly after a crash, possible, to minimize contact with
using has a fixed see your dealer to have the the front center airbag.
headrest or head restraint system inspected and any
and you are using a necessary replacements made as When securing a child restraint in a
single tether, route the rear seating position, study the
soon as possible.
tether over the headrest instructions that came with the child
or head restraint. restraint to make sure it is
If the vehicle has the LATCH system compatible with this vehicle.
3. Before placing a child in the and it was being used during a
child restraint, make sure it is If the child restraint has the LATCH
crash, new LATCH system parts system, see Lower Anchors and
securely held in place. To may be needed.
check, grasp the child restraint Tethers for Children (LATCH
at the LATCH path and attempt New parts and repairs may be System) 0 91 for how and where to
to move it side to side and necessary even if the LATCH install the child restraint using
back and forth. There should system was not being used at the LATCH. If a child restraint is
be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of time of the crash. secured in the vehicle using a
movement, for proper safety belt and it uses a top tether,
installation.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
see Lower Anchors and Tethers for 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
Children (LATCH System) 0 91 for the lap and shoulder portions
top tether anchor locations. of the vehicle's safety belt
Do not secure a child seat in a through or around the restraint.
position without a top tether anchor The child restraint instructions
if a national or local law requires will show you how.
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top strap
must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the
attached. way out of the retractor to set
the lock. When the retractor
If the child restraint or vehicle seat lock is set, the belt can be
position does not have the LATCH tightened but not pulled out of
system, you will be using the safety the retractor.
belt to secure the child restraint. Be
sure to follow the instructions that 3. Push the latch plate into the
came with the child restraint. buckle until it clicks.
If more than one child restraint Position the release button on
needs to be installed in the rear the buckle, away from the child
seat, be sure to read Where to Put restraint system, so that the
the Restraint 0 89. safety belt could be quickly
1. Put the child restraint on unbuckled if necessary.
the seat.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
6. If the child restraint has a top Securing Child Restraints

tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
(With the Safety Belt in
regarding the use of the top the Front Seat)
tether. See Lower Anchors and The vehicle has airbags. A rear seat
Tethers for Children (LATCH is a safer place to secure a
System) 0 91. forward-facing child restraint. See
7. Before placing a child in the Where to Put the Restraint 0 89.
child restraint, make sure it is In addition, the vehicle has a
securely held in place. To passenger sensing system which is
check, grasp the child restraint designed to turn off the front
at the safety belt path and outboard passenger frontal airbag
5. To tighten the belt, push down attempt to move it side to side under certain conditions. See
on the child restraint, pull the and back and forth. When the Passenger Sensing System 0 78
shoulder portion of the belt to child restraint is properly and Passenger Airbag Status
tighten the lap portion of the installed, there should be no Indicator 0 122 for more information,
belt, and feed the shoulder belt more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of including important safety
back into the retractor. When movement. information.
installing a forward-facing child To remove the child restraint,
restraint, it may be helpful to Never put a rear-facing child seat in
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and the front. This is because the risk to
use your knee to push down on let it return to the stowed position.
the child restraint as you the rear-facing child is so great,
If the top tether is attached to a top if the airbag deploys.
tighten the belt. tether anchor, disconnect it.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 4 and 5.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
When using the lap-shoulder belt to

{ Warning Warning (Continued) secure the child restraint in this
position, follow the instructions that
A child in a rear-facing child forward-facing child restraint in came with the child restraint and the
restraint can be seriously injured the front outboard passenger following instructions:
or killed if the front outboard seat, always move the seat as far
passenger frontal airbag inflates. back as it will go. It is better to 1. Move the seat as far back as it
This is because the back of the secure the child restraint in a will go before securing the
rear-facing child restraint would rear seat. forward-facing child restraint.
Move the seat upward or the
be very close to the inflating See Passenger Sensing System seatback to an upright position,
airbag. A child in a forward-facing 0 78 for additional information. if needed, to get a tight
child restraint can be seriously installation of the child
injured or killed if the front restraint.
outboard passenger frontal airbag If the child restraint uses a top
inflates and the passenger seat is tether, see Lower Anchors and When the passenger sensing
in a forward position. Tethers for Children (LATCH system has turned off the front
System) 0 91 for top tether anchor outboard passenger frontal
Even if the passenger sensing locations. airbag, the off indicator on the
system has turned off the front passenger airbag status
Do not secure a child seat in a
outboard passenger frontal indicator should light and stay
position without a top tether anchor
airbag, no system is fail-safe. No lit when you start the vehicle.
if a national or local law requires
one can guarantee that an airbag See Passenger Airbag Status
that the top tether be anchored, or if
will not deploy under some Indicator 0 122.
the instructions that come with the
unusual circumstance, even child restraint say that the top strap 2. Put the child restraint on
though it is turned off. must be anchored. the seat.
Secure rear-facing child restraints In Canada, the law requires that 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
in a rear seat, even if the airbag forward-facing child restraints have the lap and shoulder portions
is off. If you secure a a top tether, and that the tether be of the vehicle's safety belt
(Continued) attached.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
through or around the restraint.

The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the 6. To tighten the belt, push down
way out of the retractor to set on the child restraint, pull the
the lock. When the retractor shoulder portion of the belt to
lock is set, the belt can be tighten the lap portion of the
4. Push the latch plate into the tightened but not pulled out of belt, and feed the shoulder belt
buckle until it clicks. the retractor. back into the retractor. When
installing a forward-facing child
Position the release button on
restraint, it may be helpful to
the buckle, away from the child
restraint system, so that the use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you
safety belt could be quickly
tighten the belt.
unbuckled if necessary.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
7. Before placing a child in the

child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the safety belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
If the airbag is off, the off indicator in
the passenger airbag status
indicator will come on and stay on
when the vehicle is started.
If a child restraint has been installed
and the on indicator is lit, see If the
On Indicator Is Lit for a Child
Restraint under Passenger Sensing
System 0 78.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Storage 103
Storage Storage Glove Box

Compartments Lift the glove box handle to open it.
Use the key to lock and unlock the
Storage Compartments glove box.
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . 103 { Warning
Instrument Panel Storage . . . . 103 Cupholders
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Do not store heavy or sharp
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 objects in storage compartments. There are two cupholders, with
Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 In a crash, these objects may removable liners, in front of the
Center Console Storage . . . . . . 104 cause the cover to open and center console. There may be
could result in injury. cupholders in the second row seat
Additional Storage Features armrest. To access, pull the armrest
Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 down. There are additional
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Instrument Panel Storage cupholders on each side of the third
Cargo Management row seat and in each door.
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Roof Rack System
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . 106
This vehicle has an instrument

panel storage area. To open the
cover, pull the latch forward.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
104 Storage
Armrest Storage Center Console Storage
There is additional storage under

the armrest. Move the armrest all
If equipped, the rear seat armrest Pull up the lever on the front of the the way to the rear position, then
may have two cupholders. Pull the center console armrest to slide it slide the storage cover back to
armrest down to access the forward and backward. To open the access.
cupholders. armrest storage area, press the There is a removable tray in the
button on the front of the armrest. storage area. Pull up on the tray to
remove and access the lower
storage area and power outlet. See
Power Outlets 0 115.
There may be two charging USB
ports on the rear of the console.
See Auxiliary Devices 0 193.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Storage 105
Additional Storage { Warning

Features An improperly latched and closed
cargo cover, or cargo cover left in
Cargo Cover the open position, could be
For vehicles with a cargo cover, it thrown about the vehicle during a
can be used to cover items in the crash or sudden maneuver.
rear of the vehicle. To install the Someone could be injured. Be
cover, place the loops on each sure to return the cover to the
corner of the cover on the four closed position and latch before
hooks in the rear of the vehicle. The driving. If the cover is removed,
cover should be stored securely always store it outside of the
when not in use. To remove the cargo management
vehicle. When it is replaced,
cover:
always be sure that it is securely
Cargo Tie-Downs 1. Open the cover. It remains reattached.
Four cargo tiedowns are located in open when lifted.
the rear compartment of the vehicle. 2. Pull the cover up making sure
The tie-downs can be used to to unhook the hinges at the
secure small loads. rear of the cover.
3. Store the cover outside the
Cargo Management vehicle or reattach before
System driving.
This vehicle has a cargo
management system located in
the rear.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
106 Storage
Convenience Net For vehicles with a convenience Roof Rack System

net (4), attach it to the vehicle using
only the cargo tie-downs (3) on
each side. The net is used to store { Warning
small loads and should not be used
for heavy loads. If something is carried on top of
the vehicle that is longer or wider
The cargo cover hooks (2) are used than the roof rack like paneling,
to attach the cargo cover (1) to the plywood, or a mattress the
vehicle only. Do not use the hooks wind can catch it while the vehicle
to secure loads or other items to the is being driven. The item being
vehicle as the hooks could be
carried could be violently torn off,
damaged.
and this could cause a collision
and damage the vehicle. Never
Power Liftgate Shown, Manual carry something longer or wider
Liftgate Similar than the roof rack on top of the
vehicle unless using a GM
1. Cargo Cover certified accessory carrier.
2. Cargo Cover Hooks
3. Cargo Tie-Downs
For vehicles with a roof rack, the
4. Convenience Net
rack can be used to load items. For
roof racks that do not have
crossrails included, GM Certified
crossrails can be purchased as an
accessory. See your dealer for
additional information.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Storage 107
Caution
Loading cargo on the roof rack
that weighs more than 91 kg
(200 lb) or hangs over the rear or
sides of the vehicle may damage
the vehicle. Load cargo so that it
rests evenly between the
crossrails and fasten cargo
securely.
To prevent damage or loss of cargo

when driving, check to make sure
crossrails and cargo are securely
fastened. Loading cargo on the roof
rack will make the vehicles center
of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds,
sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden
braking, or abrupt maneuvers;
otherwise it may result in loss of
control. If driving for a long distance,
on rough roads, or at high speeds,
occasionally stop the vehicle to
make sure the cargo remains in its
place. Do not exceed the maximum
vehicle capacity when loading the
vehicle.
See Vehicle Load Limits 0 223.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
108 Instruments and Controls
Instruments and Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Information Displays
Driver Information Center (DIC)
Controls Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
(With DIC Buttons) . . . . . . . . . . 130
Driver Information Center (DIC)
Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 (Without DIC Buttons) . . . . . . . 135
Controls Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 121
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 122 Vehicle Messages
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 109 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Steering Wheel Controls Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Battery Voltage and Charging
(Radio without Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Charging System Light . . . . . . . 123
Malfunction Indicator Lamp Brake System Messages . . . . . 138
Steering Wheel Controls Cruise Control Messages . . . . . 138
(Radio with Touchscreen) . . . 110 (Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 124
Brake System Warning Door Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . 138
Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 111 Engine Cooling System
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Antilock Brake System (ABS) Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 111 Engine Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . 140
Rear Window Wiper/ Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . 127 Engine Power Messages . . . . . 140
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Fuel System Messages . . . . . . . 141
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 141
Clock (Radio without Lamp Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 127
StabiliTrak Indicator Light . . . 127 Object Detection System
Clock (Radio with Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Engine Coolant Temperature
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Ride Control System
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Warning Lights, Gauges, and Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 128 Airbag System Messages . . . . 143
Indicators Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Security Messages . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Warning Lights, Gauges, and High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 129 Service Vehicle Messages . . . . 144
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 130 Tire Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Transmission Messages . . . . . . 145
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Vehicle Reminder
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Instruments and Controls 109
Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 146 Controls Steering Wheel Controls

Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . . 146
(Radio without
Vehicle Personalization Steering Wheel Touchscreen)
Vehicle Personalization (With Adjustment
DIC Buttons) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Universal Remote System
Universal Remote System . . . . 153
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Vehicles with audio steering wheel

To adjust the steering wheel: controls could differ depending on
the vehicle's options. Some audio
1. Pull the lever down.
controls can be adjusted at the
2. Move the steering wheel up steering wheel.
or down.
w or c/x (Next/Previous) :
3. Pull or push the steering wheel Press to select preset or favorite
closer or away from you. radio stations, select tracks on a
4. Push the lever up to lock the CD, or select tracks and navigate
steering wheel in place. folders on an iPod or USB device.
Do not adjust the steering wheel

while driving.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
To select tracks on an iPod or USB Press to go to the next track or Vehicles with audio steering wheel
device: chapter while sourced to the controls could differ depending on
CD slot. the vehicle's options. Some audio
. Press and hold w or c /x controls can be adjusted at the
while listening to a song listed in Press to select a track or a folder steering wheel.
the main audio page to quickly when navigating folders on an iPod
move forward or in reverse w or c/x : Press to select
or USB device. preset or favorite radio stations,
through the tracks.
+ e or e (Volume) : Press to select tracks on a CD, or select
. Track information is displayed on tracks and navigate folders on an
increase or to decrease the volume.
the screen. Release w or c iPod or USB device.
/x when the desired track is Steering Wheel Controls To select tracks on an iPod or USB
reached. device:
(Radio with Touchscreen)
b/g (Mute/Press to Talk) : Press . Press and hold w or c /x
to mute the speakers. Press again while listening to a song listed in
to unmute. Press and hold to the main audio page to quickly
interact with Bluetooth and OnStar , move forward or in reverse
if equipped. See Bluetooth 0 196 through the tracks.
and OnStar, if equipped.
. Track information is displayed on
c/x (End) : Press to reject an
incoming call or end a current call. the screen. Release w or c
/x when the desired track is
SRCE (Source) : Press to switch
between AM, FM, CD, and if reached.
equipped, SiriusXM, front auxiliary, b/g : Press to interact with
rear auxiliary, and iPod/USB. Bluetooth and OnStar, if equipped.
(Seek) : Press to go to the next See Bluetooth 0 196 and OnStar, if
radio station while in AM, FM, equipped.
or SiriusXM, if equipped. c/x : Press to reject an incoming
call or end a current call.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
SRCE : Press to switch between Heated Steering Wheel Windshield Wiper/Washer

AM, FM, CD, and if equipped,
SiriusXM, front auxiliary, rear The windshield wiper/washer lever
auxiliary, and iPod/USB. is located on the left side of the
steering column.
Press and hold to mute/pause the
system. Turn the band with the wiper symbol
to control the windshield wipers.
: Press to go to the next radio
station while in AM, FM,
or SiriusXM, if equipped.
Press to go to the next track or
chapter while sourced to the
CD slot.
Press to select a track or a folder
when navigating folders on an iPod ( (Heated Steering Wheel) : 8 : Use for a single wiping cycle.
or USB device. If equipped with a heated steering OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.
+ e or e : Press to increase or to wheel, press to turn it on or off.
A light on the button displays when 6 : Delays wiping cycle. Turn the
decrease the volume. band up for more frequent wipes or
the feature is turned on.
down for less frequent wipes.
The steering wheel takes about
three minutes to start heating. LO : Slow wipes.
HI : Fast wipes.
Horn Clear ice and snow from the wiper
Press a on the steering wheel pad blades before using them. If frozen
to sound the horn. to the windshield, carefully loosen or
thaw them. Damaged wiper blades
should be replaced. See Wiper
Blade Replacement 0 287.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Heavy snow or ice can overload the Rear Window Wiper/ Compass
wipers. A circuit breaker stops them
until the motor cools.
Washer Your vehicle may have a compass
The rear window wiper/washer in the Driver Information Center
Windshield Washer (DIC). See Driver Information
button is on the center stack below
J FRONT : Press the button at the the climate control system. Center (DIC) (With DIC Buttons)
end of the lever to spray washer 0 130 or Driver Information Center
fluid on the windshield. The wipers
Z : Press to turn the rear wiper on (DIC) (Without DIC Buttons) 0 135
and off. The wiper speed cannot be for more information about the DIC.
clear the windshield and either stop
changed.
or return to the preset speed. The Compass Zone
ignition key must be in ACC/ Y : Press to spray washer fluid on
ACCESSORY or ON/RUN for this to the rear window. The window wiper The zone is set to zone eight upon
work. See Washer Fluid 0 282. will also come on. Release the leaving the factory. Your dealer will
button when enough fluid has been set the correct zone for your
location.
{ Warning sprayed on the window. The rear
wiper will run a few more cycles Under certain circumstances, such
In freezing weather, do not use after it is released. If the rear wiper as during a long distance
the washer until the windshield is function was already on prior to cross-country trip or moving to a
warmed. Otherwise the washer pressing the wash button, it stays new state or province, it will be
fluid can form ice on the on until the wiper button is pressed necessary to compensate for
windshield, blocking your vision. again. compass variance by resetting the
The rear window washer uses the zone through the DIC if the zone is
same fluid that is in the windshield not set correctly.
WASHER FLUID LOW ADD FLUID
is displayed on the Driver washer reservoir. See Washer Compass variance is the difference
Information Center (DIC) when the Fluid 0 282. between the earth's magnetic north
washer fluid is low. See Washer and true geographic north. If the
Fluid Messages 0 146. compass is not set to the zone
where you live, the compass may
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
give false readings. The compass 2. Find the vehicle's current If CAL should ever appear in the
must be set to the variance zone in location and variance zone DIC display, the compass should be
which the vehicle is traveling. number on the map. calibrated.
To adjust for compass variance, use Zones 1 through 15 are If the DIC display does not show a
the following procedure: available. heading, for example, N for North,
3. Press the set/reset button to or the heading does not change
Compass Variance (Zone) after making turns, there may be a
Procedure scroll through and select the
appropriate variance zone. strong magnetic field interfering with
1. Do not set the compass zone the compass. Such interference
when the vehicle is moving. 4. Press the trip/fuel button until may be caused by a magnetic CB or
Only set it when the vehicle is the vehicle heading, for cell phone antenna mount, a
in P (Park). example, N for North, is magnetic emergency light, magnetic
displayed in the DIC. note pad holder, or any other
Press the vehicle information
5. If calibration is necessary, magnetic item. Turn off the vehicle,
button until PRESS V TO move the magnetic item, then turn
CHANGE COMPASS ZONE calibrate the compass. See
Compass Calibration on the vehicle and calibrate the
displays. compass.
Procedure following.
Compass Calibration To calibrate the compass, use the
following procedure:
The compass can be manually
calibrated. Only calibrate the Compass Calibration Procedure
compass in a magnetically clean 1. Before calibrating the compass,
and safe location, such as an open make sure the compass zone
parking lot, where driving the is set to the variance zone in
vehicle in circles is not a danger. which the vehicle is located.
It is suggested to calibrate away See Compass Variance (Zone)
from tall buildings, utility wires, Procedure earlier in this
manhole covers, or other industrial section.
structures, if possible.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Do not operate any switches Clock (Radio without . Press s REV.

such as window, sunroof,
climate controls, seats, etc.
Touchscreen) . Turn f counterclockwise.
during the calibration To adjust the time and date: To change the time default setting
procedure. from 12 hour to 24 hour or to
1. Turn the ignition key to ACC/
2. Press the vehicle information ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, change the date default setting from
button until PRESS V TO then press O to turn the month/day/year to day/month/year:
CALIBRATE COMPASS radio on. 1. Press H and then the
displays.
2. Press H to display HR, MIN, pushbutton located under the
3. Press the set/reset button to MM, DD, YYYY (hour, minute, forward arrow that displays on
start the compass calibration. month, day, and year). the radio screen until the time
4. The DIC will display 12H (hour) and 24H (hour), and
3. Press the pushbutton located the date MM/DD (month and
CALIBRATING: DRIVE IN under any one of the labels to
CIRCLES. Drive the vehicle in day) and DD/MM (day and
be changed. month) display.
tight circles at less than 8 km/h
(5 mph) to complete the 4. To increase the time or date, 2. Press the pushbutton located
calibration. The DIC will display do one of the following: under the desired option.
CALIBRATION COMPLETE for . Press the pushbutton below
a few seconds when the 3. Press H again to apply the
the selected label.
calibration is complete. The selected default, or let the
DIC display will then return to . Press SEEK. screen time out.
the previous menu.
. Press \ FWD.
. Turn f clockwise.
5. To decrease the time or date,
do one of the following:
. Press SEEK.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Clock (Radio with . Touch and hold to quickly

Touchscreen) increase or decrease the date { Warning
settings.
Touch Settings on the Home Page Power is always supplied to the
. Touch OK to save the outlets. Do not leave electrical
Menu, then touch the Set Time or adjustments.
Set Date settings screen button to equipment plugged in when the
display the different options for . Touch the Back or Cancel vehicle is not in use because the
setting the time and date. screen button to cancel the vehicle could catch fire and cause
adjustments. injury or death.
Set Time:
. Touch the up or down arrows to Power Outlets
increase or decrease the Hours,
Minutes, AM, PM, or the 24 hour The vehicle has 12-volt outlets that Caution
setting on the clock. can be used to plug in electrical
equipment, such as a cell phone or Leaving electrical equipment
. Touch and hold to quickly MP3 player. plugged in for an extended period
increase or decrease the time of time while the vehicle is off will
settings. The power outlets are located:
drain the battery. Always unplug
. Touch OK to save the . On the center stack below the electrical equipment when not in
adjustments. climate controls. use and do not plug in equipment
. Touch the Back or Cancel . Inside the center console. that exceeds the maximum
screen button to cancel the . At the rear of the center console. 20 amp rating.
adjustments. . In the rear cargo area.
Set Date: Certain accessory plugs may not be
Lift the cover to access the outlet compatible with the accessory
. Touch the up or down arrows to and replace when not in use. power outlet and could overload
increase or decrease the Month, vehicle and adapter fuses. If a
Day, and Year settings. problem is experienced, see your
dealer.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
When adding electrical equipment, Accessory Power (RAP) off and

be sure to follow the proper then back on. See Retained
installation instructions included with Accessory Power (RAP) 0 231. The
the equipment. See Add-On power restarts when equipment
Electrical Equipment 0 264. using 150 watts or less is plugged
into the outlet and a system fault is
Caution not detected.
The power outlet is not designed for
Hanging heavy equipment from and may not work properly, if the
the power outlet can cause The power outlet is on the rear of following are plugged in:
damage not covered by the the center console.
. Equipment with high initial peak
vehicle warranty. The power An indicator light on the outlet turns
outlets are designed for wattage such as:
on to show it is in use. The light compressor-driven refrigerators
accessory power plugs only, such comes on when the ignition is in and electric power tools.
as cell phone charge cords. ON/RUN, equipment requiring less
than 150 watts is plugged into the . Other equipment requiring an
outlet, and no system fault is extremely stable power supply
Power Outlet 110V/120V such as:
detected.
Alternating Current microcomputer-controlled
The indicator light does not come on electric blankets, touch sensor
If equipped with this power outlet it
when the ignition is in LOCK/OFF or lamps, etc.
can be used to plug in electrical
if the equipment is not fully seated
equipment that uses a maximum . Medical equipment.
into the outlet.
limit of 150 watts.
If equipment is connected using See High Voltage Devices and
more than 150 watts or a system Wiring 0 290.
fault is detected, a protection circuit
shuts off the power supply and the
indicator light turns off. To reset the
circuit, unplug the item and plug it
back in or turn the Retained
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Warning Lights,
Gauges, and
Indicators
Warning lights and gauges can
signal that something is wrong
before it becomes serious enough
to cause an expensive repair or
replacement. Paying attention to the
warning lights and gauges could
prevent injury.
Some warning lights come on briefly
when the engine is started to
indicate they are working. When
one of the warning lights comes on
and stays on while driving, or when
one of the gauges shows there may
be a problem, check the section that
explains what to do. Waiting to do
repairs can be costly and even
dangerous.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Instrument Cluster
English Uplevel Shown, Metric Similar

9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Speedometer Fuel Gauge

The speedometer shows the
vehicle's speed in either kilometers
per hour (km/h) or miles per
hour (mph).
Odometer
The odometer shows how far the
vehicle has been driven, in either
kilometers or miles.
Tachometer English
The tachometer displays the engine Metric When the ignition is on, the fuel
speed in revolutions per gauge shows how much fuel is left
minute (rpm). in the tank.
An arrow on the fuel gauge
indicates the side of the vehicle the
fuel door is on.
The gauge will first indicate empty
before the vehicle is out of fuel, but
the vehicle's fuel tank should be
filled soon.
When the fuel tank is low on fuel,
the FUEL LEVEL LOW message will
appear on the Driver Information
Center (DIC). For more information
see Fuel System Messages 0 141.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Here are some situations that may Engine Coolant

occur with the fuel gauge. None of
these indicate a problem with the
Temperature Gauge
fuel gauge.
. At the gas station, the gas pump
shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
. It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge might have indicated the
tank was half full, but it actually
English
took a little more or less than
half the tank's capacity to fill This gauge shows the engine
the tank. coolant temperature. If the gauge
Metric
. The gauge moves a little while pointer moves into the red area, it
means that the engine coolant has
turning a corner or speeding up.
overheated. If the vehicle has been
. The gauge does not go back to operated under normal driving
empty when the ignition is conditions, pull off the road, stop the
turned off. vehicle, and turn off the engine as
soon as possible.
See Engine Overheating 0 279 for
more information.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Voltmeter Gauge Readings in the low warning zone

can occur when a large number of
electrical accessories are operating
in the vehicle and the engine is left
idling for an extended period.
If there is a problem with the battery
charging system, a SERVICE When the vehicle is started, this
BATTERY CHARGING SYSTEM light flashes and a chime may come
message will appear in the Driver on to remind the driver to fasten
Information Center (DIC) and/or the their safety belt. Then the light stays
charging system light comes on. on solid until the belt is buckled.
See Battery Voltage and Charging This cycle may continue several
Messages 0 138 for more times if the driver remains or
information. becomes unbuckled while the
vehicle is moving.
When the engine is not running, but However, readings in either warning
the ignition is on, this gauge zone may indicate a possible If the driver safety belt is buckled,
displays the battery voltage in problem in the electrical system. neither the light nor the chime
DC volts. Have the vehicle serviced as soon comes on.
as possible.
When the engine is running, this Passenger Safety Belt
gauge shows the condition of the Reminder Light
charging system. The vehicle's Safety Belt Reminders
charging system regulates voltage There is a passenger safety belt
Driver Safety Belt Reminder reminder light near the passenger
based on the state of charge of the
Light airbag status indicator. See
battery. The voltmeter may fluctuate.
This is normal. Readings between There is a driver safety belt Passenger Sensing System 0 78.
the low and high warning zones reminder light on the instrument
indicate the normal operating range. cluster.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Airbag Readiness Light

{ Warning
This light shows if there is an
electrical problem with the airbag If the airbag readiness light stays
system. The system check includes on after the vehicle is started or
the airbag sensor(s), the passenger comes on while driving, it means
sensing system, the pretensioners, the airbag system might not be
When the vehicle is started, this the airbag modules, the wiring, and working properly. The airbags in
light flashes and a chime may come the crash sensing and diagnostic the vehicle might not inflate in a
on to remind passengers to fasten module. For more information on the
their safety belt. Then the light stays crash, or they could even inflate
airbag system, see Airbag without a crash. To help avoid
on solid until the belt is buckled. System 0 72.
This cycle continues several times if injury, have the vehicle serviced
the passenger remains or becomes right away.
unbuckled while the vehicle is
moving. If there is a problem with the airbag
If the passenger safety belt is system, a Driver Information Center
buckled, neither the chime nor the (DIC) message may also come on.
light comes on. See Airbag System
Messages 0 143.
The front passenger safety belt The airbag readiness light comes on
reminder light and chime may turn for several seconds when the
on if an object is put on the seat vehicle is started. If the light does Passenger Airbag Status
such as a briefcase, handbag, not come on then, have it fixed Indicator
grocery bag, laptop, or other immediately. The vehicle has a passenger
electronic device. To turn off the sensing system. See Passenger
reminder light and/or chime, remove Sensing System 0 78 for important
the object from the seat or buckle safety information. The instrument
the safety belt. panel has a passenger airbag status
indicator.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
If the word ON or the on symbol is

lit on the passenger airbag status { Warning
indicator, it means that the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag is If the airbag readiness light ever
allowed to inflate. comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
If the word OFF or the off symbol is with the airbag system. To help
United States lit on the passenger airbag status avoid injury to yourself or others,
indicator, it means that the have the vehicle serviced right
passenger sensing system has
away. See Airbag Readiness
turned off the front outboard
Light 0 122 for more information,
passenger frontal airbag.
including important safety
If, after several seconds, both status information.
indicator lights remain on, or if there
Canada and Mexico are no lights at all, there may be a
problem with the lights or the Charging System Light
When the vehicle is started, the passenger sensing system. See
passenger airbag status indicator your dealer for service.
will light ON and OFF, or the symbol
for on and off, for several seconds
as a system check. Then, after
several more seconds, the status
indicator will light either ON or OFF,
or either the on or off symbol to let
The charging system light comes on
you know the status of the front
briefly when the ignition is turned
outboard passenger frontal airbag.
on, but the engine is not running, as
a check to show the light is working.
It should go out when the engine is
started.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
If the light stays on, or comes on ON/RUN and the engine is not
while driving, there may be a running. See Ignition Caution
problem with the electrical charging Positions 0 227.
system. Have it checked by your Modifications to the engine,
dealer. Driving while this light is on transmission, exhaust, intake,
could drain the battery. or fuel system, or the use of
replacement tires that do not
When this light comes on, the Driver meet the original tire
Information Center (DIC) also specifications, can cause this light
displays the SERVICE BATTERY
to come on. This could lead to
CHARGING SYSTEM message.
Malfunctions are often indicated by costly repairs not covered by the
See Vehicle Messages 0 137 for vehicle warranty. This could also
the system before any problem is
more information. affect the vehicles ability to pass
noticeable. Being aware of the light
If a short distance must be driven and seeking service promptly when an Emissions Inspection/
with the light on, be sure to turn off it comes on may prevent damage. Maintenance test. See
all accessories, such as the radio Accessories and
and air conditioner. Caution Modifications 0 266.
Malfunction Indicator If the vehicle is driven continually If the light is flashing : A

Lamp (Check Engine with this light on, the emission malfunction has been detected that
control system may not work as could damage the emission control
Light) well, the fuel economy may be system and increase vehicle
This light is part of the vehicles lower, and the vehicle may not emissions. Diagnosis and service
emission control on-board run smoothly. This could lead to may be required.
diagnostic system. If this light is on costly repairs that might not be
while the engine is running, a To help prevent damage, reduce
covered by the vehicle warranty. vehicle speed and avoid hard
malfunction has been detected and
the vehicle may require service. The accelerations and uphill grades.
light should come on to show that it
is working when the ignition is in
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
If towing a trailer, reduce the least one full tank of the proper The vehicle may not pass
amount of cargo being hauled as fuel to turn the light off. See inspection if:
soon as possible. Fuel 0 253. . The light is on when the engine
If the light continues to flash, find a If the light remains on, see your is running.
safe place to park. Turn the vehicle dealer. . The light does not come on
off and wait at least 10 seconds when the ignition is in ON/RUN
before restarting the engine. If the Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance Programs while the engine is off.
light is still flashing, follow the
previous guidelines and see your If the vehicle requires an Emissions . Critical emission control systems
dealer for service as soon as Inspection/Maintenance test, the have not been completely
possible. test equipment will likely connect to diagnosed. If this happens, the
the vehicle's Data Link vehicle would not be ready for
If the light is on steady : A inspection and might require
malfunction has been detected. Connector (DLC).
several days of routine driving
Diagnosis and service may be before the system is ready for
required. inspection. This can happen if
Check the following: the 12-volt battery has recently
. A loose or missing fuel cap may been replaced or run down, or if
cause the light to come on. See the vehicle has been recently
Filling the Tank 0 254. A few serviced.
driving trips with the cap See your dealer if the vehicle will
properly installed may turn the The DLC is under the instrument not pass or cannot be made ready
light off. panel to the left of the steering for the test.
wheel. Connecting devices that are
. Poor fuel quality can cause not used to perform an Emissions
inefficient engine operation and Inspection/Maintenance test or to
poor driveability, which may go service the vehicle may affect
away once the engine is warmed vehicle operation. See Add-On
up. If this occurs, change the Electrical Equipment 0 264. See
fuel brand. It may require at your dealer if assistance is needed.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Brake System Warning When the ignition is on, the brake

Warning (Continued)
system warning light also comes on
Light when the parking brake is set. The
The vehicle brake system consists light will stay on if the parking brake the road and carefully stopped,
of two hydraulic circuits. If one does not release fully. If it stays on have the vehicle towed for
circuit is not working, the remaining after the parking brake is fully service.
circuit can still work to stop the released, it means there is a brake
vehicle. For normal braking problem. The brake message remains on until
performance, both circuits need to If the light comes on while driving, any DIC button is pressed. The
be working pull off the road and stop carefully. brake light remains on until the
If the warning light comes on, there Make sure the parking brake is fully problem is fixed. See Brake System
is a brake problem. Have the brake released. The pedal may be harder Messages 0 138.
system inspected right away. to push or, the pedal may go closer
to the floor. It may take longer to Antilock Brake System
stop. If the light is still on, have the (ABS) Warning Light
vehicle towed for service. See
Towing the Vehicle 0 329.
Metric English
{ Warning
The brake system might not be
This light should come on briefly working properly if the brake
when the engine is started. If it does system warning light is on.
not come on then, have it fixed so it The ABS warning light comes on
Driving with the brake system briefly when the ignition key is
will be ready to warn you if there is warning light on can lead to a
a problem. turned to ON/RUN. This is normal.
crash. If the light is still on after If the light does not come on then,
This light may also come on due to the vehicle has been pulled off have it fixed so it will be ready to
low brake fluid. See Brake (Continued) warn you if there is a problem.
Fluid 0 283.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
If the light stays on, turn the ignition Lane Departure Warning Vehicle Ahead Indicator
to LOCK/OFF. If the light comes on
while driving, stop as soon as
(LDW) Light
possible and turn the ignition off.
Then start the engine again to reset
the system. If the light still stays on,
or comes on again while driving, the
vehicle needs service. If the regular
brake system warning light is not
on, there are still brakes, but no If equipped, this indicator will
antilock brakes. If the regular brake If equipped, this light comes on display green when a vehicle is
system warning light is also on, briefly while starting the vehicle. If it detected ahead and amber when
there are no antilock brakes and does not come on, have the vehicle you are following a vehicle ahead
there is a problem with the regular serviced. much too closely.
brakes. See Brake System Warning This light is green if LDW is on and See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Light 0 126. ready to operate. System 0 248.
Tow/Haul Mode Light This light changes to amber and StabiliTrak Indicator
flashes to indicate that the lane
marking has been crossed without Light
using a turn signal in that direction.
See Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) 0 252.
This light comes on when the Tow/

Haul Mode has been activated. The StabiliTrak light comes on
For more information, see Tow/Haul briefly as the engine is started. If it
Mode 0 237. does not come on, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
This light flashes while the Stop and turn off the vehicle to inflate the tires to the pressure value
StabiliTrak system or the Traction avoid damage to the engine. shown on the Tire and Loading
Control System (TCS) is working. A warning chime sounds when this Information label. See Tire
The light comes on when there is a light is on. Pressure 0 304.
problem with the StabiliTrak system. See Engine Overheating 0 279 for
See Traction Control/Electronic When the Light Flashes First and
more information. Then Is On Steady
Stability Control 0 240.
If the light flashes for about a minute
Engine Coolant Tire Pressure Light and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the
Temperature Warning problem is not corrected, the light
Light will come on at every ignition cycle.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 306.
Engine Oil Pressure Light

For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this light Oil pressure can vary with engine
comes on briefly when the engine is speed, outside temperature, and oil
started. It provides information viscosity.
The engine coolant temperature
warning light comes on briefly when about tire pressures and the TPMS. On some models, the oil pump will
the vehicle is started. vary engine oil pressure according
When the Light Is On Steady
to engine needs. Oil pressure may
If it does not, have the vehicle This indicates that one or more of change quickly as the engine speed
serviced by your dealer. If the the tires are significantly or load varies. This is normal. If the
system is working normally, the underinflated. oil pressure warning light or Driver
indicator light then goes off. Information Center (DIC) message
A Driver Information Center (DIC)
If the light comes on and stays on tire pressure message may also indicates oil pressure outside the
while driving, the vehicle may have display. See Tire Messages 0 144. normal operating range, check the
a problem with the cooling system. Stop as soon as possible, and vehicle's oil as soon as possible.
See Engine Oil Messages 0 140.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
If the light comes on and stays on, it system is arming and one or more
Caution means that oil is not flowing through of the monitored entry points is not
the engine properly. The vehicle closed. The light will stay on if the
Lack of proper engine oil could be low on oil and might have alarm is arming and all entry points
maintenance can damage the some other system problem. See are closed.
engine. Driving with the engine oil your dealer.
low can also damage the engine. For information regarding this light
The repairs would not be covered and the vehicle's security system,
Security Light see Vehicle Alarm System 0 42.
by the vehicle warranty. Check
the oil level as soon as possible.
Add oil if required, but if the oil High-Beam On Light
level is within the operating range
and the oil pressure is still low,
have the vehicle serviced. Always
follow the maintenance schedule
for changing engine oil. The security light should come on
briefly as the engine is started. If the
system is working normally, the This light comes on when the
indicator light turns off. If it does not high-beam headlamps are in use.
come on, have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer. See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer 0 157 for more information.
If the light stays on and the engine
does not start, there could be a
problem with the theft-deterrent
This light should come on briefly as system.
the engine is started. If it does not
come on, have the vehicle serviced This light is also used to indicate the
by your dealer. status of the anti-theft alarm system
when the ignition is turned off. The
light will flash rapidly if the alarm
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Cruise Control Light Information Displays temperature automatically appears

in the top right corner of the DIC
display. If there is a problem with
Driver Information Center the system that controls the
(DIC) (With DIC Buttons) temperature display, the numbers
will be replaced with dashes. If this
If your vehicle has DIC buttons, the
occurs, have the vehicle serviced.
information below explains the
The compass will be shown in the
operation of this system.
bottom right corner of the DIC
This light comes on when the cruise The DIC displays information about display. See Compass 0 112.
control is set. your vehicle. It also displays
The DIC also allows some features
This light goes out when the cruise warning messages if a system
to be customized. See Vehicle
control is canceled. See Cruise problem is detected.
Personalization (With DIC
Control 0 242. All messages will appear in the DIC Buttons) 0 146.
display at the top of the instrument
If your vehicle has DIC buttons, you
cluster.
can also use the trip odometer reset
The DIC comes on when the ignition stem to view the odometer and trip
is on. After a short delay, the DIC odometers.
will display the information that was
last displayed before the engine DIC Buttons
was turned off. The DIC has different displays,
The DIC also displays a shift lever which can be accessed by pressing
position indicator on the bottom line the DIC buttons on the center stack.
of the display. See Automatic
Transmission 0 235.
The outside air temperature and
compass, if equipped, also display
on the DIC when viewing the trip
and fuel information. The outside air
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
3 (Trip/Fuel) : Press this button In addition to the engine oil life

to display the odometer, trip system monitoring the oil life,
odometers, fuel range, average additional maintenance is
economy, timer, fuel used, and recommended in the Maintenance
average speed. Schedule. See Maintenance
Schedule 0 344.
The buttons are the set/reset,
Vehicle Information Menu
Remember, you must reset the OIL
customization, vehicle information, Items LIFE display yourself after each oil
and trip/fuel buttons. The button T (Vehicle Information) : Press change. It will not reset itself. Also,
functions are detailed in the this button to scroll through the be careful not to reset the OIL LIFE
following pages. following menu items: display accidentally at any time
V (Set/Reset) : Press this button to other than when the oil has just
OIL LIFE been changed. It cannot be reset
set or reset certain functions and to
turn off or acknowledge messages Press the vehicle information button accurately until the next oil change.
on the DIC. until OIL LIFE REMAINING To reset the engine oil life system,
displays. This display shows an see Engine Oil Life System 0 273.
U (Customization) : Press this estimate of the oil's remaining useful
button to customize the feature life. If you see 99% OIL LIFE SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT
settings on your vehicle. See REMAINING on the display, that If the vehicle has the Side Blind
Vehicle Personalization (With DIC means 99% of the current oil life Zone Alert (SBZA) system, this
Buttons) 0 146. remains. The engine oil life system display allows the system to be
T (Vehicle Information) : Press will alert you to change the oil on a turned on or off. Once in this
this button to display the oil life, schedule consistent with your display, press the set/reset button to
park assist on vehicles with this driving conditions. select between ON or OFF. If you
feature, units, tire pressure readings When the remaining oil life is low, choose ON, the system will be
on vehicles with this feature, and the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON turned on. If you choose OFF, the
compass calibration and zone message will appear on the display. system will be turned off. When the
setting on vehicles with this feature. See Engine Oil Messages 0 140. SBZA system is turned off, the DIC
You should change the oil as soon will display the SIDE BLIND ZONE
as you can. See Engine Oil 0 270. ALERT SYSTEM OFF message as
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
a reminder that the system has REAR CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT FRONT TIRES or REAR TIRES
been turned off. See Object If the vehicle has the Rear Cross On vehicles with the Tire Pressure
Detection System Messages 0 141 Traffic Alert (RCTA) system, this Monitor System (TPMS), the
and Side Blind Zone Alert display allows the system to be pressure for each tire can be viewed
(SBZA) 0 250. turned on or off. Once in this in the DIC. The tire pressure will be
PARK ASSIST display, press the set/reset button to shown in either kilopascals (kPa) or
select between ON or OFF. If you pounds per square inch (psi). Press
If your vehicle has the Rear Parking choose ON, the system will be the vehicle information button until
Assist (RPA) system, press the turned on. If you choose OFF, the the DIC displays FRONT
vehicle information button until system will be turned off. When the TIRES kPa (PSI) LEFT ##
PARK ASSIST displays. This RCTA system is turned off, the DIC RIGHT ##. Press the vehicle
display allows the system to be will display the REAR CROSS information button again until the
turned on or off. Once in this TRAFFIC ALERT SYSTEM OFF DIC displays REAR TIRES kPa
display, press the set/reset button to message as a reminder that the (PSI) LEFT ## RIGHT ##.
select between ON or OFF. If you system has been turned off. See
choose ON, the system will be If a low tire pressure condition is
Object Detection System Messages detected by the system while
turned on. If you choose OFF, the 0 141 and Rear Vision Camera
system will be turned off. The RPA driving, a message advising you to
(RVC) 0 244. add air to a specific tire will appear
system automatically turns back on
after each vehicle start. When the UNITS in the display. See Tire Pressure
RPA system is turned off and the 0 304 and Tire Messages 0 144.
Press the vehicle information button
vehicle is shifted out of P (Park), the until UNITS displays. This display If the tire pressure display shows
DIC will display the PARK ASSIST allows you to select between metric dashes instead of a value, there
OFF message as a reminder that or English units of measurement. may be a problem with your vehicle.
the system has been turned off. See Once in this display, press the set/ If this consistently occurs, see your
Object Detection System Messages reset button to select between dealer for service.
0 141 and Parking Assist 0 247. METRIC or ENGLISH units. All of
the vehicle information will then be
displayed in the unit of
measurement selected.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
COMPASS ZONE SETTING TRIP A and TRIP B since the ignition was last turned on
This display will be available if the Press the trip/fuel button until and the vehicle was moving. Once
vehicle has a compass. See TRIP A or TRIP B displays. This the vehicle begins moving, the trip
Compass 0 112. display shows the current distance odometer will accumulate mileage.
traveled in either kilometers (km) or For example, if the vehicle was
COMPASS RECALIBRATION miles (mi) since the last reset for driven 8 km (5 mi) before it is started
This display will be available if the each trip odometer. Both trip again, and then the retroactive reset
vehicle has a compass. See odometers can be used at the same feature is activated, the display will
Compass 0 112. time. Pressing the trip odometer show 8 km (5 mi). As the vehicle
reset stem will also display the trip begins moving, the display will then
Blank Display odometers. increase to 8.2 km (5.1 mi), 8.4 km
This display shows no information. (5.2 mi), etc.
Each trip odometer can be reset to
zero separately by pressing the set/ If the retroactive reset feature is
Trip/Fuel Menu Items activated after the vehicle is started,
reset button or the trip odometer
3 (Trip/Fuel) : Press this button reset stem while the desired trip but before it begins moving, the
to scroll through the following menu odometer is displayed. display will show the number of
items: kilometers (km) or miles (mi) driven
The trip odometer has a feature during the last ignition cycle.
ODOMETER called retroactive reset. This can be
used to set the trip odometer to the RANGE
Press the trip/fuel button until
ODOMETER displays. This display number of kilometers (miles) driven Press the trip/fuel button until
shows the distance the vehicle has since the ignition was last turned on. RANGE displays. This display
been driven in either kilometers (km) This can be used if the trip shows the approximate number of
or miles (mi). Pressing the trip odometer is not reset at the remaining kilometers (km) or
odometer reset stem will also beginning of the trip. miles (mi) the vehicle can be driven
display the odometer. To use the retroactive reset feature, without refueling. The display will
press and hold the set/reset button show LOW if the fuel level is low.
To switch between English and
metric measurements, see UNITS for at least four seconds. The trip The fuel range estimate is based on
earlier in this section. odometer will display the number of an average of the vehicle's fuel
kilometers (km) or miles (mi) driven economy over recent driving history
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
and the amount of fuel remaining in this menu item was reset. To reset Time will continue to be counted as
the fuel tank. This estimate will AVG ECONOMY, press and hold the long as the ignition is on, even if
change if driving conditions change. set/reset button. another display is being shown on
For example, if driving in traffic and the DIC. The timer will record up to
making frequent stops, this display FUEL ECONOMY 99 hours, 59 minutes and
may read one number, but if the Press the trip/fuel button until FUEL 59 seconds (99:59:59) after which
vehicle is driven on a freeway, the ECONOMY displays. The FUEL the display will return to zero.
number may change even though ECONOMY display shows an To stop the timer, press the set/reset
the same amount of fuel is in the approximate estimate of the vehicle button briefly while TIMER is
fuel tank. This is because different fuel economy under a given driving displayed.
driving conditions produce different condition at a specific moment. For
fuel economies. Generally, freeway example, if the vehicle is To reset the timer to zero, press and
driving produces better fuel accelerating and achieving low fuel hold the set/reset button while
economy than city driving. Fuel efficiency this display will show TIMER is displayed.
range cannot be reset. fewer bars, but if the vehicle is FUEL USED
cruising on a flat freeway and
AVG (Average) ECONOMY getting high fuel efficiency, the Press the trip/fuel button until FUEL
Press the trip/fuel button until AVG display will show more bars. Fuel USED displays. This display shows
ECONOMY displays. This display economy cannot be reset. the number of liters (L) or
shows the approximate average gallons (gal) of fuel used since the
liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) TIMER last reset of this menu item. To reset
or miles per gallon (mpg). This Press the trip/fuel button until the fuel used information, press and
number reflects only the TIMER displays. This display can be hold the set/reset button while FUEL
approximate average fuel economy used as a timer. USED is displayed.
that the vehicle has right now, and To start the timer, press the set/ AVG (Average) SPEED
will change as driving conditions reset button while TIMER is
change. This number is calculated Press the trip/fuel button until AVG
displayed. The display will show the SPEED displays. This display
based on the number of L/100 km amount of time that has passed
(mpg) recorded since the last time shows the average speed of the
since the timer was last reset, not vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h)
including time the ignition is off. or miles per hour (mph). This
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
average is calculated based on the If your vehicle does not have DIC traveled in either kilometers (km) or
various vehicle speeds recorded buttons, you can use the trip miles (mi) since the last reset for
since the last reset of this value. To odometer reset stem to view the each trip odometer. Both trip
reset the value to zero, press and following displays: odometer, trip odometers can be used at the
hold the set/reset button. odometers, oil life, park assist menu same time.
for vehicles with the Rear Parking Each trip odometer can be reset to
Blank Display Assist (RPA) system, units, and zero separately by pressing and
This display shows no information. display language. holding the trip odometer reset stem
If your vehicle has DIC buttons, you while the desired trip odometer is
Driver Information Center can use the trip odometer reset displayed.
(DIC) (Without DIC stem to view the following displays: The trip odometer has a feature
Buttons) odometer and trip odometers. called the retroactive reset. This can
If your vehicle does not have DIC Trip Odometer Reset Stem be used to set the trip odometer to
buttons, the information below Menu Items the number of kilometers (miles)
explains the operation of this driven since the ignition was last
ODOMETER turned on. This can be used if the
system.
Press the trip odometer reset stem trip odometer is not reset at the
The DIC has different displays, beginning of the trip.
until ODOMETER displays. This
which can be accessed by pressing
display shows the distance the To use the retroactive reset feature,
the trip odometer reset stem on the
vehicle has been driven in either press and hold the trip odometer
instrument cluster. Pressing the trip
kilometers (km) or miles (mi). reset stem for at least four seconds.
odometer reset stem will also turn
off, or acknowledge, DIC messages. To switch between English and The trip odometer will display the
metric measurements, see UNITS number of kilometers (km) or
The DIC displays trip and vehicle miles (mi) driven since the ignition
later in this section.
system information, and warning was last turned on and the vehicle
messages if a system problem is TRIP A or TRIP B was moving. Once the vehicle
detected. begins moving, the trip odometer
Press the trip odometer reset stem
until TRIP A or TRIP B displays. This will accumulate mileage. For
display shows the current distance example, if the vehicle was driven
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
8 km (5 mi) before it is started again, When the remaining oil life is low, system to be turned on or off. Once
and then the retroactive reset the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON in this display, press and hold the
feature is activated, the display will message will appear on the display. trip odometer reset stem to select
show 8 km (5 mi). As the vehicle See Engine Oil Messages 0 140. between ON or OFF. If you choose
begins moving, the display will then You should change the oil as soon ON, the system will be turned on.
increase to 8.2 km (5.1 mi), 8.4 km as you can. See Engine Oil 0 270. If you choose OFF, the system will
(5.2 mi), etc. In addition to the engine oil life be turned off. The RPA system
If the retroactive reset feature is system monitoring the oil life, automatically turns back on after
activated after the vehicle is started, additional maintenance is each vehicle start. When the RPA
but before it begins moving, the recommended in the Maintenance system is turned off and the vehicle
display will show the number of Schedule. See Maintenance is shifted out of P (Park), the DIC
kilometers (km) or miles (mi) driven Schedule 0 344. will display the PARK ASSIST OFF
during the last ignition cycle. Remember, you must reset the OIL message as a reminder that the
LIFE display yourself after each oil system has been turned off. See
OIL LIFE change. It will not reset itself. Also, Object Detection System Messages
To access this display, the vehicle be careful not to reset the OIL LIFE 0 141 and Parking Assist 0 247.
must be in P (Park). Press the trip display accidentally at any time UNITS
odometer reset stem until OIL LIFE other than when the oil has just
REMAINING displays. This display been changed. It cannot be reset To access this display, the vehicle
shows an estimate of the oil's accurately until the next oil change. must be in P (Park). Press the trip
remaining useful life. If you see To reset the engine oil life system, odometer reset stem until UNITS
99% OIL LIFE REMAINING on the see Engine Oil Life System 0 273. displays. This display allows you to
display, that means 99% of the select between metric or English
current oil life remains. The engine PARK ASSIST units of measurement. Once in this
oil life system will alert you to To access this display, the vehicle display, press and hold the trip
change the oil on a schedule must be in P (Park). If your vehicle odometer reset stem to select
consistent with your driving has the Rear Parking Assist (RPA) between METRIC or ENGLISH
conditions. system, press the trip odometer units. All of the vehicle information
reset stem until PARK ASSIST will then be displayed in the unit of
displays. This display allows the measurement selected.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
DISPLAY LANGUAGE select between ON or OFF. If you Vehicle Messages

To access this display, the vehicle choose ON, the system will be
turned on. If you choose OFF, the Messages are displayed on the DIC
must be in P (Park). This display
system will be turned off. When the to notify the driver that the status of
allows you to select the language in
SBZA system is turned off, the DIC the vehicle has changed and that
which the DIC messages will
will display the SIDE BLIND ZONE some action may be needed by the
appear. To select a language:
ALERT SYSTEM OFF message as driver to correct the condition.
1. Press the trip odometer reset a reminder that the system has Multiple messages may appear one
stem until DISPLAY been turned off. See Object after another.
LANGUAGE displays. Detection System Messages 0 141 Some messages may not require
2. Continue to press and hold the and Side Blind Zone Alert immediate action, but you can press
trip odometer reset stem to (SBZA) 0 250. any of the DIC buttons on the
scroll through all of the REAR CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT instrument panel or the trip
available languages. odometer reset stem on the
If the vehicle has the Rear Cross instrument panel cluster to
The available languages are Traffic Alert (RCTA) system, this
ENGLISH (default), FRANCAIS acknowledge that you received the
display allows the system to be messages and to clear them from
(French), ESPANOL (Spanish), turned on or off. Once in this
and NO CHANGE. the display.
display, press the set/reset button to
3. Once the desired language is select between ON or OFF. If you Some messages cannot be cleared
displayed, release the trip choose ON, the system will be from the DIC display because they
odometer reset stem to set turned on. If you choose OFF, the are more urgent. These messages
your choice. system will be turned off. When the require action before they can be
RCTA system is turned off, the DIC cleared. You should take any
SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT will display the REAR CROSS messages that appear on the
If the vehicle has the Side Blind TRAFFIC ALERT SYSTEM OFF display seriously and remember that
Zone Alert (SBZA) system, this message as a reminder that the clearing the messages will only
display allows the system to be system has been turned off. See make the messages disappear, not
turned on or off. Once in this Object Detection System Messages correct the problem.
display, press the set/reset button to 0 141 and Rear Vision Camera
(RVC) 0 244.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
The following are the possible Turn off all unnecessary and turn off the vehicle. Restart the
messages that can be displayed accessories to allow the battery to vehicle and check for the message
and some information about them. recharge. on the DIC display. If the message
The normal battery voltage range is is still displayed or appears again
Battery Voltage and 11.5 to 15.5 volts. when you begin driving, the brake
system needs service as soon as
Charging Messages
SERVICE BATTERY possible. See your dealer.
BATTERY LOW START CHARGING SYSTEM
VEHICLE On some vehicles, this message
Cruise Control Messages
This message displays when the displays if there is a problem with CRUISE SET TO XXX
system detects that the battery the battery charging system. Under
voltage has dropped to a critical certain conditions, the charging This message displays whenever
level and the engine must be started system light may also turn on in the the cruise control is set. See Cruise
to avoid a dead battery situation. instrument cluster. See Charging Control 0 242 for more information.
System Light 0 123. Driving with this
BATTERY SAVER ACTIVE problem could drain the battery. Door Ajar Messages
This message displays when the Turn off all unnecessary
accessories. Have the electrical DRIVER DOOR OPEN
system detects that the battery
voltage is dropping below expected system checked as soon as This message displays and a chime
levels. The battery saver system possible. See your dealer. sounds if the driver door is not fully
starts reducing certain features of closed and the vehicle is shifted out
the vehicle that you may be able to Brake System Messages of P (Park). Stop and turn off the
notice. At the point that the features vehicle, check the door for
are disabled, this message is SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM obstructions, and close the door
displayed. It means that the vehicle This message displays along with again. Check to see if the message
is trying to save the charge in the the brake system warning light if still appears on the DIC.
battery. there is a problem with the brake
system. See Brake System Warning
Light 0 126. If this message
appears, stop as soon as possible
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
HOOD OPEN PASSENGER DOOR OPEN Engine Cooling System

On some models, this message This message displays and a chime Messages
displays and a chime sounds if the sounds if the passenger door is not
hood is not fully closed. Stop and fully closed and the vehicle is ENGINE HOT A/C (Air
turn off the vehicle, check the hood shifted out of P (Park). Stop and turn Conditioning) OFF
for obstructions, and close the hood off the vehicle, check the door for This message displays when the
again. Check to see if the message obstructions, and close the door engine coolant becomes hotter than
still appears on the DIC. again. Check to see if the message the normal operating temperature.
still appears on the DIC. See Engine Coolant Temperature
LEFT REAR DOOR OPEN
POWER LIFTGATE OFF Gauge 0 120. To avoid added strain
This message displays and a chime on a hot engine, the air conditioning
sounds if the driver side rear door is This message displays when the compressor automatically turns off.
not fully closed and the vehicle is power liftgate has been turned off When the coolant temperature
shifted out of P (Park). Stop and turn by pressing the power liftgate button returns to normal, the air
off the vehicle, check the door for on the center stack. conditioning compressor turns back
obstructions, and close the door on. You can continue to drive your
again. Check to see if the message RIGHT REAR DOOR OPEN
vehicle.
still appears on the DIC. This message displays and a chime
If this message continues to appear,
sounds if the passenger side rear
LIFTGATE OPEN door is not fully closed and the
have the system repaired by your
dealer as soon as possible to avoid
This message displays and a chime vehicle is shifted out of P (Park).
damage to the engine.
sounds if the liftgate is open while Stop and turn off the vehicle, check
the ignition is in ON/RUN. Turn off the door for obstructions, and close ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE
the vehicle and check the liftgate. the door again. Check to see if the ENGINE
Restart the vehicle and check for message still appears on the DIC.
the message on the DIC display. This message displays when the
engine coolant temperature is too
hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to
idle until it cools down. See Engine
Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 120.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
See Overheated Engine Protection Acknowledging the CHANGE pressure. Have the vehicle serviced
Operating Mode 0 281 for ENGINE OIL SOON message will by your dealer as soon as possible
information on driving to a safe not reset the OIL LIFE REMAINING. when this message is displayed.
place in an emergency. See Oil Life under Driver
ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP
Information Center (DIC) (With DIC Engine Power Messages
Buttons) 0 130 or Driver Information
ENGINE Center (DIC) (Without DIC Buttons) ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED
This message displays and a 0 135 and Engine Oil Life This message displays and a chime
continuous chime sounds if the System 0 273. sounds when the cooling system
engine cooling system reaches ENGINE OIL LOW ADD OIL temperature gets too hot and the
unsafe temperatures for operation. engine further enters the engine
Stop and turn off the vehicle as On some vehicles, this message coolant protection mode. See
soon as it is safe to do so to avoid displays when the engine oil level Engine Overheating 0 279 for
severe damage. This message may be too low. Check the oil level further information.
clears when the engine has cooled before filling to the recommended
level. If the oil is not low and this This message also displays when
to a safe operating temperature.
message remains on, take the the vehicle's engine power is
vehicle to your dealer for service. reduced. Reduced engine power
Engine Oil Messages can affect the vehicle's ability to
See Engine Oil 0 270.
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON accelerate. If this message is on,
OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP but there is no reduction in
This message displays when ENGINE performance, proceed to your
service is required for the vehicle. destination. The performance may
See your dealer. See Engine Oil This message displays when the be reduced the next time the vehicle
0 270 and Maintenance vehicle's engine oil pressure is low. is driven. The vehicle may be driven
Schedule 0 344. The oil pressure light also appears at a reduced speed while this
on the instrument cluster. See message is on, but acceleration and
Engine Oil Pressure Light 0 128. speed may be reduced. Anytime
Stop the vehicle immediately, as this message stays on, the vehicle
engine damage can result from should be taken to your dealer for
driving a vehicle with low oil service as soon as possible.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Fuel System Messages Key and Lock Messages TURN SIGNAL ON

FUEL LEVEL LOW REPLACE BATTERY IN This message displays and a chime
sounds if a turn signal is left on for
This message displays and a chime REMOTE KEY 1.2 km (0.75 mi). Move the turn
sounds if the fuel level is low. Refuel This message displays if a Remote signal lever to the off position.
as soon as possible. See Fuel Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter
Gauge 0 119 and Fuel 0 253 for battery is low. The battery needs to Object Detection System
more information. be replaced in the transmitter. See
Battery Replacement under
Messages
TIGHTEN GAS CAP Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) FORWARD COLLISION ALERT
This message may display along System Operation 0 33. UNAVAILABLE
with the check engine light on the
instrument cluster if the vehicle's Lamp Messages This message displays when
fuel cap is not tightened properly. attempting to activate the Forward
See Malfunction Indicator Lamp AUTOMATIC LIGHT Collision Alert (FCA) system when it
(Check Engine Light) 0 124. CONTROL OFF is temporarily unavailable. The FCA
Reinstall the fuel cap fully. See system does not need service.
This message displays when the
Filling the Tank 0 254. The automatic headlamps are turned off. This message could be due to the
diagnostic system can determine if This message clears itself after camera being blocked. Cleaning the
the fuel cap has been left off or 10 seconds. outside of the windshield behind the
improperly installed. A loose or rearview mirror may correct the
missing fuel cap allows fuel to AUTOMATIC LIGHT issue.
evaporate into the atmosphere. CONTROL ON
A few driving trips with the cap FRT CAMERA BLOCKED
properly installed should turn this This message displays when the CLEAN WINDSHIELD
light and message off. automatic headlamps are turned on.
This message clears itself after This message displays when the
10 seconds. camera is blocked. Cleaning the
outside of the windshield behind the
rearview mirror may correct the
issue. The Lane Departure Warning
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
system will not operate. Forward been turned off. To turn the RPA this system to help you park. See
Collision Alert (FCA) may not work system back on, see Parking Parking Assist 0 247. See your
or may not work as well. Assist 0 247. dealer for service.
LANE DEPARTURE SYS REAR CROSS TRAFFIC SERVICE SIDE DETECTION
UNAVAILABLE ALERT SYSTEM OFF SYSTEM
This message displays when If the vehicle has the Rear Cross If your vehicle has the Side Blind
attempting to activate the Lane Traffic Alert (RCTA) system, this Zone Alert (SBZA) system and this
Departure Warning (LDW) system message displays when the RCTA message displays, both SBZA
when it is temporarily unavailable. system has been turned off. See displays will remain on indicating
The LDW system does not need Rear Vision Camera (RVC) 0 244 there is a problem with the SBZA
service. and Driver Information Center (DIC) system. If these displays remain on
This message could be due to the (With DIC Buttons) 0 130 or Driver after continued driving, the system
camera being blocked. Cleaning the Information Center (DIC) (Without needs service. See your dealer. See
outside of the windshield behind the DIC Buttons) 0 135. Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 250.
rearview mirror may correct the SERVICE FRONT CAMERA SIDE BLIND ZONE ALERT
issue. SYSTEM OFF
If this message remains on after
PARK ASST BLOCKED SEE continued driving, the vehicle needs If your vehicle has the Side Blind
OWNERS MANUAL service. Do not use the Lane Zone Alert (SBZA) system, this
Departure Warning (LDW) and message displays when the SBZA
This message displays if there is
Forward Collision Alert (FCA) system has been turned off. See
something interfering with the Rear
features. Take the vehicle to your Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 250
Parking Assist (RPA) system. See
dealer. and Driver Information Center (DIC)
Parking Assist 0 247.
(With DIC Buttons) 0 130 or Driver
SERVICE PARK ASSIST
PARK ASSIST OFF Information Center (DIC) (Without
This message displays if there is a DIC Buttons) 0 135.
After the vehicle has been started,
problem with the Rear Parking
this message displays to remind the
Assist (RPA) system. Do not use
driver that the RPA system has
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
SIDE DETECTION SYS then start the engine again. If this TRACTION CONTROL ON
TEMPORARILY OFF message still comes on, it means
there is a problem. See your dealer
If your vehicle has the Side Blind Traction Control System (TCS) is
for service. The vehicle is safe to
Zone Alert (SBZA) system, this turned on. See Traction Control/
drive, however, you do not have the
message displays when the SBZA Electronic Stability Control 0 240.
benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce
system is disabled because the This message clears itself after
your speed and drive accordingly.
sensor cannot detect vehicles in 10 seconds.
your blind zone. The sensor may be SERVICE TRACTION
blocked by mud, dirt, snow, ice, CONTROL Airbag System Messages
or slush. This message may also
display during heavy rain or due to This message displays when there SERVICE AIR BAG
road spray. It may also come on is a problem with the Traction
Control System (TCS). When this This message displays if there is a
when driving in isolated areas with problem with the airbag system.
no guardrails, trees, or road signs message is displayed, the system
will not limit wheel spin. Adjust your Have your dealer inspect the
and light traffic. Your vehicle does system for problems. See Airbag
not need service. For cleaning driving accordingly. See your dealer
for service. See Traction Control/ Readiness Light 0 122 and Airbag
instructions, see Washing the System 0 72 for more information.
Vehicle in Exterior Care 0 333. See Electronic Stability Control 0 240 for
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) 0 250. more information.
Security Messages
TRACTION CONTROL OFF
Ride Control System This message displays when the
SERVICE THEFT DETERRENT
Messages Traction Control System (TCS) is
SYSTEM
turned off. Adjust your driving This message displays when there
SERVICE STABILITRAK accordingly. See Traction Control/ is a problem with the theft-deterrent
This message displays if there is a Electronic Stability Control 0 240. system. The vehicle may or may not
problem with the StabiliTrak restart so you may want to take the
system. If this message appears, try vehicle to your dealer before turning
to reset the system. Stop; turn off off the engine. See Immobilizer
the engine for at least 15 seconds; Operation 0 43 for more information.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
THEFT ATTEMPTED SERVICE VEHICLE SOON If a tire pressure message appears

on the DIC, stop as soon as you
This message displays if the content This message displays when a
can. Inflate the tires by adding air
theft-deterrent system has detected non-emissions related malfunction
until the tire pressure is equal to the
a break-in attempt while you were occurs. Have the vehicle serviced
values shown on the Tire and
away from your vehicle. See Vehicle by your dealer as soon as possible.
Loading Information label. See Tires
Alarm System 0 42 for more
STARTING DISABLED 0 297, Vehicle Load Limits 0 223,
information.
SERVICE THROTTLE and Tire Pressure 0 304.
Service Vehicle Messages This message displays when your The DIC also shows the tire
vehicle's throttle system is not pressure values. See Driver
SERVICE A/C (Air functioning properly. Have your Information Center (DIC) (With DIC
Conditioning) SYSTEM vehicle serviced by your dealer. Buttons) 0 130 or Driver Information
Center (DIC) (Without DIC
Tire Messages Buttons) 0 135.
electronic sensors that control the
air conditioning and heating SERVICE TIRE MONITOR
systems are no longer working. TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE
SYSTEM
Have the climate control system On vehicles with the Tire Pressure
serviced by your dealer if you notice Monitor System (TPMS), this On vehicles with the Tire Pressure
a drop in heating and air message displays when the Monitor System (TPMS), this
conditioning efficiency. pressure in one or more of the message displays if a part on the
vehicle's tires is low. TPMS is not working properly. The
SERVICE POWER STEERING tire pressure light also flashes and
This message also displays LEFT then remains on during the same
This message displays and a chime FRT (left front), RIGHT FRT (right
may sound when there may be a ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure
front), LEFT RR (left rear), Light 0 128. Several conditions may
problem with the power steering or RIGHT RR (right rear) to indicate
system. If this message displays cause this message to appear. See
the location of the low tire. Tire Pressure Monitor Operation
and a reduction in steering
performance or loss of power The low tire pressure warning light 0 306 for more information. If the
steering assistance is noticed, see will also come on. See Tire
your dealer. Pressure Light 0 128.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
warning comes on and stays on, . Certain other vehicle electrical still displays or appears again when
there may be a problem with the conditions you begin driving, the system needs
TPMS. See your dealer. This message turns off when the service. See your dealer right away.
TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE compact spare tire is replaced by a SERVICE TRANSMISSION
full-size tire, the differential fluid
This message displays when the cools or the above conditions are no This message displays when there
Tire Pressure Monitor System longer present and the warning is a problem with the transmission.
(TPMS) is relearning the tire message is reset. To reset the See your dealer for service.
positions on your vehicle. The tire warning message manually, turn the
positions must be relearned after TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE
ignition off and then back on again ENGINE
rotating the tires or after replacing a after 30 seconds. If the message
tire or sensor. See Tire Rotation stays on, see your dealer. See
0 310, Tire Pressure Monitor All-Wheel Drive 0 238. Caution
System 0 305, and Tire Pressure
0 304 for more information. SERVICE ALL WHEEL DRIVE Do not drive the vehicle while the
transmission fluid is overheating,
This message displays if a problem
Transmission Messages occurs with the All-Wheel Drive
or the transmission can be
(AWD) system. The vehicle will run damaged. This could lead to
ALL WHEEL DRIVE OFF costly repairs that would not be
in 2WD. This could be caused by:
If your vehicle has the All-Wheel covered by the warranty.
. An electronics problem
Drive (AWD) system, this message
displays when there is a temporary . Worn out or overheated clutch This message displays and a chime
condition making the AWD system plates sounds if the transmission fluid in
unavailable. The vehicle will run in . Various electrical issues the vehicle gets hot. Driving with the
2WD. This could be caused by: transmission fluid temperature high
If this message appears, stop as
. A compact spare tire on the can cause damage to the vehicle.
soon as possible and turn off the
vehicle Stop the vehicle and let it idle to
ignition for 30 seconds. Restart the
allow the transmission to cool. This
. AWD system overheat vehicle and check for the message
message clears when the fluid
. on the DIC display. If the message
Loss of wheel or vehicle speed temperature reaches a safe level.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Reminder Washer Fluid Messages Vehicle

Messages WASHER FLUID LOW ADD Personalization
ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE FLUID
WITH CARE This message displays when the Vehicle Personalization
This message displays when the windshield washer fluid is low. Fill (With DIC Buttons)
outside air temperature is cold the windshield washer fluid reservoir
Your vehicle may have
enough to create icy road as soon as possible. See Engine
customization capabilities that allow
conditions. Adjust your driving Compartment Overview 0 269 for
you to program certain features to
accordingly. the location of the windshield
one preferred setting. Customization
washer fluid reservoir. Also, see
features can only be programmed to
Washer Fluid 0 282 for more
Vehicle Speed Messages information.
one setting on the vehicle and
cannot be programmed to a
SPEED LIMITED TO XXX KM/ preferred setting for two different
H (MPH) drivers.
This message displays when your All of the customization options may
vehicle speed is limited to 128 km/h not be available on your vehicle.
(80 mph) because the vehicle Only the options available will be
detects a problem in the speed displayed on the DIC.
variable assist steering system.
Have your vehicle serviced by your The default settings for the
dealer. customization features were set
when your vehicle left the factory,
but may have been changed from
their default state since then.
The customization preferences are
automatically recalled.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
To change customization Feature Settings Menu Items Press the customization button until
preferences, use the following the DISPLAY LANGUAGE screen
The following are customization
procedure. appears on the DIC display. Press
features that allow you to program
the set/reset button once to access
Entering the Feature settings to the vehicle:
the settings for this feature. Then
Settings Menu DISPLAY IN ENGLISH press the customization button to
1. Turn the ignition on and place scroll through the following settings:
This feature will only display if a
the vehicle in P (Park). language other than English has ENGLISH (default) : All messages
To avoid excessive drain on been set. This feature allows you to will appear in English.
the battery, it is recommended change the language in which the FRANCAIS : All messages will
that the headlamps are DIC messages appear to English. appear in French.
turned off. Press the customization button until ESPANOL : All messages will
2. Press the customization button the PRESS V TO DISPLAY IN appear in Spanish.
to enter the feature ENGLISH screen appears on the
settings menu. NO CHANGE : No change will be
DIC display. Press the set/reset
made to this feature. The current
If the menu is not available, button once to display all DIC
setting will remain.
FEATURE SETTINGS messages in English.
AVAILABLE IN PARK will To select a setting, press the set/
DISPLAY LANGUAGE reset button while the desired
display. Before entering the
menu, make sure the vehicle is This feature allows you to select the setting is displayed on the DIC.
in P (Park). language in which the DIC You can also change the language
messages will appear. by pressing the trip odometer reset
stem. See DISPLAY LANGUAGE
under Driver Information Center
(DIC) (Without DIC Buttons) earlier
in this section.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
AUTO DOOR LOCK AUTO DOOR UNLOCK ALL IN PARK (default) : All of the
This feature allows you to select This feature allows you to select doors will unlock when the vehicle is
when the doors will automatically whether or not to turn off the shifted into P (Park).
lock. See Automatic Door automatic door unlocking feature. NO CHANGE : No change will be
Locks 0 38. It also allows you to select which made to this feature. The current
Press the customization button until doors and when the doors will setting will remain.
AUTO DOOR LOCK appears on the automatically unlock. See Automatic To select a setting, press the set/
DIC display. Press the set/reset Door Locks 0 38. reset button while the desired
button once to access the settings Press the customization button until setting is displayed on the DIC.
for this feature. Then press the AUTO DOOR UNLOCK appears on
customization button to scroll the DIC display. Press the set/reset REMOTE DOOR LOCK
through the following settings: button once to access the settings This feature allows you to select the
SHIFT OUT OF PARK (default) : for this feature. Then press the type of feedback you will receive
The doors will automatically lock customization button to scroll when locking the vehicle with the
when the vehicle is shifted out of through the following settings: Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
P (Park). OFF : None of the doors will transmitter. You will not receive
automatically unlock. feedback when locking the vehicle
AT VEHICLE SPEED : The doors with the RKE transmitter if the doors
will automatically lock when the DRIVER AT KEY OUT : Only the are open. See Remote Keyless
vehicle speed is above 13 km/h driver door will unlock when the key Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 33.
(8 mph) for three seconds. is taken out of the ignition.
NO CHANGE : No change will be DRIVER IN PARK : Only the driver
made to this feature. The current door will unlock when the vehicle is
setting will remain. shifted into P (Park).
To select a setting, press the set/ ALL AT KEY OUT : All of the doors
reset button while the desired will unlock when the key is taken
setting is displayed on the DIC. out of the ignition.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Press the customization button until To select a setting, press the set/ LIGHTS ON (default) : The exterior
REMOTE DOOR LOCK appears on reset button while the desired lamps will flash when you press the
the DIC display. Press the set/reset setting is displayed on the DIC. unlock button on the RKE
button once to access the settings transmitter.
for this feature. Then press the REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK
NO CHANGE : No change will be
customization button to scroll This feature allows you to select the made to this feature. The current
through the following settings: type of feedback you will receive setting will remain.
OFF : There will be no feedback when unlocking the vehicle with the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) To select a setting, press the set/
when you press the lock button on reset button while the desired
the RKE transmitter. transmitter. You will not receive
feedback when unlocking the setting is displayed on the DIC.
LIGHTS ONLY : The exterior lamps vehicle with the RKE transmitter if
will flash when you press the lock DELAY DOOR LOCK
the doors are open. See Remote
button on the RKE transmitter. Keyless Entry (RKE) System This feature allows you to select
HORN ONLY : The horn will sound Operation 0 33. whether or not the locking of the
on the second press of the lock vehicle's doors and liftgate will be
Press the customization button until delayed. When locking the doors
button on the RKE transmitter. REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK appears and liftgate with the power door lock
HORN & LIGHTS (default) : The on the DIC display. Press the set/ switch and a door or the liftgate is
exterior lamps will flash when you reset button once to access the open, this feature will delay locking
press the lock button on the RKE settings for this feature. Then press the doors and liftgate until
transmitter, and the horn will sound the customization button to scroll five seconds after the last door is
when the lock button is pressed through the following settings: closed. You will hear three chimes
again within five seconds of the LIGHTS OFF : The exterior lamps to signal that the delayed locking
previous command. will not flash when you press the feature is in use. The key must be
NO CHANGE : No change will be unlock button on the RKE out of the ignition for this feature to
made to this feature. The current transmitter. work. You can temporarily override
setting will remain. delayed locking by pressing the
power door lock switch twice or the
lock button on the RKE transmitter
twice. See Delayed Locking 0 37.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Press the customization button until Press the customization button until periods after unlocking the vehicle
DELAY DOOR LOCK appears on EXIT LIGHTING appears on the DIC using the Remote Keyless Entry
the DIC display. Press the set/reset display. Press the set/reset button (RKE) transmitter.
button once to access the settings once to access the settings for this Press the customization button until
for this feature. Then press the feature. Then press the APPROACH LIGHTING appears on
customization button to scroll customization button to scroll the DIC display. Press the set/reset
through the following settings: through the following settings: button once to access the settings
OFF : There will be no delayed OFF : The exterior lamps will not for this feature. Then press the
locking of the vehicle's doors. turn on. customization button to scroll
ON (default) : The doors will not 30 SECONDS (default) : The through the following settings:
lock until five seconds after the last exterior lamps will stay on for OFF : The exterior lights will not
door or the liftgate is closed. 30 seconds. turn on when you unlock the vehicle
NO CHANGE : No change will be 1 MINUTE : The exterior lamps will with the RKE transmitter.
made to this feature. The current stay on for one minute. ON (default) : If it is dark enough
setting will remain. 2 MINUTES : The exterior lamps will outside, the exterior lights will turn
To select a setting, press the set/ stay on for two minutes. on briefly when you unlock the
reset button while the desired vehicle with the RKE transmitter.
setting is displayed on the DIC. made to this feature. The current The lights will remain on for
setting will remain. 20 seconds or until the lock button
EXIT LIGHTING on the RKE transmitter is pressed,
This feature allows you to select the To select a setting, press the set/ or the vehicle is no longer off. See
amount of time you want the reset button while the desired Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
exterior lamps to remain on when it setting is displayed on the DIC. System Operation 0 33.
is dark enough outside. This APPROACH LIGHTING NO CHANGE : No change will be
happens after the key is turned from made to this feature. The current
ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF. This feature allows you to select
whether or not to have the exterior setting will remain.
lights turn on briefly during low light
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
To select a setting, press the set/ PARK TILT MIRRORS BOTH MIRRORS : The driver and
reset button while the desired If your vehicle has this feature, it passenger outside mirrors will be
setting is displayed on the DIC. allows you to select whether or not tilted down when the vehicle is
the outside mirror(s) will shifted into R (Reverse).
CHIME VOLUME
automatically tilt down when the NO CHANGE : No change will be
This feature allows you to select the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). made to this feature. The current
volume level of the chime. See Park Tilt Mirrors 0 46. setting will remain.
Press the customization button until Press the customization button until To select a setting, press the set/
CHIME VOLUME appears on the PARK TILT MIRRORS appears on reset button while the desired
DIC display. Press the set/reset the DIC display. Press the set/reset setting is displayed on the DIC.
button once to access the settings button once to access the settings
for this feature. Then press the for this feature. Then press the EASY EXIT SEAT
customization button to scroll customization button to scroll If your vehicle has this feature, it
through the following settings: through the following settings: allows you to select your preference
NORMAL : The chime volume will OFF (default) : Neither outside for the automatic easy exit seat
be set to a normal level. mirror will be tilted down when the feature. See Memory Seats 0 57.
LOUD : The chime volume will be vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). Press the customization button until
set to a loud level. DRIVER MIRROR : The driver EASY EXIT SEAT appears on the
NO CHANGE : No change will be outside mirror will be tilted down DIC display. Press the set/reset
made to this feature. The current when the vehicle is shifted into button once to access the settings
setting will remain. R (Reverse). for this feature. Then press the
customization button to scroll
There is no default for chime PASSENGER MIRROR : The through the following settings:
volume. The volume will stay at the passenger outside mirror will be
last known setting. tilted down when the vehicle is OFF (default) : No automatic seat
shifted into R (Reverse). exit recall will occur.
To select a setting, press the set/
reset button while the desired ON : The driver seat will move back
setting is displayed on the DIC. when the key is removed from the
ignition.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
The automatic easy exit seat settings for this feature. Then press Press the customization button until
movement will only occur one time the customization button to scroll REMOTE START appears on the
after the key is removed from the through the following settings: DIC display. Press the set/reset
ignition. If the automatic movement OFF (default) : No remote memory button once to access the settings
has already occurred, and you put seat recall will occur. for this feature. Then press the
the key back in the ignition and customization button to scroll
remove it again, the seat and ON : The driver seat and outside through the following settings:
steering column will stay in the mirrors will automatically move to
the stored driving position when the OFF : The remote start feature will
original exit position, unless a be disabled.
memory recall took place prior to unlock button on the Remote
removing the key again. Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is ON (default) : The remote start
pressed. feature will be enabled.
made to this feature. The current NO CHANGE : No change will be NO CHANGE : No change will be
setting will remain. made to this feature. The current made to this feature. The current
setting will remain. setting will remain.
reset button while the desired To select a setting, press the set/ To select a setting, press the set/
setting is displayed on the DIC. reset button while the desired reset button while the desired
setting is displayed on the DIC. setting is displayed on the DIC.
MEMORY SEAT RECALL
REMOTE START FACTORY SETTINGS
If your vehicle has this feature, it
allows you to select your preference If your vehicle has this feature, it This feature allows you to set all of
for the remote memory seat recall allows you to turn the remote start the customization features back to
feature. See Memory Seats 0 57. off or on. The remote start feature their factory default settings.
allows you to start the engine from Press the customization button until
Press the customization button until outside of the vehicle using the
MEMORY SEAT RECALL appears FACTORY SETTINGS appears on
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) the DIC display. Press the set/reset
on the DIC display. Press the set/ transmitter. See Remote Vehicle
reset button once to access the button once to access the settings
Start 0 35.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
for this feature. Then press the Exiting the Feature Universal Remote
customization button to scroll Settings Menu
through the following settings: System
The feature settings menu will be
RESTORE ALL (default) : The exited when any of the following See Radio Frequency
customization features will be set to occurs: Statement 0 369.
their factory default settings.
. The vehicle is shifted out of
DO NOT RESTORE : The P (Park). Universal Remote System
customization features will not be
. The vehicle is no longer in
Programming
set to their factory default settings.
ON/RUN.
. The trip/fuel or vehicle
reset button while the desired
setting is displayed on the DIC. information DIC buttons are
pressed.
EXIT FEATURE SETTINGS . The end of the feature settings
This feature allows you to exit the menu is reached and exited.
feature settings menu. . A 40-second time period has If equipped, these buttons are in the
Press the customization button until elapsed with no selection made. overhead console.
FEATURE SETTINGS PRESS V This system can replace up to three
TO EXIT appears in the DIC display. remote control transmitters used to
Press the set/reset button once to activate devices such as garage
exit the menu. door openers, security systems, and
If you do not exit, pressing the home automation devices. These
customization button again will instructions refer to a garage door
return you to the beginning of the opener, but can be used for other
feature settings menu. devices.
Do not use the Universal Remote
system with any garage door opener
that does not have the stop and
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
reverse feature. This includes any Programming the Universal the indicator light changes from
garage door opener model Remote System a slow to a rapid flash. Then
manufactured before April 1, 1982. release both buttons.
For questions or help programming
Read these instructions completely the Universal Remote system, call Some garage door openers
before programming the Universal 1-800-355-3515 or see may require substitution of
Remote system. It may help to have www.homelink.com. Step 2 with the procedure
another person assist with the under Radio Signals for
programming process. Programming involves Canada and Some Gate
time-sensitive actions, and may time Operators later in this section.
Keep the original hand-held out causing the procedure to be
transmitter for use in other vehicles repeated. 3. Press and hold the newly
as well as for future programming. programmed Universal Remote
Erase the programming when To program up to three devices: system button for five seconds
vehicle ownership is terminated. 1. Hold the end of the hand-held while watching the indicator
See Erasing Universal Remote transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 light and garage door
System Buttons later in this to 3 in) away from the activation.
section. Universal Remote system . If the indicator light stays on
To program a garage door opener, buttons with the indicator light continuously or the garage
park outside directly in line with and in view. The hand-held door moves when the
facing the garage door opener transmitter was supplied by the button is pressed, then
receiver. Clear all people and manufacturer of the garage programming is complete.
objects near the garage door. door opener receiver. There is no need to
Make sure the hand-held transmitter 2. At the same time, press and complete Steps 46.
has a new battery for quicker and hold both the hand-held . If the indicator light does
more accurate transmission of the transmitter button and one of not come on or the garage
radio-frequency signal. the three Universal Remote door does not move, a
system buttons to be used to second button press may
operate the garage door. Do be required. For a second
not release either button until time, press and hold the
newly programmed button
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
for five seconds. If the light 5. Press and release the Learn or Radio Signals for Canada and
stays on or the garage door Smart button. Step 6 must be Some Gate Operators
moves, programming is completed within 30 seconds of
complete. pressing this button. For questions or programming help,
call 1-800-355-3515 or see
. If the indicator light blinks 6. Inside the vehicle, press and www.homelink.com.
rapidly for two seconds, hold the newly programmed
then changes to a solid light Universal Remote system Canadian radio-frequency laws and
and the garage door does button for two seconds, then some U.S. gate operators require
not move, continue with release it. If the garage door transmitter signals to time out or quit
programming Steps 46. does not move or the lamp on after several seconds of
the garage door opener transmission. This may not be long
receiver does not flash, press enough for the Universal Remote
and hold the same button a system to pick up the signal during
second time for two seconds, programming.
then release it. Again, if the If the programming did not work,
door does not move or the replace Step 2 under Programming
garage door lamp does not the Universal Remote System with
flash, press and hold the same the following:
button a third time for
Press and hold the Universal
Learn or Smart Button two seconds, then release it.
Remote system button while
4. After completing Steps 13, The Universal Remote system pressing and releasing the
locate the Learn or Smart should now activate the hand-held transmitter button every
button inside the garage on the garage door. two seconds until the signal has
garage door opener receiver. Repeat the process for been successfully accepted by the
The name and color of the programming the two remaining Universal Remote system. The
button may vary by buttons. Universal Remote system indicator
manufacturer. light will flash slowly at first and then
rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under
Programming the Universal Remote
System to complete.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Universal Remote System Reprogramming a Single

Operation Universal Remote System
Button
Using the Universal Remote To reprogram any of the system
System buttons:
Press and hold the appropriate 1. Press and hold any one of the
Universal Remote system button for buttons. Do not release the
at least one-half second. The button.
indicator light will come on while the
signal is being transmitted. 2. The indicator light will begin to
flash after 20 seconds. Without
Erasing Universal Remote releasing the button, proceed
System Buttons with Step 1 under
Erase all programmed buttons when Programming the Universal
vehicle ownership is terminated. Remote System.
To erase:
1. Press and hold the two outside
buttons until the indicator light
begins to flash. This should
take about 10 seconds.
2. Release both buttons.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Lighting 157
Lighting Exterior Lighting 5 : Turns on the headlamps

together with the parking lamps and
Exterior Lamp Controls instrument panel lights. A warning
Exterior Lighting chime sounds if the driver door is
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 157 opened when the ignition switch is
Headlamp High/Low-Beam off and the headlamps are on.
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 # : If equipped, it turns the fog
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 lamps on or off.
Daytime Running Lamps
(DRL)/Automatic Headlamp See Fog Lamps 0 159.
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Delayed Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . 158 Headlamp High/
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 159 Low-Beam Changer
Turn and Lane-Change
The exterior lamp control is on the Push the turn signal lever away
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
instrument panel to the left of the from you and release, to turn the
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
steering wheel. high beams on. To return to low
Interior Lighting There are four positions: beams, push the lever again or pull
Instrument Panel Illumination it toward you and release.
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 O : Briefly turn to this position to
Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 turn the automatic light control off or
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 on again.
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 AUTO : Turns the headlamps on
Lighting Features automatically at normal brightness,
together with the other exterior
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
lamps and instrument panel lights.
Delayed Entry Lighting . . . . . . . 162
Delayed Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . 162 ; : Turns on the parking lamps This indicator light turns on in the
Parade Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 including all lamps, except the instrument cluster when the
Battery Load Management . . . 162 headlamps. high-beam headlamps are on.
Battery Power Protection . . . . . 163
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
158 Lighting
Flash-to-Pass . The exterior lamp control is Lights On with Wipers

in AUTO.
This feature is used to signal to the If the windshield wipers are
vehicle ahead that you want . The engine is running. activated in daylight with the engine
to pass. When the DRL are on, the regular on, and the exterior lamp control is
headlamps, taillamps, sidemarker, in AUTO, the headlamps, parking
If the headlamps are off or in the lamps, and other exterior lamps
low-beam position, pull the turn and other lamps will not be on. The
instrument cluster will also not be lit. come on. The transition time for the
signal lever toward you to lamps coming on varies based on
momentarily switch to high beams. The headlamps automatically wiper speed. When the wipers are
Release the lever to turn the change from DRL to the regular not operating, these lamps turn off.
headlamps depending on the
high-beam headlamps off. Move the exterior lamp control to P
darkness of the surroundings. The
other lamps that come on with the or ; to disable this feature.
Daytime Running Lamps headlamps will also come on.
(DRL)/Automatic Delayed Headlamps
When it is bright enough outside,
Headlamp System the headlamps will go off and the Delayed headlamps provide a
DRL can make it easier for others to DRL will come on. period of exterior lighting as you
see the front of your vehicle during When the DRL are active and a turn leave the area around the vehicle.
the day. Fully functional DRL are signal is operated, the DRL on the This feature is activated when the
required on all vehicles first sold in side the turn signal is activated, will headlamps are on due to the
Canada. turn off until the turn signal is automatic headlamps control feature
turned off. and when the ignition is turned off.
The DRL system makes the
The headlamps remain on until the
low-beam headlamps come on at a The regular headlamp system exterior lamp control is moved to the
reduced brightness when the should be turned on when needed. parking lamps position or until the
following conditions are met:
Do not cover the light sensor on top pre-selected delayed headlamp
. The ignition is in the ON/RUN of the instrument panel because it lighting period has ended.
position. works with the DRL.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Lighting 159
If the ignition is turned off with the and off. This warns others that you The lever returns to its starting
exterior lamp control in the ; are having trouble. Press again to position whenever it is released.
turn the flashers off.
or 5 position, the delayed If after signaling a turn or lane
headlamps cycle will not occur. The turn signals do not work while change the arrow flashes rapidly or
the hazard warning flashers are on. does not come on, a signal bulb
To disable the delayed headlamps may be burned out.
feature or change the time of delay,
see Vehicle Personalization (With
Turn and Lane-Change Have any burned out bulbs
DIC Buttons) 0 146. Signals replaced. If a bulb is not burned out,
check the fuse. See Fuses and
Hazard Warning Flashers Circuit Breakers 0 291.
Turn Signal On Chime
If either one of the turn signals is left
on and the vehicle has been driven
more than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime
will sound.
Fog Lamps
Move the turn signal lever all the
way up or down to signal a turn.
An arrow on the instrument cluster
flashes in the direction of the turn or
lane change.
Raise or lower the lever until the
| (Hazard Warning Flasher) : arrow starts to flash to signal a lane
Press this button to make the front change. Hold it there until the lane
and rear turn signal lamps flash on change is completed. If the lever is
briefly pressed and released, the
turn signal flashes three times.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
160 Lighting
For vehicles with front fog lamps, Interior Lighting Courtesy Lamps
the fog lamp button is on the
exterior lamp control to the left of The courtesy lamps automatically
the steering column. Instrument Panel come on when a door is opened.
Illumination Control The lamps can also be turned on
Use the fog lamps for better vision manually by fully turning the
in foggy or misty conditions. instrument panel brightness control
# (Fog Lamps) : Press the fog clockwise.
lamp button to turn the fog lamps on The reading lamps, located on the
or off. A light comes on in the headliner above the rearview mirror,
instrument cluster when the fog can be turned on or off
lamps are in use. The ignition must independently of the automatic
be on for the fog lamps to work. courtesy lamps, when the doors are
When the headlamps are changed closed.
to high beam, the fog lamps turn off.
The fog lamps come back on again Dome Lamps
when the high-beam headlamps are
The dome lamps are in the
turned off.
overhead console and above the
Some localities have laws that The instrument panel brightness rear seat passengers.
require the headlamps to be on knob is located on the instrument
panel to the left of the steering The dome lamps come on when a
along with the fog lamps.
column. door is opened, unless the dome
lamp override button is pressed in.
D : Push the knob in all the way The lamps can also be turned on
until it extends out and then turn the
knob clockwise or counterclockwise and off by turning the instrument
to brighten or dim the lights. Push panel brightness control clockwise
the knob back in when finished. to the farthest position.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Lighting 161
Dome Lamp Override Lighting Features

Entry Lighting
For vehicles with courtesy lamps,
they come on and stay on for a set
time whenever K is pressed on the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter. Some exterior lamps will
also come on at night or in areas of
dark ambient lighting.
If a door is opened, the lamps stay
AMBIENT OFF (If Equipped) : on while it is open and then turn off
Press the button to turn the ambient automatically about 20 seconds
The dome lamp override button is
lights off. Press the button again to after the door is closed. If K is
next to the exterior lamps control.
turn ambient lights on. pressed and no door is opened, the
E DOME OFF : Press the button lamps turn off after about
and the dome lamps remain off Reading Lamps 20 seconds.
when a door is opened. An indicator
light on the button comes on to Press the button near each lamp to Entry lighting includes a feature
show that the dome lamps are off. turn them on or off. called theater dimming. With theater
Press the button again so the dome dimming, the lamps do not turn off
lamps come on when a door is at the end of the delay time.
opened. Instead, they slowly dim and then
go out. The delay time is canceled if
the ignition key is turned to ON/RUN
or the power door lock switch is
pressed. The lamps will dim
right away.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
162 Lighting
When the ignition is on, illuminated Delayed Exit Lighting Battery Load
entry is inactive, which means the
courtesy lamps will not come on Delayed exit lighting illuminates the Management
unless a door is opened. interior for a period of time after the The vehicle has Electric Power
key is removed from the ignition. Management (EPM) that estimates
Delayed Entry Lighting The ignition must be off for delayed the battery's temperature and state
exit lighting to work. When the key of charge. It then adjusts the voltage
Delayed entry lighting illuminates for best performance and extended
is removed, interior illumination
the interior for a period of time after life of the battery.
activates and remains on until one
all the doors have been closed.
of the following occurs: When the battery's state of charge
The ignition must be off for delayed . The ignition is in ON/RUN. is low, the voltage is raised slightly
entry lighting to work. Immediately to quickly bring the charge back up.
after all the doors have been closed, . The power door locks are
When the state of charge is high,
the delayed entry lighting feature activated.
the voltage is lowered slightly to
continues to work until one of the . An illumination period of prevent overcharging. If the vehicle
following occurs: 20 seconds has elapsed. has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage
. The ignition is in ON/RUN. display on the Driver Information
If during the illumination period a
. The doors are locked. door is opened, the timed Center (DIC), you may see the
illumination period will be canceled voltage move up or down. This is
. An illumination period of about normal. If there is a problem, an
and the interior lamps will remain on
25 seconds has elapsed. alert will be displayed.
because a door is open.
If during the illumination period a The battery can be discharged at
door is opened, the timed Parade Dimming idle if the electrical loads are very
illumination period is canceled and high. This is true for all vehicles.
the interior lamps remain on. This feature automatically prohibits This is because the generator
the dimming of the instrument panel (alternator) may not be spinning fast
displays in daylight while the enough at idle to produce all of the
headlamps are on so that the power needed for very high
displays are still able to be seen. electrical loads.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Lighting 163
A high electrical load occurs when possible. See Battery Voltage and
several of the following are on, such Charging Messages 0 138 and
as: headlamps, high beams, rear Driver Information Center (DIC)
window defogger, climate control fan (With DIC Buttons) 0 130 or Driver
at high speed, heated seats, engine Information Center (DIC) (Without
cooling fans, trailer loads, and loads DIC Buttons) 0 135.
plugged into accessory power
outlets. Battery Power Protection
EPM works to prevent excessive This feature helps prevent the
discharge of the battery. It does this battery from being drained, if the
by balancing the generator's output interior courtesy lamps or reading
and the vehicle's electrical needs. lamps are accidentally left on. If any
It can increase engine idle speed to of these lamps are left on, they
generate more power whenever automatically turn off after
needed. It can temporarily reduce 10 minutes, if the ignition is off. The
the power demands of some lamps will not come back on again
accessories. until one of the following occurs:
Normally, these actions occur in . The ignition is turned on.
steps or levels, without being
noticeable. In rare cases at the . The exterior lamps control is
highest levels of corrective action, turned off, then on again.
this action may be noticeable to the The headlamps will time out after
driver. If so, a DIC battery voltage 10 minutes, if they are manually
and charging message displays, it is turned on while the ignition is on
recommended that the driver reduce or off.
the electrical loads as much as
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
164 Infotainment System
Infotainment Audio Players

CD Player (Radio without
Introduction
System Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CD Player (Radio with
182
Infotainment
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Base radio information is included in
Introduction MP3 (Radio without this manual. See the infotainment
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 manual for information on other
Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . 165 MP3 (Radio with available infotainment systems.
Overview (Radio without Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Read the following pages to
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 become familiar with these features.
Overview (Radio with OnStar System
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
OnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 { Warning
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Rear Seat Infotainment Taking your eyes off the road for
Operation (Radio with Rear Seat Audio (RSA) too long or too often while using
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
any infotainment feature can
Radio Phone cause a crash. You or others
AM-FM Radio (Radio without Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 could be injured or killed. Do not
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 give extended attention to
AM-FM Radio (Radio with Settings infotainment tasks while driving.
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Limit your glances at the vehicle
Satellite Radio (Radio without displays and focus your attention
Trademarks and License
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 on driving. Use voice commands
Satellite Radio (Radio with Agreements
Trademarks and License whenever possible.
Touchscreen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 182 The infotainment system has built-in
features intended to help avoid
distraction by disabling some
functions when driving. These
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
Infotainment System 165
functions may gray out when they Theft-Deterrent Feature

are unavailable. Many infotainment
features are also available through TheftLock is designed to
the instrument cluster and steering discourage theft of the vehicle's
wheel controls. radio by learning a portion of the
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).
Before driving: The radio does not operate if it is
. Become familiar with the stolen or moved to a different
operation, faceplate buttons, and vehicle.
screen buttons.
. Set up the audio by presetting
favorite stations, setting the
tone, and adjusting the
speakers.
. Set up phone numbers in
advance so they can be called
easily by pressing a single
button or by using a single voice
command if equipped with
Bluetooth phone capability.
See Defensive Driving 0 217.
To play the infotainment system with
the ignition off, see Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 231.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
Overview (Radio without Touchscreen) 3. MENU

. Press to open the tone
For information on using the radio, see Operation (Radio without
Touchscreen) 0 168 or Operation (Radio with Touchscreen) 0 170. menu to adjust the bass,
midrange, treble, fade, and
balance.
4. Buttons 1 - 6
. Saves and selects favorite
stations.
. Select options.
5. EQ
. Press to adjust the
equalizer.
6. f
. Press to set Tone options.
. Turn to manually select
radio stations.
7. CAT
. Press to display a list of
1. 4 2. FAV SiriusXM categories (if
. Press to scroll through the equipped).
. Press to show information
on the current station or favorite pages. 8. Z EJECT
track. . Press to eject the
loaded CD.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
9. Auxiliary Input Jack 15. SEEK

. Use to connect external . Seeks the previous station
audio devices. or track.
10. CD/AUX 16. BAND
. Press to scroll through . Press to scroll through the
selecting the CD or an available bands AM, FM,
auxiliary device. or SiriusXM, if equipped.
11. \ FWD 17. H
. Press and hold to fast . Press to set the clock.
forward through a track.
12. s REV
. Press and hold to go
backward fast through a
track.
13. P
. Press to turn the
infotainment system on
or off.
. Turn to adjust the volume.
14. SEEK
. Seeks the next station or
track.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
Overview (Radio with Touchscreen) 9. FAV
The infotainment system is controlled by using the buttons, touch screen, 10. SRCE
steering wheel controls, and voice recognition. See Operation (Radio without 11. D
Touchscreen) 0 168 or Operation (Radio with Touchscreen) 0 170.
Touchscreen)
Playing the Radio
O (Power/Volume) : Press to turn
the system on and off. Turn to
increase or decrease the volume.
A lock symbol displays next to the
clock display while the parental
control feature is being used. The
feature remains on until O is
pressed and held for more than
two seconds, or the driver turns the
ignition off and exits the vehicle.
4 (Information) : Press to switch
the display between the radio
station frequency and the time.
1. PUSH/O 5. PUSH/SEL When the ignition is in the OFF
position, press 4 to display the time.
2. Z 6. / BACK For vehicles with XM, MP3, WMA,
3. CD Slot 7. SEEK (Next/Forward) or RDS features, press 4 to display
4. AUX Port additional text information related to
8. SEEK the current FM-RDS or XM station;
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
or CD, MP3, or WMA song. information will page every Each higher setting allows for
If information is available during XM, five seconds when Auto Text is more radio volume
CD, MP3, or WMA playback, the activated. compensation at faster vehicle
song title information displays on Speed Compensated Volume speeds.
the top line of the display and artist (SCV) : The SCV feature
information displays on the bottom Setting the Tone (Bass/
automatically adjusts the radio Midrange/Treble)
line. When information is not volume to compensate for road and
available, NO INFO displays. wind noise as the vehicle speeds up BASS/MID/TREB (Bass, Midrange,
Auto Text (Satellite Radio Service or slows down, so that the volume or Treble) : To adjust bass,
(if equipped), CD, MP3, and WMA level is consistent. midrange, or treble:
features) : If additional information To activate SCV: 1. Press f until the tone control
is available for the current song
1. Set the radio volume. tabs display.
being played, Auto Text will
automatically page/scroll the 2. Press the MENU button to 2. Continue pressing f to
information every five seconds display the radio setup menu. highlight the tab, or press the
above the FAV presets on the radio softkey under the tab.
display. 3. Press the softkey under the
AUTO VOLUM (automatic 3. To adjust the highlighted
To activate Auto Text: volume) tab on the radio setting, do one of the following
1. Press MENU to display the display. until the levels are obtained:
radio setup menu. 4. Press the softkey under the . Turn f clockwise or
2. Press the softkey under the Speed Compensated Volume counterclockwise.
AUTO TXT tab on the radio setting (OFF, Low, Med,
display. or High) to select the level of . Press \ FWD, or s REV.
radio volume compensation. If a station's frequency is weak or if
3. Press the softkey under the ON Press the softkey located
tab on the radio display. there is static, decrease the treble.
below the BACK tab on the
If 4 is pressed and the song title or MENU SETUP display or let To quickly adjust bass, midrange,
the display time out after or treble to the middle position,
artist information is longer than what
approximately 10 seconds. press the softkey under the BASS,
can be displayed, the extra
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
MID, or TREB tab for more than Adjusting the Speakers Radio Messages
two seconds. A beep sounds and (Balance/Fade) Calibration Error : The audio
the level adjusts to the middle
BAL/FADE (Balance/Fade) : To system has been calibrated for the
position.
adjust the balance or fade: vehicle from the factory. If the
To quickly adjust all tone and message displays, it means that the
speaker controls to the middle 1. Press f until the speaker radio has not been configured
position when in the Tone menu, control tabs display. properly for the vehicle and it must
press f for more than two seconds 2. Continue pressing f to
be returned to your dealer for
until a beep sounds. service.
highlight the tab, or press the
EQ (Equalization) : Press to softkey under the tab. Locked : This message displays
choose bass and treble equalization when the TheftLock system has
3. To adjust the highlighted locked up the radio. Take the
settings designed for different types setting, do one of the following
of music. The choices are pop, rock, vehicle to your dealer for service.
until the levels are obtained:
country, talk, jazz, and classical. If any error occurs repeatedly or if
Selecting MANUAL or changing . Turn f clockwise or an error cannot be corrected,
bass or treble, returns the EQ to the counterclockwise. contact your dealer.
manual bass and treble settings.
. Press \ FWD, or s REV.
Unique EQ settings can be saved Operation (Radio with
for each source. To quickly adjust balance or fade to Touchscreen)
the middle position, press the
If the radio has a Bose audio softkey under the BAL or FADE tab
system, the EQ settings are either Infotainment Controls
for more than two seconds. A beep
MANUAL or TALK. sounds and the level adjusts to the PUSH/ O (Volume/Power):
middle position. . Press to turn the system on
To quickly adjust all speaker and and off.
tone controls to the middle position, . Turn to adjust the volume.
press f for more than two seconds
until a beep sounds.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
Z (Eject) : Press to eject a disc Keep pressing to scroll through the SEEK (Next/Forward):
from the CD player. See CD Player favorites pages. The stored stations
for each list display on the bottom of . AM, FM, SiriusXM (if equipped):
the screen. The number of preset Press to seek to the next strong
or CD Player (Radio with
Favorite Pages can be changed by station. Press and hold for Scan.
Touchscreen) 0 184.
pressing the Settings button on a Press again to stop the scan.
AUX Port : 3.5 mm (1/8 in) Home Page, then pressing
connection for external audio . CD, USB: Press to seek or skip
Favorites Pages, and then selecting the next track or program.
devices. the number of Favorite Pages.
PUSH/SEL (Select): . CD, USB: Press and hold to fast
SEEK (Previous/Reverse):
forward through a track. Release
. Turn to manually find a station or . AM, FM, SiriusXM (if equipped): the button to return to playing
highlight a menu selection. Press to seek to the previous speed. See CD Player (Radio
. Press to select a highlighted strong station. Press and hold without Touchscreen) 0 182 or
selection. for Scan. Press again to stop CD Player (Radio with
Touchscreen) 0 184 and
D (Home Page) : Press to go to the scan.
Auxiliary Devices 0 193.
the Home Page. See Home Page . CD, USB: Press to seek to the
later in this section. beginning of the current or / BACK : Press to return to the
previous track. previous screen in a menu.
SRCE (Source) : Press to switch
between AM, FM, CD, and if . CD, USB: Press and hold to Touchscreen Buttons
equipped, SiriusXM, front auxiliary, quickly reverse through a track.
rear auxiliary, and iPod/USB. Touchscreen buttons are visible on
Release the button to return to the screen when available. When a
Press and hold to mute/pause the playing speed. See CD Player function is unavailable, the button
system. Press and hold again to (Radio without Touchscreen) may gray out. When a function is
unmute/resume the system. 0 182 or CD Player (Radio with selected, the button may highlight or
Touchscreen) 0 184 and animate.
FAV (Favorites Menu) : In AM, FM, Auxiliary Devices 0 193.
or SiriusXM (if equipped), press to
change the current favorite page
number above the preset buttons.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
Home Page banner stores your favorite radio Tone : Press to display the Tone
and SiriusXM stations (if equipped). Settings menu. The following may
To store a favorite station, press and display:
hold the desired position on the Tone Settings : Press to adjust the
banner until a beep is heard. tone settings. The following may
! (Voice Recognition) : Press to display:
begin voice recognition. See
Bluetooth 0 196. . EQ: Press o or p to adjust the
equalizer.
Menu : Press to enter the Home
Page menu. . Bass: Press + or to adjust
the bass.
The infotainment system displays a q Previous : Press to go to the
Home Page to access all of the previous Home Page. . Middle: Press + or to adjust
applications. the middle.
Next r : Press to go to the next .
Back : Press to go back to the Treble: Press + or to adjust the
Home Page. treble.
previous page or menu.
Home Page Features . Balance: Press L to hear more
Home : From any page, press to
cycle through the Home Pages to Some features are disabled when sound from the left speakers or
start a different application. The the vehicle is moving and some R for more sound from the right
Home Page can have up to three icons may not be active. speakers. The middle position
pages with eight icons per page. balances the sound between the
Now Playing : Press to display the left and right speakers.
Each of these three pages can be active source page. The sources
customized to contain your choice available are AM, FM, XM (if . Fade: Press F for more sound
of up to eight per screen. They may equipped), CD, USB, Bluetooth, from the front speakers or R for
also be re-ordered on each screen or AUX Input. more sound from the rear
to taste. speakers. The middle position
Settings : Press to display the balances the sound between the
FAV (Favorites) : Press to scroll Settings menu. See Settings 0 202.
through the favorites banner on the front and rear speakers.
bottom of the screen. The favorites
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
DSP Mode : Press o or p to adjust Radio SEEK and SEEK : Press to go

the DSP mode, if equipped. to the previous or next station and
AM-FM Radio (Radio stay there.
Language
without Touchscreen) To scan stations, press and hold
To change the language of the
screens, see Vehicle SEEK or SEEK until a beep
Radio Data System (RDS)
Personalization (With DIC sounds. The radio goes to a station,
Buttons) 0 146. The RDS feature is available for use plays for a few seconds, then goes
only on FM stations that broadcast to the next station. Press either
English or Metric Units RDS information. This system relies arrow again to stop scanning.
To change the screens from English upon receiving specific information
The radio only seeks and scans
or metric, see Driver Information from these stations and only works
stations with a strong signal that are
Center (DIC) (With DIC Buttons) when the information is available.
in the selected band.
0 130 or Driver Information Center While the radio is tuned to an
(DIC) (Without DIC Buttons) 0 135. FM-RDS station, the station name Storing a Radio Station as a
or call letters display. In rare cases, Favorite
a radio station could broadcast
incorrect information that causes the Drivers are encouraged to set up
radio features to work improperly. their radio station favorites while the
If this happens, contact the radio vehicle is in P (Park). Tune to
station. favorite stations using the presets,
favorites button, and steering wheel
Finding a Station controls. See Steering Wheel
BAND : Press to switch between Controls (Radio with Touchscreen)
AM, FM, or SiriusXM (if equipped). 0 110 or Steering Wheel Controls
The selection displays. (Radio without Touchscreen) 0 109.
f (Tune) : Turn to select radio FAV (Favorites) : A maximum of
stations. 36 stations can be programmed as
favorites using the six softkeys
below the radio station frequency
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
tabs and by using the radio favorites To set up the number of favorites The steering wheel controls can
page button (FAV button). Press to pages: also be used to adjust the volume.
go through up to six pages of 1. Press MENU to display the See Steering Wheel Controls (Radio
favorites, each having six favorite radio setup menu. with Touchscreen) 0 110 or Steering
stations available per page. Each Wheel Controls (Radio without
page of favorites can contain any 2. Press the softkey below the Touchscreen) 0 109.
combination of AM, FM, or SiriusXM FAV 1-6 tab.
stations (if equipped). Audio Source
3. Select the desired number of
The balance/fade and tone settings favorites pages by pressing the To access AM, FM, or SiriusXM if
that were previously adjusted are softkey below the displayed equipped, do one of the following:
stored with the favorite stations. page numbers. . Press the AM, FM, or SXM (if
To store a station as a favorite: 4. Press FAV, or let the menu time equipped) screen button on the
out, to return to the original Home Page.
1. Tune to the desired radio main radio screen showing the . Press the SRCE radio button to
station. radio station frequency tabs scroll through the options.
2. Press FAV to display the page and to begin the process of A source ribbon will appear at
to store the station. programming favorites for the the bottom of the screen
3. Press and hold one of the chosen number of favorites allowing you to select the one
six softkeys until a beep pages. you want.
sounds. When that softkey is Infotainment System Settings
pressed and released, the AM-FM Radio (Radio with
station that was set returns. Touchscreen) Tone Settings
4. Repeat the steps for each radio Playing the Radio To access the tone settings, press
station to be stored as a the Tone Settings button on the
favorite. PUSH/O (Power/Volume): Home Page.
. Press to turn the radio on or off. To adjust the settings:
. Turn to increase or decrease the . Bass: Press + or to change
volume of the active source. the level.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16

. Middle: Press + or to change Turn the PUSH/SEL knob to find a
the level. radio station. To select a preset
. Treble: Press + or to change station, press FAV to scroll through
the level. the favorite pages and then press a
preset button on the radio or the
. EQ: Press o or p to scroll screen button.
through the preset EQ options. Seeking a Station
. DSP Mode: Press o or p to Press SEEK or SEEK to search
scroll through the preset DSP for a station. You may also use the
modes. on the steering wheel controls. Favorites List : Press to display the
. Fade: Press the F or R button favorites list.
AM
for more sound from the front or AM Station List : Press to display a
rear speakers. The middle list of AM stations.
position balances the sound Update Station List : Press to
between the front and rear update the AM stations list.
speakers.
. Balance: Press the L or R button FM
for more sound from the left or
right speakers. The middle
position balances the sound
between the left and right
speakers. To access the AM menu press the
Finding a Station Menu screen button and the
following may display:
Press SRCE to select AM, FM,
or SiriusXM (if equipped).
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
To access the FM Menu press the SiriusXM (If Equipped) SXM Category List : Press to
Menu screen button and the display a list of SiriusXM categories.
following may display: Tune Select Manager : If equipped
with SiriusXM, press and the
. Artist: Press to set an audio alert
when the current artist is playing
on a SiriusXM channel.
. Song: Press to set an audio alert
when the current song is playing
To access the SXM Menu press the on a SiriusXM channel.
Menu screen button and the . Tune Select Manager: Press
Favorites List : Press to display the Disable/Enable All Alerts to
favorites list. enable or disable all alerts.
A checkmark next to the alert
FM Station List : Press to display a means it is turned on. Press an
list of FM stations. alert to turn it off. Press Delete
FM Category List : Press to display to delete an alert.
a list of FM categories. . Audible Alert: This feature will
Update Station List : Press to give an audio alert when certain
update the FM stations list. artists or songs are available on
a specific station. Press to turn
on or off.
Favorites List : Press to display the
favorites list.
SXM Channel List : Press to
display a list of SiriusXM channels.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
Storing Radio Station Presets 2. Press Favorite Pages. digital-quality sound. A service fee
3. Select the number of pages to is required to receive the SiriusXM
Up to 30 preset stations can be
display. service. If SiriusXM Service needs
stored. AM, FM, and SiriusXM (if
to be reactivated, the radio will
equipped) can be mixed.
Recalling a Preset Station display No Subscription Please
1. From the AM, FM, or SiriusXM Renew on channel SXM1. For
To recall a preset station from a
main page, press and hold any more information, contact SiriusXM
favorites page, do one the following:
15 buttons or one of the at www.siriusxm.com or
preset screen buttons on the . Press the FAV screen button at 1-888-601-6296 (U.S.) and
banner until a beep is heard. the top bar to display the preset www.siriusxm.ca or call
The new preset information pop-up. Press one of the preset 1-877-438-9677 (Canada).
displays on that screen button. screen buttons to go to the
selected preset station. Finding a Station
2. Repeat for each preset.
. In the AM, FM, or SiriusXM (if BAND : Press to switch between
Mixed-Band Presets equipped) main page, press one AM, FM, or SiriusXM. The selection
Each favorite page can store of the preset screen buttons to displays.
five preset stations. The presets go to the selected preset station. f (Tune) : Turn to select radio
within a page can be from different stations.
radio bands. Satellite Radio (Radio SEEK and SEEK : Press to go
To scroll through the pages, press without Touchscreen) to the previous or next station and
FAV or the FAV screen button on the stay there.
top bar. The current page number
SiriusXM Satellite Radio
displays above the preset buttons. Service To scan stations, press and hold
The stored stations for each favorite If equipped, SiriusXM is a satellite or until a beep sounds. The radio
page display on the preset buttons. radio service based in the goes to a station, plays for a few
To change the number of favorite 48 contiguous United States and 10 seconds, then goes to the next
pages displayed: Canadian provinces. SiriusXM station. Press either arrow again to
Satellite Radio has a wide variety of stop scanning.
1. Press Settings on the programming and commercial-free
Home Page. music, coast to coast, and in
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
The radio only seeks and scans 5. To go to the next or previous 4. Press the softkey under the
stations with a strong signal that are SiriusXM station within the Remove tab until the category
in the selected band. selected category, do one of name along with the word
the following: Removed displays.
Finding a Category (CAT)
Station . Turn f. 5. Repeat the steps to remove
more categories.
CAT (Category) : Press to find . Press the buttons below the
SiriusXM stations when the radio is right or left arrows on the Removed categories can be
in the SXM mode. To find SiriusXM display. restored by pressing the softkey
channels within a desired category: under the Add tab when a removed
. Press either SEEK arrow. category is displayed or by pressing
1. Press BAND until the SiriusXM 6. To exit the category search the softkey under the Restore
frequency displays. mode, press the FAV button or All tab.
2. Press CAT to display the BAND button to display the Categories cannot be removed or
category tabs. favorites again. added while the vehicle is moving
3. Continue pressing CAT until Undesired SiriusXM categories can faster than 8 km/h (5 mph).
the desired category name be removed through the setup
Storing a Radio Station as a
displays. menu. To remove an undesired
category, perform the following: Favorite
. Radios with CD can also
navigate the category list by 1. Press MENU to display the Drivers are encouraged to set up
radio setup menu. their radio station favorites while the
pressing s REV or vehicle is in P (Park). Tune to
\ FWD. 2. Press the softkey below the favorite stations using the presets,
4. Press either of the two buttons SXM CAT tab. favorites button, and steering wheel
below the desired category tab controls. See Steering Wheel
3. Turn f to display the category
to immediately tune to the first Controls (Radio with Touchscreen)
to be removed.
SiriusXM station associated 0 110 or Steering Wheel Controls
with that category. (Radio without Touchscreen) 0 109.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
FAV (Favorites) : A maximum of To set up the number of favorites SXM Updating : The encryption
36 stations can be programmed as pages: code in the receiver is being
favorites using the six softkeys 1. Press MENU to display the updated, and no action is required.
below the radio station frequency radio setup menu. This process should take no longer
tabs and by using the radio favorites than 30 seconds.
page button (FAV button). Press to 2. Press the softkey below the
FAV 1-6 tab. No SXM Signal : The system is
go through up to six pages of functioning correctly, but the vehicle
favorites, each having six favorite 3. Select the desired number of is in a location that is blocking the
stations available per page. Each favorites pages by pressing the SiriusXM signal. When the vehicle is
page of favorites can contain any softkey below the displayed moved into an open area, the signal
combination of AM, FM, or SiriusXM page numbers. should return.
stations.
4. Press FAV, or let the menu time Loading SXM : The audio system is
The balance/fade and tone settings out, to return to the original acquiring and processing audio and
that were previously adjusted are main radio screen showing the text data. No action is needed. This
stored with the favorite stations. radio station frequency tabs message should disappear shortly.
To store a station as a favorite: and to begin the process of
programming favorites for the Channel Off Air : This channel is
1. Tune to the desired radio chosen number of favorites not currently in service. Tune in to
station. pages. another channel.
2. Press FAV to display the page Channel Unauth : This channel is
to store the station. SiriusXM Radio Messages blocked or cannot be received with
3. Press and hold one of the XL : These channels, or any others, your SiriusXM subscription package.
six softkeys until a beep can be blocked at a customer's Channel Unavail : This previously
sounds. When that softkey is request, by calling 1-866-635-2349 assigned channel is no longer
pressed and released, the (U.S) and 1-877-209-0079 assigned. Tune to another station.
station that was set returns. (Canada). If this station was one of the
4. Repeat the steps for each radio presets, choose another station for
station to be stored as a that preset button.
favorite.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
No Artist Info : No artist SXM Theftlocked : The SXM Satellite Radio (Radio
information is available at this time receiver in the vehicle could have
on this channel. The system is previously been in another vehicle.
with Touchscreen)
working properly. For security purposes, SXM SiriusXM Satellite Radio
No Title Info : No song title receivers cannot be swapped Service
information is available at this time between vehicles. If this message is
received after having the vehicle If equipped, vehicles with a valid
on this channel. The system is SiriusXM satellite radio
working properly. serviced, check with your dealer.
subscription can receive SiriusXM
No CAT Info : No category SXM Radio ID : If tuned to programming.
information is available at this time channel 0, this message alternates
with the SXM Radio eight-digit radio SiriusXM satellite radio has a wide
on this channel. The system is variety of programming and
working properly. ID label. This label is needed to
activate the service. commercial-free music, coast to
No Information : No text or coast, and in digital-quality sound.
informational messages are Unknown : If this message is A service fee is required to receive
available at this time on this received when tuned to channel 0, the SiriusXM service. If SiriusXM
channel. The system is working there could be a receiver fault. Service needs to be reactivated, the
properly. Consult with your dealer. radio will display No Subscription
Check SXM Receivr : If this Please Renew on channel SXM1.
No Subscription Please Renew :
message does not clear within a For more information, see
SiriusXM subscription needs to be
short period of time, the receiver www.siriusxm.com or call
reactivated. Contact SiriusXM at
could have a fault. Consult with your 1-888-601-6296 (U.S.) and
www.siriusxm.com or
dealer. www.siriusxm.ca or call
1-866-635-2349 (U.S) and
1-877-438-9677 (Canada).
www.xmradio.ca or call SXM Not Available : If this
1-877-209-0079 (Canada). message does not clear within a When SiriusXM is active, the station
short period of time, the receiver name, number, category name,
CAT Not Found : There are no
could have a fault. Consult with your song title, and artist display on the
channels available for the selected
dealer. screen. SiriusXM may update the
category. The system is working
background picture at any time.
properly.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
SiriusXM Categories Radio Reception lines interfere with radio reception.

When this happens, try reducing the
SiriusXM stations are organized in Frequency interference and static treble on the radio.
categories. can occur during normal radio
reception if items such as phone SiriusXM Satellite Radio
Adding or Removing SiriusXM
chargers, vehicle convenience Service
Categories accessories, and external electronic
If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite
Using the home page: devices are plugged into the
Radio Service provides digital radio
1. Press the Settings screen accessory power outlet. If there is
reception. Tall buildings or hills can
button on the Home Page. interference or static, unplug the
interfere with satellite radio signals,
item from the accessory power
2. Select SXM Categories. causing the sound to fade in and
outlet.
out. In addition, traveling or standing
3. Select or deselect a category. FM under heavy foliage, bridges,
A checkmark will indicate that garages, or tunnels may cause loss
the category is selected. FM signals only reach about 16 to of the SiriusXM signal for a period
65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the of time.
Press Show All SXM Categories to radio has a built-in electronic circuit
restore all SiriusXM categories. that automatically works to reduce Cell Phone Usage
interference, some static can occur,
Cell phone usage, such as making
especially around tall buildings or
or receiving phone calls, charging,
hills, causing the sound to fade in
or just having the phone on may
and out.
cause static interference in the
AM radio. Unplug the phone or turn it off
if this happens.
The range for most AM stations is
greater than for FM, especially at
night. The longer range can cause
station frequencies to interfere with
each other. Static can also occur
when things like storms and power
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
Multi-Band Antenna Audio Players If either arrow is held, or pressed

multiple times, the player continues
The multi-band antenna is located moving backward or forward
on the roof of the vehicle. This type CD Player (Radio without through the tracks on the CD.
of antenna is used with the AM/FM Touchscreen)
radio, as well as OnStar and the s REV (Fast Reverse) : Press
SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service Playing a CD and hold to reverse playback quickly
System, if the vehicle has these within a track. Sound will be heard
Insert a CD partway into the slot, at a reduced volume. Release to
features. Keep this antenna clear of label side up. The player pulls it in
snow and ice build up for clear radio resume playing the track. The
and the CD should begin playing. elapsed time of the track displays.
reception. If the vehicle has a
sunroof, the performance of the Z EJECT : Press and release to \ FWD (Fast Forward) : Press
radio system may be affected if the eject the disc that is currently and hold to advance playback
sunroof is open. Loading items onto playing. A beep sounds and quickly within a track. Sound will be
the roof of the vehicle can interfere Ejecting Disc displays. Once the heard at a reduced volume. Release
with the performance of the radio disc is ejected, Remove Disc to resume playing the track. The
system and, if the vehicle has this displays. The disc can be removed. elapsed time of the track displays.
feature, OnStar. Make sure the If the disc is not removed, after
several seconds, the disc RDM (Random) : CD tracks can be
multi-band antenna is not
obstructed. automatically pulls back into the listened to in random, rather than
player. sequential order with the random
setting. To use random, press the
f (Tune) : Turn to select tracks on softkey under the RDM label until
the CD that is currently playing. Random Current Disc displays.
SEEK or SEEK : Press Press the softkey again to turn off
SEEK to go to the start of the random play.
current track, if more than BAND : Press to listen to the radio
10 seconds on the track have when a CD is playing. The CD
played, otherwise goes to the remains inside the radio for future
previous track. Press SEEK to go listening.
to the next track.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary) : Press to damage the surface. Pick up CDs

select between CD, Auxiliary, by grasping the outer edges or the Caution (Continued)
or USB. edge of the hole and the outer edge.
could be damaged. While using
. When a CD is in the player, the If the surface of a CD is soiled, take the CD player, use only CDs in
CD icon and a message a soft, lint-free cloth or dampen a good condition without any label,
showing the disc and/or track clean, soft cloth in a mild, neutral load one CD at a time, and keep
number display. detergent solution mixed with water, the CD player and the loading slot
. If an auxiliary input device is not and clean it. Make sure the wiping free of foreign materials, liquids,
connected or a CD is not process starts from the center to
and debris.
installed an error message will the edge.
display. Care of the CD Player If an error displays, see CD
Care of CDs Do not add any label to a CD; it Messages later in this section.
If playing a CD-R, the sound quality could get caught in the CD player.
If a CD is recorded on a personal Playing an MP3/WMA CD-R or
can be reduced due to CD-R or CD-RW Disc
CD-RW quality, the method of computer and a description label is
recording, the quality of the music needed, try labeling the top of the The radio has the capability of
that has been recorded, and the recorded CD with a marking pen. playing an MP3/WMA CD-R or
way the CD-R or CD-RW has been The use of CD lens cleaners for CD-RW disc. For more information
handled. Handle them carefully. CDs is not advised. on how to play an MP3/WMA CD-R
Store CD-R(s) or CD-RW(s) in their or CD-RW disc, see MP3 (Radio
original cases or other protective with Touchscreen) 0 191 or MP3
Caution (Radio without Touchscreen) 0 186.
cases and away from direct sunlight
and dust. The CD player scans the If a label is added to a CD, more CD Messages
bottom surface of the disc. If the than one CD is inserted into the
surface of a CD is damaged, such slot at a time, or an attempt is Check Disc : Radios with a single
as cracked, broken, or scratched, made to play scratched or CD player display Check Disc and/
the CD does not play properly or not damaged CDs, the CD player or eject the CD if an error occurs.
at all. Do not touch the bottom side
of a CD while handling it; this could (Continued)
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
Disc Error : The disc was inserted If any error occurs repeatedly or if There can be increased skipping,
upside down. an error cannot be corrected, difficulty in recording tracks,
Disk Read Error : A disc was contact your dealer. If the radio difficulty in finding tracks, and/or
inserted with an invalid or unknown displays an error message, write it difficulty in loading and ejecting.
format. down and provide it to your dealer If these problems occur, check the
when reporting the problem. disc for damage or try a known
Player Error : There are disc LOAD good disc.
or disc EJECT problems. CD Player (Radio with To avoid damage to the CD player:
. It is very hot. When the Touchscreen) . Do not use scratched or
temperature returns to normal,
the CD should play. The player can be used for CD and damaged discs.
MP3 audio. . Do not apply labels to discs. The
. The road is very rough. When
the road becomes smoother, the With the vehicle on, insert a disc labels could get caught in the
CD should play. into the slot, label side up. The player.
player pulls it in and begins playing. . Insert only one disc at a time.
. The CD is dirty, scratched, wet,
or upside down. The system is capable of playing: . Keep the loading slot free of
. The air is very humid. If so, wait . Most audio CDs foreign materials, liquids, and
about an hour and try again. debris.
. CD-R
. There was a problem while . Use a marking pen to label the
. CD-RW
burning the CD. top of the disc.
. MP3 or unprotected WMA
. The label is caught in the CD formats Loading and Ejecting Discs
player. To load a disc:
When playing any compatible
If the CD is not playing correctly for recordable disc, the sound quality 1. Turn the radio on.
any other reason, try a known can be reduced due to disc quality,
good CD. the method of recording, the quality 2. Insert a disc into the slot, label
of the music that has been side up. The player pulls it in
recorded, or the way the disc has the rest of the way. If the disc
been handled.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
is damaged or improperly Use the following controls to play Error Messages

loaded, there is an error and the disc:
If Disc Error displays and/or the disc
the disc ejects. SEEK: comes out, it could be for one of the
The disc automatically plays once . Press to seek to the beginning of following reasons:
loaded. the current or previous track. . The disc has an invalid or
Press Z to eject a disc from the If the track has been playing for unknown format.
CD player. If the disc is not removed less than eight seconds, it seeks . The disc is very hot. Try the disc
within a short period of time, it is to the previous track. If longer
again when the temperature
automatically pulled back into the than eight seconds, the current
returns to normal.
player. track starts from the beginning.
. The road is very rough. Try the
. Press and hold to fast reverse
Playing an Audio CD through a track. Release the
disc again when the road is
Make sure a disc is inserted in the smoother.
button to return to playing
player. speed. Elapsed time displays. . The disc is dirty, scratched, wet,
1. Press the Disc screen button or upside down.
SEEK :
on the Home Page or from the . The air is very humid. Try the
SRCE/Source banner. . Press to seek to the next track. disc again later.
2. Press the Menu screen button . Press and hold to fast forward . There was a problem while
on the CD Audio screen to through a track. Release the burning the disc.
display a list of Tracks/Songs. button to return to playing
speed. Elapsed time displays. . The label is caught in the player.
3. Press the desired track/song. If the CD is not playing correctly, for
PUSH/SEL (Select) : Turn to the
On the Disc main page a track right or left to select the next or any other reason, try a known
number displays at the beginning of previous track. good CD.
each track. Song, Artist, Elapsed If any error continues, contact your
Time, and Album information dealer.
displays when available.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
MP3 (Radio without CD-R or CD-RW Supported File . FAT32

and Folder Structure
Touchscreen) Root Directory
The radio supports:
Format The root directory of the disc is
. Up to 50 folders. treated as a folder. If the root
Radios that have the capability of directory has compressed audio
. Up to eight folders in depth.
playing MP3s can play .mp3 or .wma files, the directory displays on the
files that were recorded onto a . Up to 15 playlists. radio as the CD label.
CD-R or CD-RW disc. The files can . Up to 512 files and folders.
be recorded with the following fixed If a disc contains both
bit rates: 32 kbps, 40 kbps, 56 kbps, . Playlists with an .m3u or .wpl uncompressed CD audio and MP3/
64 kbps, 80 kbps, 96 kbps, extension. WMA files, a folder under the root
112 kbps, 128 kbps, 160 kbps, directory called CD accesses all of
. Files with an .mp3, .wma, or .cda
192 kbps, 224 kbps, 256 kbps, and the CD audio tracks on the disc.
file extension.
320 kbps or a variable bit rate. Empty Folder
USB Supported File and Folder
Radios that have a USB port can Structure Folders that do not contain files are
play .mp3 and .wma files stored on a skipped, and the player advances to
USB storage device as well as AAC The radio supports: the next folder that contains files.
files that are stored on an iPod. . Up to 700 folders.
Order of Play
Compressed Audio or Mixed Mode . Up to eight folders in depth.
Discs Compressed audio files are
. Up to 65,535 files. accessed in the following order:
The radio can play discs that . Folder and file names up to . Playlists (Px).
contain both uncompressed CD
64 bytes.
audio and MP3/WMA files. If both . Files stored in the root directory.
formats are on the disc, the radio . Files with an .mp3 or .wma file
. Files stored in folders in the root
plays both file formats in the order in extension.
directory.
which they were recorded to . AAC files stored on an iPod.
the disc.
. FAT16
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
Tracks are played in the following the ID3 tag, the radio displays the played, otherwise goes to the
order: file name without the extension previous track. Press and hold or
. Play begins from the first track in (such as .mp3) as the track name. press multiple times to continue
the first playlist and continues Track names longer than 32 moving backward through tracks.
sequentially through all tracks in characters or four pages are SEEK : Press to go to the next
each playlist. When the last shortened. Parts of words on the track. Press and hold or press
track of the last playlist has last page of text and the extension multiple times to continue moving
played, play continues from the of the filename do not display. forward through tracks.
first track of the first playlist. s REV (Reverse) : Press and hold
Preprogrammed Playlists
. Play begins from the first track in to reverse playback quickly. Sound
the first folder and continues Preprogrammed playlists that were is heard at a reduced volume and
sequentially through all tracks in created using WinAmp, the elapsed time of the file displays.
each folder. When the last track MusicMatch, or RealPlayer
software can be accessed; however, Release s REV to resume playing.
of the last folder has played,
play continues from the first they cannot be edited using the \ FWD (Fast Forward) : Press
track of the first folder. radio. These playlists are treated as and hold to advance playback
special folders containing quickly. Sound is heard at a reduced
When play enters a new folder, the compressed audio song files. volume and the elapsed time of the
display does not automatically show
Playlists that have a .m3u or .pls file file displays. Release \ FWD to
the new folder name unless the
folder mode has been chosen as extension and are stored on a USB resume playing. The elapsed time of
the default display. The new track device may be supported by the the file displays.
radio with a USB port.
name displays. S c (Previous Folder) : Press
File System and Naming Playing a CD-R or CD-RW MP3 the softkey below S c to go to the
f (Tune) : Turn to select MP3/WMA first track in the previous folder.
The song name that displays is the
song name contained in the ID3 tag. files. c T (Next Folder) : Press the
If the song name is not present in SEEK : Press to go to the start of softkey below c T to go to the first
the current track, if more than track in the next folder.
10 seconds on the track have
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
RDM (Random) : Files on the disc previous artist in alphabetical order. Connecting a USB Storage
can be listened to in random, rather Continue pressing either softkey Device or iPod
than sequential order. To use below the arrow tab until the artist
random, press the softkey under the displays. To connect a USB storage device,
RDM tab until Random Current Disc connect the device to the USB port
To change from playback by artist to on the center stack.
displays to play songs in random playback by album:
order. Press the same softkey again The USB port can be used to
to turn off random play. 1. Press the softkey below the control an iPod or a USB storage
Sort tab. device.
h (Music Navigator) : Press the
softkey below h to play files in 2. Press the softkeys below the To connect an iPod, connect one
order by artist or album. By Album tab. end of the USB cable that came
3. Press the softkey below the with the iPod to the iPods dock
The player scans the disc to sort the connector and connect the other
files by artist and album ID3 tag Back tab to return to the main
music navigator screen. end to the USB port located in the
information. It can take several instrument panel storage area. If the
minutes to scan the disc depending The album name displays on the vehicle is on and the USB
on the number of files on the disc. second line between the arrows and connection works, OK to
The radio may begin playing while it songs from the current album disconnect and a GM logo may
is scanning in the background. begins to play. Once all songs from appear on the iPod, and iPod
When the scan is finished, the disc that album have played, the player appears on the radio's display. The
begins playing files in order by moves to the next album in iPod music appears on the radios
artist. The current artist playing is alphabetical order on the CD and display and begins playing.
shown on the second line of the begins playing MP3 files from that
album. The iPod charges while it is
display. Once all songs by that artist connected to the vehicle if the
are played, the player moves to the To exit music navigator mode, press vehicle is in the ACC/ACCESSORY
next artist in alphabetical order and the softkey below the Back tab to or ON/RUN position. When the
begins playing files by that artist. return to normal MP3 playback. vehicle is turned off, the iPod
To listen to files by another artist, automatically powers off and will not
press the softkey below either arrow charge or draw power from the
tab. The disc goes to the next or vehicle's battery.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
If you have an older iPod model that s REV (Reverse) : Press and hold 2. Press the softkey below the tab
is not supported, it can still be used to reverse playback quickly. Sound with the function on it to use
by connecting it to the auxiliary is heard at a reduced volume. that function.
input jack using a standard 3.5 mm Release s REV to resume playing. j (Pause) : Press the softkey below
(1/8 in) stereo cable. See Clock j to pause the track. The tab
The elapsed time of the file
(Radio without Touchscreen) 0 114 appears raised when pause is being
displays.
or Clock (Radio with
Touchscreen) 0 115. \ FWD (Fast Forward) : Press used. Press the softkey below j
and hold to advance playback again to resume playback.
Using the Radio to Control a quickly. Sound is heard at a reduced Back : Press the softkey below the
USB Storage Device or iPod volume. Release \ FWD to Back tab to go back to the main
The radio can control a USB resume playing. The elapsed time of display screen on an iPod, or the
storage device or an iPod using the the file displays. root directory on a USB storage
radio buttons and knobs and display device.
song information on the radios
4 (Information) : Press to display
additional information about the c (Folder View) : Press the
display.
selected track. softkey below c to view the
f (Tune) : Turn to select files. contents of the current folder on the
Using Softkeys to Control a
SEEK : Press to go to the start of USB Storage Device or iPod
USB drive. To browse and select
the current track, if more than files:
10 seconds on the track have The five softkeys below the radio
played, otherwise goes to the display are used to control the 1. Press the softkey below c.
previous track. Press and hold or functions listed below. 2. Turn f to scroll through the list
press multiple times to continue To use the softkeys: of folders.
moving backward through tracks.
1. Press the first or fifth softkey 3. Press f to select the folder.
SEEK : Press to go to the next below the radio display to If there is more than one folder,
track. Press and hold or press display the functions listed
multiple times to continue moving repeat Steps 1 and 2 until the
below, or press the softkey folder is reached.
forward through tracks. below the function if it is
currently displayed.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
4. Turn f to scroll through the . Genres . Fourth softkey, 10% through the
files in the selected folder. . Songs list each time the softkey is
pressed.
5. Press f to select the file to be . Composers
. Fifth softkey, end of the list.
played. To select files:
Repeat Functionality
To skip through large lists, the five
softkeys can be used to navigate in
1. Press the softkey below h. To use Repeat:
the following order: 2. Turn f to scroll through the list Press the softkey below " or '
. First softkey, first item in the list. of menus. to select between Repeat All and
. Second softkey, 1% through the 3. Press f to select the menu. Repeat Track.
list each time the softkey is " (Repeat All) : Press the softkey
pressed. 4. Turn f to scroll through the
folders or files in the below " to repeat all tracks. The
. Third softkey, 5% through the list tab appears lowered when Repeat
selected menu.
each time the softkey is pressed. All is being used. This is the default
. Fourth softkey, 10% through the 5. Press f to select the file to be mode when a USB storage device
list each time the softkey is played. or iPod is first connected.
pressed. To skip through large lists, the five ' (Repeat Track) : Press the
. Fifth softkey, end of the list. softkeys can be used to navigate in softkey below ' to repeat one
the following order: track. The tab appears raised when
h (Music Navigator) : Press the Repeat Track is being used.
. First softkey, first item in the list.
softkey below h to view and
select a file on an iPod, using the . Second softkey, 1% through the
iPod's menu system. Files are list each time the softkey is
sorted by: pressed.
. Playlists . Third softkey, 5% through the list
each time the softkey is pressed.
. Artists
. Albums
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
Shuffle Functionality The following guidelines must be MP3 Audio

To use Shuffle: met when creating an MP3 disc,
otherwise the CD might not play:
Press the softkey below >, 2, . Sampling rate: 16 kHz,
C , or = to select between 22.05 kHz, 24 kHz, 32 kHz,
Shuffle Off, Shuffle All Songs/ 44.1 kHz, and 48 kHz.
Shuffle Songs, Shuffle Album,
or Shuffle Folder. . Bit rates supported: 8, 16, 24,
32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112,
> (Shuffle Off) : This is the 128, 144, 160, 192, 224, 256,
default mode when a USB storage and 320 kbps.
device or iPod is first connected. Press the Menu screen button while
. Maximum number of folders:
2 (Shuffle All Songs/Shuffle eight folders with 255 files per that source is active to access the
Songs) : Shuffles all songs on the folder. MP3 Audio Menu.
USB storage device or iPod.
. Maximum of 1,000 files on
C (Shuffle Album) : Shuffles all a disc.
songs in the current album on
an iPod. . Recorded on a CD-R or CD-RW
with a maximum capacity of
= (Shuffle Folder) : Shuffles all 700 MB.
songs in the current folder on a USB
storage device. . The Artist/Album/Song Titles/
Genre information requires a CD
MP3 (Radio with to be fully scanned before the
music navigator works with
Touchscreen) these menus. Press any of the following buttons
on the MP3 Audio Menu:
Playing an MP3 CD
Folders : Press to view the folders
To play an MP3 CD, follow the same stored on the disc. Select a folder to
instructions as Playing an view the list of all songs in that
Audio CD.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
folder. There might be a delay that playlist. There might be a delay No Folder
before the list displays. Select a before the list displays. Select a When the CD only contains
song from the list to begin playback. song from the list to begin playback. compressed audio files without any
Artists : Press to view the list of Composers : Press to view the folders or playlists, all files are
artists stored on the disc. Select an Composers stored on the disc. under the root folder.
artist name to view a list of all songs There might be a delay before the
by the artist. There might be a delay list displays. The Composers menu File System and Naming
before the list displays. Select a displays. Select a composer to The song titles, artists, albums, and
song from the list to begin playback. display a list of albums from the genres are taken from the file's ID3
Genres : Press to view the genres. composer. tag and are only displayed if present
Select a genre to view a list of all in the tag. If a song title is not
Root Directory present in the ID3 tag, the radio
songs of that genre. Select a song
from the list to begin playback. The root directory is treated as a displays the file name as the
folder. All files contained directly track name.
Albums : Press to view the albums under the root directory are
on the disc. Select the album to accessed prior to any root directory Preprogrammed Playlists
view a list of all songs on the album. folders. The radio recognizes
There might be a delay before the preprogrammed playlists; however,
list displays. Select a song from the Empty Folders there is no editing capability. These
list to begin playback. If a root directory or folder is empty playlists are treated as special
Song Titles : Press to display a list or contains only folders, the player folders containing compressed
of all songs on the disc. Songs are advances to the next folder in the audio song files.
displayed as stored on the disc. file structure that contains a
There might be a delay before the compressed audio file. The empty
list displays. To begin playback, folder(s) are not displayed or
select a song from the list. numbered.
Playlists : Press to view the
playlists stored on the disc. Select a
playlist to view the list of all songs in
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
Auxiliary Devices Drivers are encouraged to set up Not all iPods and USB drives are
any auxiliary device while the compatible with the USB port.
The vehicle has a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) vehicle is in P (Park). See
auxiliary input jack on the faceplate Make sure the iPod has the latest
Defensive Driving 0 217 for more firmware from Apple for proper
and a USB port in the center stack. information on driver distraction. operation. iPod firmware can be
If equipped, there are two USB To use an auxiliary input device, updated using the latest iTunes
ports on the rear of the center connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to application. See www.apple.com/
console that can be used for the radio's front auxiliary input jack. itunes.
charging only. They can charge
devices that draw 2.1 amps or less. Press SRCE to select the device. For help identifying your iPod, go to
See the devices owner manual for www.apple.com/support.
Using the USB Port
the specification.
The USB port can control a USB
Using the 3.5 mm (1/8 in) storage device or an iPod using the
Auxiliary Input Jack radio buttons and knobs.
This is not an audio output; do not USB Supported Devices
plug a headphone set into the front
. USB Flash Drives
auxiliary input jack. Connect an
auxiliary input device such as an . Portable USB Hard Drives
iPod, laptop computer, MP3 player, . Fifth generation or later iPod
CD player, or cassette tape player
to the auxiliary input jack for use as . iPod classic (6th generation)
another source for audio listening. . iPod nano (3G, 4G, 5G,
and 6G)
. iPod touch (1G, 2G, 3G,
and 4G)
. iPhone (2G, 3G, 3GS, 4, and 5)
. iPad (1G, 2G)
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
OnStar System Call 1-888-4-ONSTAR

(1-888-466-7827) to connect to an
Rear Seat

OnStar with 4G LTE OnStar Advisor for assistance. See Infotainment
www.onstar.com for a detailed
instruction guide, vehicle availability, Rear Seat Audio (RSA)
details, and system limitations.
Services and apps vary by make,
System
model, year, carrier, availability, and If equipped with RSA, rear seat
conditions. 4G LTE service is passengers can listen to and control
available in select markets. 4G LTE any of the music sources: radio,
performance is based on industry CDs, DVDs, or other auxiliary
If equipped with OnStar 4G LTE, up averages and vehicle systems sources. The rear seat passengers
to seven devices, such as design. Some services require a can only control the music sources
smartphones, tablets, and laptops, data plan. the front seat passengers are not
can be connected to high-speed listening to (except on some radios
Internet through the vehicles built-in where dual control is allowed). For
Wi-Fi hotspot. example, rear seat passengers can
control a CD and listen to it through
the headphones, while the driver
listens to the radio through the front
speakers. The rear seat passengers
have control of the volume for each
set of headphones.
To turn the RSA off from the front,
press and hold the radio power
button for more than two seconds.
Press the power button on the RSA
to turn it back on.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
The RSA functions operate even Press and hold or until the
when the main radio is off. The front display flashes to tune to an
audio system displays X when the individual station. The display stops
RSA is on, and disappears from the flashing after the buttons have not
display when it is off. been pressed for more than
Audio can be heard through wired two seconds. This function is
headphones (not included) plugged inactive, with some radios, if the
into the jacks on the RSA. If the front seat passengers are listening
vehicle has this feature, audio can to the radio.
also be heard on Channel 2 of the P (Power) : Press to turn the RSA While listening to a disc, press to
wireless headphones. on or off. go to the next track or chapter on
The audio system mutes the rear Volume : Turn to increase or to the disc. Press to go back to the
speakers when the RSA audio is decrease the volume of the wired start of the current track or chapter
active through the headphones. headphones. The left knob controls (if more than 10 seconds have
To listen to an iPod or portable the left headphones and the right played). This function is inactive,
audio device through the RSA, knob controls the right headphones. with some radios, if the front seat
attach the iPod or portable audio SRCE (Source) : Press to select passengers are listening to the disc.
device to the front auxiliary input (if between the radio, CD, and if the When a DVD video menu is being
available), located on the front audio vehicle has these features, DVD, displayed, press or to perform a
system. Turn the iPod on, then front auxiliary, and rear auxiliary. cursor up or down on the menu.
choose the front auxiliary input with
the RSA SRCE button. or (Seek) : Press to go to the Hold or to perform a cursor left
previous or to the next station and or right on the menu.
stay there. This function is inactive,
with some radios, if the front seat PROG (Program) : Press to go to
passengers are listening to the the next preset radio station or
radio. channel set on the main radio. This
function is inactive, with some
radios, if the front seat passengers
are listening to the radio.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
When a CD or DVD audio disc is .

playing, press PROG to go to the
Phone Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle.
The system may not work with
beginning of the CD or DVD audio. all cell phones. See Pairing in
This function is inactive, with some Bluetooth this section.
radios, if the front seat passengers For vehicles equipped with . If the cell phone has voice
are listening to the disc. Bluetooth capability, the system can dialing capability, learn to use
When a disc is playing in the CD or interact with many cell phones, that feature to access the
DVD changer, press PROG to allowing: address book or contact list. See
select the next disc if multiple discs . Placement and receipt of calls in Voice Pass-Thru in this
are loaded. This function is inactive, a hands-free mode. section.
with some radios, if the front seat . See Storing and Deleting Phone
. Sharing of the cell phones
passengers are listening to the disc. Numbers in this section.
address book or contact list with
When a DVD video menu is being the vehicle.
displayed, press PROG to perform
the ENTER menu function. To minimize driver distraction, { Warning
before driving, and with the vehicle
When using a cell phone, it can
parked:
be distracting to look too long or
. Become familiar with the too often at the screen of the
features of the cell phone. phone or the infotainment system.
Organize the phone book and Taking your eyes off the road too
contact lists clearly and delete long or too often could cause a
duplicate or rarely used entries. crash resulting in injury or death.
If possible, program speed dial Focus your attention on driving.
or other shortcuts.
. Review the controls and
A Bluetooth system can use a
operation of the infotainment
Bluetooth-capable cell phone with a
system.
Hands-Free Profile to make and
receive phone calls. The system
can be used while the key is in the
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY Audio System Pairing

position. The range of the Bluetooth
When using the in-vehicle Bluetooth A Bluetooth enabled cell phone
system can be up to 9.1 m (30 ft).
system, sound comes through the must be paired to the Bluetooth
Not all phones support all functions,
vehicle's front audio system system and then connected to the
and not all phones work with the
speakers and overrides the audio vehicle before it can be used. See
in-vehicle Bluetooth system. See
system. Use the audio system the cell phone manufacturer's user
www.gm.com/bluetooth for more
volume knob, during a call, to guide for Bluetooth functions before
information on compatible phones.
change the volume level. The pairing the cell phone. If a Bluetooth
Voice Recognition adjusted volume level remains in phone is not connected, calls will be
memory for later calls. To prevent made using OnStar Hands-Free
The Bluetooth system uses voice missed calls, a minimum volume Calling, if equipped. See OnStar if
recognition to interpret voice level is used if the volume is turned equipped.
commands to dial phone numbers down too low.
and name tags. Pairing Information
For additional information, say Bluetooth Controls . A Bluetooth phone with MP3
Help while you are in a voice Use the buttons located on the capability cannot be paired to
recognition menu. steering wheel to operate the the vehicle as a phone and an
Noise : Keep interior noise levels to in-vehicle Bluetooth system. See MP3 player at the same time.
a minimum. The system may not Steering Wheel Controls (Radio with . Up to five cell phones can be
recognize voice commands if there Touchscreen) 0 110 or Steering paired to the Bluetooth system.
is too much background noise. Wheel Controls (Radio without
Touchscreen) 0 109. . The pairing process is disabled
When to Speak : A short tone when the vehicle is moving.
sounds after the system responds b / g : Press to answer incoming
calls, confirm system information, . Pairing only needs to be
indicating when it is waiting for a completed once, unless the
voice command. Wait until the tone and start speech recognition.
pairing information on the cell
and then speak. c / x : Press to end a call, reject phone changes or the cell phone
How to Speak : Speak clearly in a a call, or cancel an operation. is deleted from the system.
calm and natural voice.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16

. Only one paired cell phone can 5. Locate the device named Your Deleting a Paired Phone
be connected to the Bluetooth Vehicle in the list on the cell If the phone name you want to
system at a time. phone. Follow the instructions delete is unknown, see Listing All
. If multiple paired cell phones are on the cell phone to enter the Paired and Connected Phones.
within range of the system, the PIN provided in Step 3. After
system connects to the first the PIN is successfully entered, 1. Press b / g.
available paired cell phone in the the system prompts you to
provide a name for the paired 2. Say Bluetooth.
order that they were first paired
to the system. To connect to a cell phone. This name will be 3. Say Delete. The system asks
different paired phone, see used to indicate which phones which phone to delete.
Connecting to a Different are paired and connected to 4. Say the name of the phone you
Phone later in this section. the vehicle. The system want to delete.
responds with <phone name>
Pairing a Phone has been successfully paired Connecting to a Different Phone
after the pairing process is
1. Press b / g. complete.
To connect to a different cell phone,
the Bluetooth system looks for the
2. Say Bluetooth. This command 6. Repeat Steps 15 to pair next available cell phone in the
can be skipped. additional phones. order in which all the available cell
3. Say Pair. The system phones were paired. Depending on
Listing All Paired and Connected which cell phone you want to
responds with instructions and Phones
a four-digit Personal connect to, you may have to use
Identification Number (PIN). The system can list all cell phones this command several times.
The PIN is used in Step 5. paired to it. If a paired cell phone is
also connected to the vehicle, the 1. Press b / g.
4. Start the pairing process on the system responds with is connected
cell phone that you want to 2. Say Bluetooth.
after that phone name.
pair. For help with this process,
see the cell phone 1. Press b / g.
manufacturer's user guide.
2. Say Bluetooth.
3. Say List.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
3. Say Change phone. Delete All Name Tags : This 3. Say each digit, one at a time,
. If another cell phone is command deletes all stored name that you want to store. After
found, the response will be tags in the Hands-Free Calling each digit is entered, the
<Phone name> is now Directory and the OnStar system repeats back the digit it
connected. Turn-by-Turn Destinations Directory, heard followed by a tone. After
if equipped. the last digit has been entered,
. If another cell phone is not say Store, and then follow the
found, the original phone Using the Store Command directions given by the system
remains connected. 1. Press b / g. to save a name tag for this
number.
Storing and Deleting Phone 2. Say Store.
Numbers Using the Delete Command
3. Say the phone number or
The system can store up to 30 group of numbers you want to 1. Press b / g.
phone numbers as name tags in the store all at once with no
Hands-Free Directory that is shared pauses, then follow the 2. Say Delete.
between the Bluetooth and OnStar directions given by the system 3. Say the name tag you want to
systems, if equipped. to save a name tag for this delete.
The following commands are used number.
Using the Delete All Name Tags
to delete and store phone numbers. Using the Digit Store Command Command
Store : This command will store a If an unwanted number is This command deletes all stored
phone number, or a group of recognized by the system, say name tags in the Hands-Free
numbers as a name tag. Clear at any time to clear the last Calling Directory and the OnStar
Digit Store : This command allows number. Turn-by-Turn Destinations Directory,
a phone number to be stored as a To hear all of the numbers if equipped.
name tag by entering the digits one recognized by the system, say To delete all name tags:
at a time. Verify at any time.
Delete : This command is used to
1. Press b / g.
delete individual name tags.
1. Press b / g. 2. Say Delete all name tags.
2. Say Digit Store.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
Listing Stored Numbers 2. Say Dial or Call. To hear all of the numbers
3. Say the entire number without recognized by the system, say
The list command will list all stored
pausing, or say the name tag. Verify at any time.
numbers and name tags.
Using the List Command Once connected, the person called 1. Press b / g.
will be heard through the audio 2. Say Digit Dial.
1. Press b / g. speakers.
3. Say each digit, one at a time,
2. Say Directory. Calling Emergency that you want to dial. After
3. Say Hands-Free Calling. each digit is entered, the
1. Press b / g. system repeats back the digit it
4. Say List.
2. Say Dial or Call. heard followed by a tone. After
Making a Call 3. Say 911 for the U.S. and the last digit has been entered,
Canada or 066 for Mexico. say Dial.
Calls can be made using the
following commands. 4. Say Dial or Call. Once connected, the person called
will be heard through the audio
Dial or Call : The dial or call Using the Digit Dial Command speakers.
command can be used
interchangeably to dial a phone The digit dial command allows a Using the Re-dial Command
number or a stored name tag. phone number to be dialed by
entering the digits one at a time. 1. Press b / g.
Digit Dial : This command allows a After each digit is entered, the
phone number to be dialed by 2. After the tone, say Re-dial.
system repeats back the digit it
entering the digits one at a time. heard followed by a tone. Once connected, the person called
Re-dial : This command is used to will be heard through the audio
If an unwanted number is speakers.
dial the last number used on the cell recognized by the system, say
phone. Clear at any time to clear the last Receiving a Call
Using the Dial or Call number. When an incoming call is received,
Command the audio system mutes and a ring
1. Press b / g. tone is heard in the vehicle.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
. Press b / g to answer the call. 3. Use the dial or call command transferred. The connection process
to dial the number of the third can take up to two minutes after the
. Press c / x to ignore a call. party to be called. ignition is turned to ON/RUN.
Call Waiting 4. Once the call is connected, Transferring Audio from the
press b / g to link all callers Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone
Call waiting must be supported on
the cell phone and enabled by the together. During a call with the audio in the
wireless service carrier. Ending a Call vehicle:
. Press b / g to answer an Press c / x to end a call. 1. Press b / g.
incoming call when another call 2. Say Transfer Call.
is active. The original call is Muting a Call
placed on hold. Transferring Audio to the
During a call, all sounds from inside
Bluetooth System from a Cell
. Press b / g again to return to the vehicle can be muted so that the
Phone
the original call. person on the other end of the call
cannot hear them. During a call with the audio on the
. To ignore the incoming call, no cell phone, press b / g. The audio
action is required. . To mute a call, press b / g , and transfers to the vehicle. If the audio
then say Mute call. does not transfer to the vehicle, use
. Press c / x to disconnect the
current call and switch to the call . To cancel mute, press b / g , the audio transfer feature on the cell
on hold. and then say Un-mute call. phone. See your cell phone
manufacturer's user guide for more
Three-Way Calling Transferring a Call information.
Three-way calling must be Audio can be transferred between Voice Pass-Thru
supported on the cell phone and the Bluetooth system and the cell
enabled by the wireless service phone. Voice pass-thru allows access to the
carrier. voice recognition commands on the
The cell phone must be paired and cell phone. See your cell phone
1. While on a call, press b / g. connected with the Bluetooth manufacturer's user guide to see if
system before a call can be the cell phone supports this feature.
2. Say Three-way call.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
To access contacts stored in the cell 2. Say Dial. Settings

phone: 3. Say the number or name tag
Press Settings on the Home Page
1. Press b / g. to send.
to adjust features and preferences,
2. Say Bluetooth. This command Clearing the System such as Favorite Pages, Display,
can be skipped. Time, and Date, etc.
Unless information is deleted out of
3. Say Voice. The system the in-vehicle Bluetooth system, it 1. Press the Settings screen
responds OK, accessing will be retained indefinitely. This button on the Home Page.
<phone name>. includes all saved name tags in the 2. Touch-tap the scroll bar until
phone book and phone pairing the desired option displays.
The cell phone's normal prompt
information. For information on how Select the desired settings to
messages will go through their cycle
to delete this information, see the change.
according to the phone's operating
previous section Deleting a Paired
instructions. A few of the setting options change
Phone and the previous sections
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency on deleting name tags. the way the navigation system
displays or reacts while in use.
(DTMF) Tones Other Information Favorite Pages : Press to select
The Bluetooth system can send The Bluetooth word mark and the number of favorite pages
numbers and the numbers stored as logos are owned by the Bluetooth displayed on the screen. The choice
name tags during a call. You can SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks is 16 pages.
use this feature when calling a by General Motors is under license.
menu-driven phone system. Display : Press to adjust the screen
Other trademarks and trade names
Account numbers can also be settings.
are those of their respective owners.
stored for use. . Display Off: Select to turn the
See Radio Frequency
Sending a Number or Name Tag screen off. Touch the screen to
Statement 0 369.
During a Call turn the screen back on.
. Rear Camera: Select Symbols
1. Press b / g. The system
and/or Guidelines to have them
responds Ready, followed by display on the rear camera
a tone. screen.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16

. Brightness: Select to adjust the . Press OK to save the Rear Vision Camera
screen brightness. adjustments. (If Equipped)
Speed Compensated Volume : . Press the Back or Cancel screen The rear vision camera can assist
Select OFF, Low, Medium, or High button to cancel the the driver when backing up by
sensitivity to automatically adjust adjustments. displaying a view of the area behind
the volume to minimize the effects Set Date: the vehicle.
of unwanted background noise that
can result from changing road . Press the up or down arrows to To access the rear camera display
surfaces, driving speeds, or open increase or decrease the Month, settings, press Display from the
windows. This feature works best at Day, and Year settings. Home screen, then press the Rear
lower volume settings where Camera screen button. The
. Press and hold to quickly following options are available:
background noise is typically louder increase or decrease the date
than the sound system volume. settings. Symbols : Press to enable or
Audible Touch Feedback : Select disable the Rear Park Assist (RPA)
. Press OK to save the symbols presented over the rear
to adjust the volume of the beep adjustments.
that is played after touching a camera video.
screen button. . Press the Back or Cancel screen Guidelines : Press to enable or
button to cancel the disable the RPA dynamic guidelines
Notification Prompt Volume : adjustments.
Select to adjust the volume of the presented over the rear camera
notification prompts. XM Categories : If equipped, press video.
to customize which available XM See Rear Vision Camera
Set Time: Categories are displayed and used (RVC) 0 244.
. Press the up or down arrows to in the system.
change the Hours, Minutes, AM, Screen Brightness
Create AS IS Infotainment
PM, or 24 hour setting on the File : This is used for dealer To adjust the screen brightness,
clock. troubleshooting. touch the screen, then press + or
. Press and hold to quickly on the brightness control.
Open Source Software : Select to
increase or decrease the time view software website information.
settings.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/4/16
Trademarks and
License Agreements
Manufactured under license from

Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the
double-D symbol are trademarks of
Dolby Laboratories. Copyright
Manufactured under license under 1992-2010 Dolby Laboratories. All
U.S. Patent #'s: 5,451,942; rights reserved.
5,956,674; 5,974,380; 5,978,762;
6,487,535 & other U.S. and
worldwide patents issued &
pending. DTS and DTS Digital
Surround are registered trademarks
and the DTS logos and Symbol are
trademarks of DTS, Inc.
1996-2010 DTS, Inc. All Rights
Reserved.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Climate Controls 205
Climate Controls Climate Control Systems

The heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled with this
Climate Control Systems system.
Climate Control Systems . . . . . 205
Dual Automatic Climate
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Rear Climate Control
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Rear Climate Control System
(with Rear Seat Audio) . . . . . . 213
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
1. Fan Control 9 : Turn the fan control all the way

2. REAR (Rear Climate Control) counterclockwise to turn the front
climate control system off.
3. Temperature Control
9 : Turn clockwise or
4. Recirculation counterclockwise to increase or
5. Air Delivery Mode Control decrease the fan speed.
6. Rear Window Defogger Temperature Control : Turn
clockwise or counterclockwise to
7. Air Conditioning increase or decrease the
temperature of the air flowing from
the system.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
206 Climate Controls
Air Delivery Mode Control : Turn recirculation and runs the air For quicker cool down on hot days:
clockwise or counterclockwise to conditioning unless the outside 1. Open the windows to let hot air
change the current airflow mode. temperature is less than 4 C (40 escape.
By positioning the right knob F). Recirculation cannot be selected
between two modes, a combination while in the defog mode. Do not 2. Select H mode.
of those two modes is selected. drive the vehicle until all the
windows are clear. 3. Select #.
H : Air is directed to the instrument 0 : This clears the windshield of 4. Select the coolest temperature.
panel outlets.
fog or frost more quickly. Air is 5. Select the highest fan speed.
) : Air is divided between the directed to the windshield and side
instrument panel and floor outlets. window vents, with some to the floor 6. Close the windows after the hot
Some air is directed toward the vents. In this mode, outside air is air has escaped.
windshield and side window outlets. pulled inside the vehicle. 7. Once the vehicle's interior
Cooler air is directed to the upper Recirculation cannot be selected temperature is below the
outlets and warmer air to the floor while in the defrost mode. The air outside temperature, select
outlets. conditioning system runs @ mode for faster cooling.
6 : Air is directed to the floor automatically in this setting, unless
the outside temperature is less than Using recirculation for long periods
outlets, with some of the air directed of time could cause the air inside
to the windshield, side window, and 4 C (40 F). Do not drive the
vehicle until all windows are clear. the vehicle to become too dry. To
second row floor outlets. In this prevent this from happening, after
mode, the system automatically # : Press to turn the air the inside of the vehicle has cooled,
selects outside air. Recirculation conditioning system on or off. An turn the recirculation mode off.
cannot be selected while in indicator light comes on when A/C is
floor mode. on. The air conditioning system The air conditioning system
does not operate when the outside removes moisture from the air, so
- : This clears the windows of fog water might drip under the vehicle
or moisture. Air is directed to the temperature is below 4 C (40 F).
The indicator light flashes three while idling or after turning off the
windshield, floor outlets, and side engine. This is normal.
window vents. When this mode is times and turns off when outside
selected, the system turns off conditions affect air conditioning
operation. This is normal.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
@ : Press to turn the recirculation REAR : Press to turn the rear

Caution
mode on or off. An indicator light heating and air conditioning on or
comes on when recirculation is on. off. See Rear Climate Control
System 0 212 or Rear Climate Using a razor blade or sharp
When the engine is turned off, the object to clear the inside rear
recirculation mode automatically Control System (with Rear Seat
Audio) 0 213. window can damage the rear
turns off and must be re-selected
window defogger. Repairs would
when the engine is turned on again. Rear Window Defogger not be covered by the vehicle
This mode recirculates and helps to The rear window defogger uses a warranty. Do not clear the inside
quickly cool the air inside the warming grid to remove fog from the rear window with sharp objects.
vehicle. It can be used to reduce the rear window.
outside air and odors that may enter
the vehicle. 1 : Press to turn the rear window
defogger on or off. An indicator light
The recirculation mode cannot be on the button comes on to show that
used with floor, defrost, or defogging the rear window defogger is on. Do
modes. If recirculation is selected in not drive the vehicle until all the
these modes, the indicator flashes windows are clear.
three times and turns off. The air
conditioning also comes on when The defogger only works when the
this mode is activated unless the vehicle is in ON/RUN. The defogger
outside air temperature is less than will turn off if the vehicle is
4 C (40 F). While in recirculation turned off.
mode the windows can fog when If equipped with heated outside
the weather is cold and damp. To rearview mirrors, fog or frost is
clear the fog, select either the defog cleared from the surface of the
or defrost mode and increase the
mirror when 1 is pressed.
fan speed.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Dual Automatic Climate Control System ( : Turn clockwise or

counterclockwise to turn the climate
The heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled with this control system on or off.
system.
The climate control system will also
turn on if the defrost, AUTO, or air
conditioning buttons are pressed.
Automatic Operation
The system automatically controls
the fan speed, air delivery, air
conditioning, and recirculation in
order to heat or cool the vehicle to
the desired temperature.
When AUTO is lit, all four functions
operate automatically. Each function
can also be manually set and the
setting is displayed. Functions not
1. Driver and Passenger Side 9. Rear Window Defogger manually set will continue to be
Temperature Controls 10. Defrost automatically controlled, even if the
2. Air Delivery Mode Controls AUTO indicator is not lit.
Display Function
3. SYNC (Synchronized For automatic operation:
Temperature) Each time the temperature, mode,
or fan controls are adjusted, the 1. Press AUTO.
4. AUTO (Automatic Operation) climate control display shows that When AUTO is selected, the
5. REAR (Rear Climate Control) function along with the inside current temperature(s) is
temperature setting. The outside displayed and the AUTO
6. A/C (Air Conditioning) temperature is displayed on the indicator light is on.
7. Recirculation instrument cluster.
8. Fan Control
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
When AUTO is selected, the To avoid blowing cold air in temperature. The passenger side
air conditioning and air inlet are cold weather, the system display will show the temperature
automatically controlled. The delays turning on the fan until setting.
air conditioning runs when the warm air is available. Turn the SYNC : Press to set the passenger
outside temperature is over 4 fan knob to override this delay temperature to match the driver
C (40 F). The system is and select the fan speed. temperature setting.
automatically set to outside air,
Temperature Control
unless it is hot outside and Manual Operation
then the air inlet changes to The driver and passenger side
The air delivery mode or fan speed
recirculation mode to help temperature controls are used to
can be manually adjusted.
quickly cool the vehicle. The adjust the temperature of the air
recirculation indicator light will coming through the system. The 9 : Turn the knob clockwise or
come on. temperature can be adjusted even if counterclockwise to increase or
the system is turned off since decrease the fan speed.
2. Set the temperature for the
driver and passenger. outside air still enters the vehicle, Turning the fan control knob while in
unless the recirculation mode is automatic control places the fan
To find a comfortable setting, selected. See Recirculation later in speed under manual control.
start with a 22 C (73 F) this section.
temperature setting and allow The air delivery mode remains in
about 20 minutes for the Driver Side Temperature automatic control. The fan setting
system to regulate. Use the Control : Turn clockwise or displays momentarily and then no
driver side or passenger side counterclockwise to increase or longer displays.
temperature control to adjust decrease the driver side
the temperature setting as temperature. The driver side Air Delivery Modes : Press H, ),
necessary. The system will temperature display will show the 6, or - to change the direction of
remain at the selected setting. temperature setting. the airflow in the vehicle. An
Choosing the warmest or Passenger Side Temperature indicator light comes on in the
coolest temperatures does not Control : Turn clockwise or selected mode button. Pressing a
cause the vehicle to heat or counterclockwise to increase or mode button while the system is off
cool more quickly. decrease the passenger side changes the air delivery mode
without turning the system on.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Changing the air delivery mode outside temperature is less than 4 cool for air conditioning to be
while in automatic control places the C (40 F). Do not drive the vehicle effective, the A/C indicator turns off
system into manual control. The air until all the windows are clear. to show that the A/C mode has
delivery mode button indicator 0 : Press to turn the defrost on or been canceled.
displays, and the AUTO button off. This mode quickly clears the On hot days, open the windows
indicator light turns off. windshield of fog or frost. Air is briefly to let hot inside air escape.
H : Air is directed to the instrument directed to the windshield, side This helps reduce the time it takes
panel outlets. window, and floor vents. In this for the interior of the vehicle to
) : Air is divided between the mode, outside air is pulled inside cool down.
instrument panel and floor outlets. the vehicle. The air conditioning The air conditioning system
Some air is directed towards the system runs automatically in this removes moisture from the air, so
windshield and side window outlets. setting, unless the outside water might drip under the vehicle
Cooler air is directed to the upper temperature is less than 4 C (40 while idling or after turning off the
outlets and warmer air to the floor F). engine. This is normal.
outlets. Do not drive the vehicle until all the @ : Press to alternate between
6 : Air is directed to the floor windows are clear. recirculating air inside the vehicle or
outlets, with some of the air directed Air Conditioning pulling in outside air. An indicator
to the windshield, side window, and light comes on when recirculation
second row floor outlets. In this A/C : Press to turn the air mode is active. With each ignition
mode, the system uses outside air. conditioning on and off. An indicator cycle, the recirculation mode is
light comes on when A/C is on. reset to automatic. When the engine
- : This mode clears the windows is turned on, outside air or
of fog or moisture. Air is directed to The A/C does not work when the
the windshield, floor outlets, and outside temperature is below 4 C recirculation is automatically
side window vents. When this mode (40 F). If A/C is pressed the selected for better performance.
is selected, the system turns off indicator flashes three times and When recirculation is activated, the
recirculation and runs the air turns off to show that the A/C mode air conditioning compressor comes
conditioning compressor unless the is not available. If the A/C is on and on and helps to quickly cool the air
the outside temperature drops
below a temperature which is too
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
inside the vehicle. This mode also the rear window defogger is on. Do Sensors
helps to reduce the outside air and not drive the vehicle until all the
The solar sensor in the defrost grille
odors that may enter the vehicle. windows are clear.
in the middle of the instrument
The recirculation mode cannot be The defogger only works when the panel, monitors the solar heat. Do
used with floor, defog, or defrosting vehicle is in ON/RUN. The defogger not cover the solar sensor or the
modes. If recirculation is selected in will turn off if the vehicle is system will not work properly.
these modes, the indicator flashes turned off.
three times and turns off. While in If equipped with heated outside
recirculation mode the windows can rearview mirrors, fog or frost is
fog when the weather is cold and cleared from the surface of the
damp. To clear the fog, select either mirror when the rear window defog
the defog or defrost mode and button is pressed.
increase the fan speed.
REAR : Press to turn the rear Caution
heating and air conditioning on or
off. See Rear Climate Control Using a razor blade or sharp
System 0 212 or Rear Climate object to clear the inside rear
Control System (with Rear Seat window can damage the rear
Audio) 0 213. window defogger. Repairs would
Rear Window Defogger not be covered by the vehicle The interior temperature sensor, on
warranty. Do not clear the inside the instrument panel to the right of
The rear window defogger uses a rear window with sharp objects. the steering column, measures the
warming grid to remove fog from the temperature of the air inside the
rear window. vehicle.
R1 : Press to turn the rear window There is also an exterior
defogger on or off. An indicator light temperature sensor behind the front
on the button comes on to show that grille. This sensor reads the outside
air temperature and helps maintain
the temperature inside the vehicle.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Any cover on the front of the vehicle Rear Climate Control System
could cause a false reading in the
displayed temperature.
The climate control system uses the
information from these sensors to
maintain comfort settings by
adjusting the temperature, fan
speed, and air delivery mode. The
system may also supply cooler air to
the side of the vehicle facing the
sun. The recirculation mode will also
be used as needed to maintain cool
outlet temperatures.
1. Fan Control Sync Mode : This mode matches

2. Temperature Control the rear climate control to the front
climate control settings. It comes on
3. Air Delivery Mode Control when REAR is pressed.
For vehicles with the rear climate Independent Mode : This mode
control system, the controls are directs rear seating airflow
located on the rear of the center according to the settings of the rear
console. The system can also be controls. It comes on when any rear
controlled with the front controls. control is adjusted.
Press the REAR button on the front Fan Control : Turn clockwise or
climate control system to control the counterclockwise to increase or
rear climate control system. The decrease the fan speed. Turn the
REAR text displays when the rear knob to ( to turn the fan off.
system is on.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Temperature Control : Turn Rear Climate Control System (with Rear Seat Audio)
clockwise or counterclockwise to
increase or decrease the airflow
temperature.
Air Delivery Mode Control : Turn
to the desired mode to change the
airflow direction.
H : Air is directed through the
overhead outlets.
) : Air is directed through the rear
floor outlets, as well as the
overhead outlets.
6 : Air is directed through the floor
outlets. The rear system floor
outlets are located under the third 1. Fan Control The system can also be turned off
row seats. 2. Air Delivery Mode Control by pressing C until the fan goes off.
3. Temperature Control Sync Mode : This mode matches
the rear climate control to the front
If equipped with the rear climate climate control settings. It comes on
control system, the controls are on when REAR is pressed.
the rear of the center console.
Independent Mode : This mode
Press the REAR button on the front directs rear seating airflow
climate control system to control the
according to the settings of the rear
rear climate control system. The
controls. It comes on when any rear
system also turns on if any of the control is adjusted.
rear controls, except C , are
pressed. The display is activated D and C : Press the fan up or down
when the rear system is on. buttons to increase or decrease the
fan speed.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Temperature Control : Press + or .

to increase or decrease the air
Air Vents Keep the path under all seats
clear of objects to help circulate
temperature. The temperature To adjust the center and side air the air inside the vehicle more
settings will display in outlets on the instrument panel: effectively.
0-12 increments, going from the . Use the slider switch in the . If fogging reoccurs while in vent
coolest (0) to the warmest (12) center of the outlet, to change or bi-level modes with mild
setting. the direction of the airflow. temperature throughout the
N : Press to manually change the . Use the thumbwheel near the vehicle, turn on the air
direction of the airflow. Repeatedly outlet to control the amount of conditioner to reduce windshield
press the button until the desired airflow or to shut off the airflow. fogging.
mode appears on the display.
There are also outlets overhead in
H : Air is directed through the the rear passenger area: adjust as
overhead outlets. needed.
) : Air is directed through the rear Keep all outlets open whenever
floor outlets, as well as the possible for best system
overhead outlets. performance.
6 : Air is directed through the floor Operation Tips
outlets. The rear system floor
outlets are under the third row . Clear away any ice, snow,
seats. or leaves from the air inlets at
the base of the windshield that
can block the flow of air into the
vehicle.
. Use of non-GM approved hood
deflectors can adversely affect
the performance of the system.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment
Air Filter
The filter reduces the dust, pollen,
and other airborne irritants from
outside air and inside air when in
recirculation mode.
The filter should be replaced as part
of routine scheduled maintenance.
See Maintenance Schedule 0 344. 2. Twist the compartment 5. Squeeze the housing cover (1)
To find out what type of replacement retainers (1) and pull outward tabs to remove.
filter to use, see Maintenance to remove.
Replacement Parts 0 354. 6. Remove the old air filter from
3. Lower the instrument panel the passenger compartment air
1. Open the glove box. compartment assembly (2) filter housing (2).
beyond the stops. 7. Install the new air filter.
4. If needed, unsnap the 8. Replace the housing cover.
instrument panel compartment
assembly (2) from the 9. If removed, reinstall the
instrument panel. When instrument panel compartment
reinstalling, be sure the assembly.
instrument panel compartment 10. Reinstall the compartment
dampener arm is aligned retainers.
properly to the dampener gear
assembly. See your dealer if additional
assistance is needed.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
216 Driving and Operating
Driving and Engine Exhaust

Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Operating Running the Vehicle While
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Automatic Transmission Fuel
Driving Information Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 235 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 California Fuel
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 254
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Drive Systems Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Filling a Portable Fuel
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Brakes
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Antilock Brake
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 220 System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Trailer Towing
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 221 Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 General Towing
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 223 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 240 Driving Characteristics and
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Ride Control Systems
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Starting and Operating Traction Control/Electronic
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 227 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Cruise Control Conversions and Add-Ons
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Add-On Electrical
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Retained Accessory Driver Assistance Systems
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . 244
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
Parking over Things System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
Driving and Operating 217

.
Driving Information Become familiar with vehicle
features before driving, such as
Refer to the Infotainment section
and the infotainment manual for
programming favorite radio more information on using that
Distracted Driving stations and adjusting climate system, including pairing and using
Distraction comes in many forms control and seat settings. a cell phone.
and can take your focus from the Program all trip information into
task of driving. Exercise good any navigation device prior to Defensive Driving
judgment and do not let other driving.
Defensive driving means always
activities divert your attention away . Wait until the vehicle is parked expect the unexpected. The first
from the road. Many local to retrieve items that have fallen step in driving defensively is to wear
governments have enacted laws to the floor. the safety belt. See Safety
regarding driver distraction. Become
. Stop or park the vehicle to tend Belts 0 64.
familiar with the local laws in
your area. to children. . Assume that other road users
. Keep pets in an appropriate (pedestrians, bicyclists, and
To avoid distracted driving, always
carrier or restraint. other drivers) are going to be
keep your eyes on the road, hands
careless and make mistakes.
on the wheel, and mind on the drive. . Avoid stressful conversations Anticipate what they might do
. Do not use a phone in while driving, whether with a and be ready.
demanding driving situations. passenger or on a cell phone.
. Allow enough following distance
Use a hands-free method to
between you and the driver in
place or receive necessary { Warning front of you.
phone calls.
Taking your eyes off the road too . Focus on the task of driving.
. Watch the road. Do not read,
long or too often could cause a
take notes, or look up
crash resulting in injury or death.
information on phones or other
Focus your attention on driving.
electronic devices.
. Designate a front seat
passenger to handle potential
distractions.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
Drunk Driving Braking Once the power assist is used up, it

can take longer to stop and the
Death and injury associated with Braking action involves perception brake pedal will be harder to push.
drinking and driving is a global time and reaction time. Deciding to
tragedy. push the brake pedal is perception Steering
time. Actually doing it is
{ Warning reaction time. Variable Effort Steering
Average driver reaction time is Some vehicles have a steering
Drinking and then driving is very about three-quarters of a second. In system that varies the amount of
dangerous. Your reflexes, that time, a vehicle moving at effort required to steer the vehicle in
perceptions, attentiveness, and 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m relation to the speed of the vehicle.
judgment can be affected by even (66 ft), which could be a lot of
a small amount of alcohol. You distance in an emergency. The amount of steering effort
can have a serious or even required is less at slower speeds to
Helpful braking tips to keep in mind make the vehicle more
fatal collision if you drive after
include: maneuverable and easier to park. At
drinking.
. Keep enough distance between faster speeds, the steering effort
Do not drink and drive or ride with you and the vehicle in front increases to provide a sport-like feel
a driver who has been drinking. of you. to the steering. This provides
Ride home in a cab; or if you are maximum control and stability.
. Avoid needless heavy braking.
with a group, designate a driver
who will not drink. . Keep pace with traffic.
Hydraulic Power Steering
This vehicle has hydraulic power
If the engine ever stops while the
steering. It may require
Control of a Vehicle vehicle is being driven, brake
maintenance. See Power Steering
normally but do not pump the
Braking, steering, and accelerating Fluid 0 281.
brakes. Doing so could make the
are important factors in helping to pedal harder to push down. If the If power steering assist is lost
control a vehicle while driving. engine stops, there will be some because the engine stops, or there
power brake assist but it will be is a system malfunction, the vehicle
used when the brake is applied.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
can be steered but may require Steering in Emergencies The vehicle's right wheels can drop
increased effort. See your dealer if . off the edge of a road onto the
There are some situations when
there is a problem. shoulder while driving. Follow
steering around a problem may
these tips:
be more effective than braking.
Caution 1. Ease off the accelerator and
. Holding both sides of the
then, if there is nothing in the
If the steering wheel is turned steering wheel allows you to turn
way, steer the vehicle so that it
until it reaches the end of its 180 degrees without removing
straddles the edge of the
travel, and is held in that position a hand.
pavement.
for more than 15 seconds, . Antilock Brake System (ABS)
damage may occur to the power 2. Turn the steering wheel about
allows steering while braking.
one-eighth of a turn, until the
steering system and there may be
right front tire contacts the
loss of power steering assist. Off-Road Recovery pavement edge.
3. Turn the steering wheel to go
Curve Tips straight down the roadway.
. Take curves at a reasonable
speed. Loss of Control
. Reduce speed before entering a Skidding
curve.
There are three types of skids that
. Maintain a reasonable, steady correspond to the vehicle's three
speed through the curve. control systems:
. Wait until the vehicle is out of . Braking Skid wheels are not
the curve before accelerating rolling.
gently into the straightaway.
. Steering or Cornering Skid
too much speed or steering in a
curve causes tires to slip and
lose cornering force.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16

. Acceleration Skid too much . Try to avoid sudden steering,
throttle causes the driving acceleration, or braking, Warning (Continued)
wheels to spin. including reducing vehicle speed
by shifting to a lower gear. Any After driving through a large
Defensive drivers avoid most skids puddle of water or a car/vehicle
by taking reasonable care suited to sudden changes could cause
the tires to slide. wash, lightly apply the brake
existing conditions, and by not pedal until the brakes work
overdriving those conditions. But Remember: Antilock brakes help normally.
skids are always possible. avoid only the braking skid.
Flowing or rushing water creates
If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
Driving on Wet Roads strong forces. Driving through
these suggestions:
flowing water could cause the
. Ease your foot off the Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle to be carried away. If this
accelerator pedal and steer the vehicle traction and affect your happens, you and other vehicle
way you want the vehicle to go. ability to stop and accelerate.
occupants could drown. Do not
The vehicle may straighten out. Always drive slower in these types
ignore police warnings and be
Be ready for a second skid if it of driving conditions and avoid
driving through large puddles and very cautious about trying to drive
occurs. through flowing water.
deep-standing or flowing water.
. Slow down and adjust your
driving according to weather
conditions. Stopping distance { Warning Hydroplaning
can be longer and vehicle Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
Wet brakes can cause crashes.
control can be affected when can build up under the vehicle's
They might not work as well in a
traction is reduced by water, tires so they actually ride on the
snow, ice, gravel, or other quick stop and could cause water. This can happen if the road is
material on the road. Learn to pulling to one side. You could wet enough and you are going fast
recognize warning clues such lose control of the vehicle. enough. When the vehicle is
as enough water, ice, or packed (Continued) hydroplaning, it has little or no
snow on the road to make a contact with the road.
mirrored surface and slow
down when you have any doubt.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
There is no hard and fast rule about . Shift to a lower gear when going . Be alert on top of hills;
hydroplaning. The best advice is to down steep or long hills. something could be in your lane
slow down when the road is wet. (e.g., stalled car, accident).
Other Rainy Weather Tips { Warning . Pay attention to special road
signs (e.g., falling rocks area,
Besides slowing down, other wet Using the brakes to slow the winding roads, long grades,
weather driving tips include: vehicle on a long downhill slope passing or no-passing zones)
. Allow extra following distance. can cause brake overheating, can and take appropriate action.
reduce brake performance, and
. Pass with caution. could result in a loss of braking. Winter Driving
. Keep windshield wiping Shift the transmission to a lower
equipment in good shape. gear to let the engine assist the Driving on Snow or Ice
. Keep the windshield washer fluid brakes on a steep downhill slope. Snow or ice between the tires and
reservoir filled. the road creates less traction or
. grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can
Have good tires with proper
occur at about 0 C (32 F) when
tread depth. See Tires 0 297. { Warning freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid
. Turn off cruise control. driving on wet ice or in freezing rain
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
or with the ignition off is until roads can be treated.
Hill and Mountain Roads dangerous. This can cause For Slippery Road Driving:
Driving on steep hills or through overheating of the brakes and . Accelerate gently. Accelerating
mountains is different than driving loss of steering. Always have the
too quickly causes the wheels to
on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include: engine running and the vehicle spin and makes the surface
. Keep the vehicle serviced and in in gear. under the tires slick.
good shape. . Turn on Traction Control. See
. Check all fluid levels and brakes, . Drive at speeds that keep the Traction Control/Electronic
tires, cooling system, and vehicle in its own lane. Do not Stability Control 0 240.
transmission. swing wide or cross the
center line.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16

. The Antilock Brake System . Turn on the hazard warning
(ABS) improves vehicle stability flashers. Warning (Continued)
during hard stops, but the . Tie a red cloth to an outside . Adjust the climate control
brakes should be applied sooner mirror.
than when on dry pavement. system to circulate the air
See Antilock Brake System inside the vehicle and set
(ABS) 0 238. { Warning the fan speed to the highest
setting. See Climate
. Allow greater following distance Snow can trap engine exhaust Control Systems.
and watch for slippery spots. Icy under the vehicle. This may
patches can occur on otherwise For more information about CO,
cause exhaust gases to get
clear roads in shaded areas. see Engine Exhaust 0 234.
inside. Engine exhaust contains
The surface of a curve or an carbon monoxide (CO), which
overpass can remain icy when cannot be seen or smelled. It can To save fuel, run the engine for
the surrounding roads are clear. cause unconsciousness and even short periods to warm the vehicle
Avoid sudden steering and then shut the engine off and
death.
maneuvers and braking while partially close the window. Moving
on ice. If the vehicle is stuck in snow: about to keep warm also helps.
. Turn off cruise control. . Clear snow from the base of If it takes time for help to arrive,
the vehicle, especially any when running the engine, push the
Blizzard Conditions blocking the exhaust pipe. accelerator pedal slightly so the
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and . Open a window about 5 cm engine runs faster than the idle
signal for help. Stay with the vehicle (2 in) on the vehicle side speed. This keeps the battery
unless there is help nearby. that is away from the wind, charged to restart the vehicle and to
If possible, use Roadside to bring in fresh air. signal for help with the headlamps.
Assistance. See Roadside Do this as little as possible, to
Assistance Program 0 363. To get . Fully open the air outlets on
save fuel.
help and keep everyone in the or under the instrument
vehicle safe: panel.
(Continued)
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
If the Vehicle Is Stuck between R (Reverse) and a low properly carry, the Tire and
forward gear, spinning the wheels Loading Information label and
Slowly and cautiously spin the as little as possible. To prevent
wheels to free the vehicle when
the Certification/Tire label.
transmission wear, wait until the
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. wheels stop spinning before shifting
If stuck too severely for the traction gears. Release the accelerator { Warning
system to free the vehicle, turn the pedal while shifting, and press Do not load the vehicle any
traction system off and use the lightly on the accelerator pedal
when the transmission is in gear.
heavier than the Gross
rocking method. See Traction
Slowly spinning the wheels in the Vehicle Weight Rating
Control/Electronic Stability
Control 0 240. forward and reverse directions (GVWR), or either the
causes a rocking motion that could maximum front or rear Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
{ Warning free the vehicle. If that does not get
the vehicle out after a few tries, it This can cause systems to
If the vehicle's tires spin at high might need to be towed out. If the break and change the way the
speed, they can explode, and you vehicle does need to be towed out, vehicle handles. This could
or others could be injured. The see Towing the Vehicle 0 329. cause loss of control and a
vehicle can overheat, causing an crash. Overloading can also
engine compartment fire or other Vehicle Load Limits reduce stopping distance,
damage. Spin the wheels as little It is very important to know how damage the tires, and shorten
as possible and avoid going much weight the vehicle can the life of the vehicle.
above 56 km/h (35 mph). carry. This weight is called the
vehicle capacity weight and
Rocking the Vehicle to Get includes the weight of all
it Out occupants, cargo, and all
Turn the steering wheel left and nonfactory-installed options.
right to clear the area around the Two labels on the vehicle may
front wheels. Turn off any traction show how much weight it may
system. Shift back and forth
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
Tire and Loading Information cold tire inflation pressures (4). 3. Subtract the combined
Label For more information on tires weight of the driver and
and inflation see Tires 0 297 passengers from XXX kg or
and Tire Pressure 0 304. XXX lbs.
There is also important loading 4. The resulting figure equals
information on the vehicle the available amount of
Certification/Tire label. It may cargo and luggage load
show the Gross Vehicle Weight capacity. For example, if the
Rating (GVWR) and the Gross "XXX" amount equals
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for 1400 lbs. and there will be
the front and rear axle. See five 150 lb passengers in
Certification/Tire Label later in your vehicle, the amount of
this section. available cargo and luggage
Example Label load capacity is 650 lbs.
Steps for Determining Correct
A vehicle-specific Tire and Load Limit (1400-750 (5 x 150) =
Loading Information label is 650 lbs.)
1. Locate the statement "The
attached to the center pillar combined weight of 5. Determine the combined
(B-pillar). The tire and loading occupants and cargo should weight of luggage and cargo
information label shows the never exceed XXX kg or being loaded on the vehicle.
number of occupant seating XXX lbs." on your vehicles That weight may not safely
positions (1), and the maximum placard. exceed the available cargo
vehicle capacity weight (2) in and luggage load capacity
kilograms and pounds. 2. Determine the combined calculated in Step 4.
weight of the driver and
The Tire and Loading
passengers that will be
Information label also shows the
riding in your vehicle.
size of the original equipment
tires (3) and the recommended
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
6. If your vehicle will be towing

a trailer, load from your
trailer will be transferred to
your vehicle. Consult this
manual to determine how
this reduces the available
cargo and luggage load
capacity of your vehicle.
See Trailer Towing 0 260 for
important information on towing
a trailer, towing safety rules and
trailering tips. Example 1 Example 2
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight

for Example 1 = 453 kg for Example 2 = 453 kg
(1,000 lbs). (1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant 2. Subtract Occupant
Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)
2 = 136 kg (300 lbs). 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs).
3. Available Occupant and 3. Available Cargo Weight
Cargo Weight = 317 kg = 113 kg (250 lbs).
(700 lbs).
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
weight of the driver, passengers, Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).

and cargo should never exceed The GVWR includes the weight
the vehicle's capacity weight. of the vehicle, all occupants,
Certification/Tire Label
fuel, and cargo.
The Certification/Tire label may
also show the maximum weights
for the front and rear axles,
called the Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). To find out the
actual loads on the front and
rear axles, weigh the vehicle at
Example 3 a weigh station. Your dealer can
help with this. Be sure to spread
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight
the load equally on both sides of
for Example 3 = 453 kg the centerline.
(1,000 lbs).
2. Subtract Occupant Label Example
Caution
Weight @ 91 kg A vehicle-specific Certification/
(200 lbs) 5 = 453 kg Tire label is attached to the Overloading the vehicle may
(1,000 lbs). center pillar (B-pillar). cause damage. Repairs would not
3. Available Cargo Weight be covered by the vehicle
The label may show the size of warranty. Do not overload the
= 0 kg (0 lbs).
the vehicle's original tires and vehicle.
Refer to the vehicle's tire and the inflation pressures needed to
loading information label for obtain the gross weight capacity
specific information about the of the vehicle. The label shows
vehicle's capacity weight and the gross weight capacity of the
seating positions. The combined vehicle. This is called the Gross
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
{ Warning Starting and Caution (Continued)

Operating
Things inside the vehicle can breaking-in guideline every
strike and injure people in a time you get new brake
New Vehicle Break-In linings.
sudden stop or turn, or in a
crash. Following break-in, engine speed
Caution
. Put things in the cargo and load can be gradually
The vehicle does not need an increased.
area of the vehicle. In the
cargo area, put them as elaborate break-in. But it will
far forward as possible. perform better in the long run if Ignition Positions
Try to spread the weight you follow these guidelines:
evenly. . Do not drive at any one
constant speed, fast or slow,
. Never stack heavier for the first 805 km (500 mi).
things, like suitcases, Do not make full-throttle
inside the vehicle so that starts. Avoid downshifting to
some of them are above brake or slow the vehicle.
the tops of the seats. . Avoid making hard stops for
. Do not leave an the first 322 km (200 mi) or
unsecured child restraint so. During this time the new
in the vehicle. brake linings are not yet
broken in. Hard stops with
. Secure loose items in the new linings can mean
vehicle. premature wear and earlier The ignition switch has four different
. replacement. Follow this positions.
Do not leave a seat
folded down unless (Continued)
needed.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
In order to shift out of P (Park), the The steering can bind with the vehicles with an automatic
ignition must be in ON/RUN or ACC/ wheels turned off center. If this transmission, the shift lever
ACCESSORY and the brake pedal happens, move the steering wheel must be in P (Park) to turn the
must be applied. from right to left while turning the ignition switch to the LOCK/
key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this OFF position.
Caution does not work, then the vehicle 4. Set the parking brake. See
needs service. Parking Brake 0 239.
Using a tool to force the key to Do not turn the engine off when the
turn in the ignition could cause
damage to the switch or break the
vehicle is moving. This will cause a
loss of power assist in the brake
{ Warning
key. Use the correct key, make and steering systems and disable Turning off the vehicle while
sure it is all the way in, and turn it the airbags. moving may cause loss of power
only with your hand. If the key assist in the brake and steering
If the vehicle must be shut off in an
cannot be turned by hand, see systems and disable the airbags.
emergency:
your dealer. While driving, only shut the
1. Brake using a firm and steady
vehicle off in an emergency.
pressure. Do not pump the
( (STOPPING THE ENGINE/ brakes repeatedly. This may
LOCK/OFF) : When the vehicle is deplete power assist, requiring If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,
stopped, turn the ignition switch to increased brake pedal force. and must be shut off while driving,
LOCK/OFF to turn the engine off. turn the ignition to ACC/
Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).
This can be done while the ACCESSORY.
will remain active. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 231. vehicle is moving. After shifting ACC (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This is
to N (Neutral), firmly apply the the position in which you can
This position locks the ignition, brakes and steer the vehicle to operate the electrical accessories or
transmission, and the steering a safe location. items plugged into the accessory
wheel when the key Is removed power outlets. This position unlocks
from the ignition. The key can be 3. Come to a complete stop, shift
to P (Park), and turn the the ignition and steering wheel. Use
removed in LOCK/OFF. this position if the vehicle must be
ignition to LOCK/OFF. On
pushed or towed.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
R (ON/RUN) : This position can be Key Lock Release

Caution
used to operate the electrical The vehicle has an electronic key
accessories and to display some lock release system. This system is If you add electrical parts or
instrument panel warning and to prevent ignition key removal accessories, you could change
indicator lights. This position can unless the shift lever is in P (Park). the way the engine operates. Any
also be used for service and
The key lock release will not work if resulting damage would not be
diagnostics, and to verify the proper
operation of the malfunction the battery is charged less than covered by the vehicle warranty.
indicator lamp as may be required 9-volts, or uncharged. Try charging See Add-On Electrical
for emission inspection purposes. or jump starting the battery. See Equipment 0 264.
The switch stays in this position Jump Starting - North
when the engine is running. The America 0 326
transmission is also unlocked in this
Starting the Engine Caution
position. If you leave the key in the
ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN Move the shift lever to P (Park) or If the steering wheel is turned
position with the engine off, the N (Neutral). The engine will not start until it reaches the end of its
battery could be drained. You may in any other position. To restart the travel, and is held in that position
not be able to start the vehicle if the engine when the vehicle is already while starting the vehicle, damage
battery is allowed to drain for an moving, use N (Neutral) only. may occur to the hydraulic power
extended period of time.
steering system and there may be
/ (START) : This is the position Caution loss of power steering assist.
that starts the engine. When the
engine starts, release the key. The Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the
Starting Procedure
ignition switch will return to ON/RUN vehicle is moving. If you do, you
for driving. could damage the transmission. 1. With your foot off the
Shift to P (Park) only when the accelerator pedal, turn the
vehicle is stopped. ignition to START. When the
engine starts, let go of the key.
The idle speed will slow down
as the engine warms. Do not
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
race the engine immediately to allow the cranking motor to To Use the Engine Coolant
after starting it. Operate the cool down. When the engine Heater
engine and transmission gently starts, let go of the key and
to allow the oil to warm up and accelerator. If the vehicle starts 1. Turn off the engine.
lubricate all moving parts. briefly but then stops again, 2. Open the hood and unwrap the
repeat these steps. This clears electrical cord. The bundled
Caution the extra gasoline from the cord is located on the driver
engine. Do not race the engine side of the engine
Cranking the engine for long immediately after starting it. compartment, between the
periods of time, by returning the Operate the engine and engine air cleaner and the
ignition to the START position transmission gently until the oil windshield washer fluid
immediately after cranking has warms up and lubricates all reservoir. See Engine
ended, can overheat and damage moving parts. Compartment Overview 0 269.
the cranking motor, and drain the Check the heater cord for
battery. Wait at least 15 seconds Engine Heater damage. If it is damaged, do
between each try, to let the The engine coolant heater can not use it. See your dealer for
cranking motor cool down. provide easier starting and better a replacement. Inspect the
fuel economy during engine cord for damage yearly.
2. If the engine does not start warm-up in cold weather conditions 3. Plug the cord into a normal,
after five to 10 seconds, at or below 0 F (18 C). Vehicles grounded 110-volt AC outlet.
especially in very cold weather with an engine coolant heater
(below 18 C or 0 F), it could should be plugged in at least four
be flooded with too much hours before starting. Some models
gasoline. Try pushing the may have an internal thermostat in
accelerator pedal all the way to the cord which will prevent engine
the floor and holding it there as coolant heater operation at
you hold the key in START for temperatures above 0 F (18 C).
up to a maximum of
15 seconds. Wait at least
15 seconds between each try,
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
away from moving engine

{ Warning Warning (Continued) parts. If you do not, it could be
damaged.
Improper use of the heater cord it overheat and cause a fire,
or an extension cord can damage property damage, electric The length of time the heater should
the cord and may result in shock, and injury. remain plugged in depends on
overheating and fire. several factors. Ask a dealer in the
. Do not operate the vehicle area where you will be parking the
. Plug the cord into a with the heater cord vehicle for the best advice on this.
three-prong electrical utility permanently attached to the
receptacle that is protected vehicle. Possible heater
cord and thermostat Retained Accessory
by a ground fault detection
function. An ungrounded damage could occur. Power (RAP)
outlet could cause an . While in use, do not let the These vehicle accessories can be
electric shock. heater cord touch vehicle used for up to 10 minutes after the
. Use a weatherproof, parts or sharp edges. Never ignition key is turned off:
heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated close the hood on the . Audio System
extension cord if needed. heater cord.
. Power Windows
Failure to use the . Before starting the vehicle,
recommended extension unplug the cord, reattach . Sunroof (if equipped)
cord in good operating the cover to the plug, and Power to the windows and sunroof
condition, or using a securely fasten the cord. will work up to 10 minutes or until a
damaged heater or Keep the cord away from door is opened.
extension cord, could make any moving parts.
(Continued) The radio continues to work for
10 minutes or until the driver door is
4. Before starting the engine, be opened.
sure to unplug and store the
cord as it was before to keep it For an additional 10 minutes of
operation, close all the doors and
turn the key to ON/RUN and then
back to LOCK/OFF.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
All these features will work when the Leaving the Vehicle with the If you have to leave the vehicle with
key is in the ON/RUN or ACC/ Engine Running the engine running, be sure the
ACCESSORY positions. vehicle is in P (Park) and the
parking brake is firmly set before
Shifting Into Park { Warning you leave it. After moving the shift
It can be dangerous to leave the lever into P (Park), hold the regular
1. Hold the brake pedal down and brake pedal down. Then, see if you
set the parking brake. See vehicle with the engine running.
It could overheat and catch fire. can move the shift lever away from
Parking Brake 0 239. P (Park) without first pressing the
2. Move the shift lever into It is dangerous to get out of the button.
P (Park) by holding in the vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
If you can, it means that the shift
button on the shift lever and in P (Park) with the parking brake
lever was not fully locked in
pushing the shift lever all the firmly set. The vehicle can roll. P (Park).
way toward the front of the Do not leave the vehicle when the
vehicle.
engine is running. If you have left
Torque Lock
3. Turn the ignition key to the engine running, the vehicle Torque lock is when the weight of
LOCK/OFF. can move suddenly. You or others the vehicle puts too much force on
4. Remove the key and take it could be injured. To be sure the the parking pawl in the
with you. If you can leave the vehicle will not move, even when transmission. This happens when
vehicle with the ignition key in you are on fairly level ground, parking on a hill and shifting the
your hand, the vehicle is in always set the parking brake and transmission into P (Park) is not
P (Park). move the shift lever to P (Park). done properly and then it is difficult
See Shifting Into Park 0 232. to shift out of P (Park). To prevent
torque lock, set the parking brake
If you are towing a trailer, see
and then shift into P (Park). To find
Driving Characteristics and
out how, see Shifting Into Park
Towing Tips 0 256. listed previously.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
If torque lock does occur, your If the vehicle has an uncharged Parking over Things
vehicle may need to be pushed battery or a battery with low voltage,
uphill by another vehicle to relieve try charging or jump starting the
That Burn
the parking pawl pressure, so you battery. See Jump Starting - North
can shift out of P (Park). America 0 326 for more information. { Warning
To shift out of P (Park): Things that can burn could touch
Shifting out of Park
1. Place the ignition in ON/RUN. hot exhaust parts under the
The vehicle is equipped with an vehicle and ignite. Do not park
electronic shift lock release system. 2. Apply the brake pedal.
over papers, leaves, dry grass,
The shift lock release is 3. Press the shift lever button. or other things that can burn.
designed to:
4. Move the shift lever to the
. Prevent ignition key removal desired position.
unless the shift lever is in
If you still are unable to shift out of
P (Park) with the shift lever
P (Park):
button fully released, and
. Prevent movement of the shift 1. Fully release the shift lever
button.
lever out of P (Park), unless the
ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ 2. While holding down the brake
ACCESSORY and the regular pedal, press the shift lever
brake pedal is applied. button again.
The shift lock release is always 3. Move the shift lever to the
functional except in the case of an desired position.
uncharged or low voltage (less than If you still cannot move the shift
9-volt) battery. lever from P (Park), see your dealer.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
Engine Exhaust Warning (Continued)

Running the Vehicle
While Parked
{ Warning . There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
It is better not to park with the
engine running.
Engine exhaust contains carbon damage or aftermarket
monoxide (CO), which cannot be modifications that are not If the vehicle is left with the engine
seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed. running, follow the proper steps to
can cause unconsciousness and be sure the vehicle will not move.
If unusual fumes are detected or
even death. See Shifting Into Park 0 232 and
if it is suspected that exhaust is Engine Exhaust 0 234.
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle:
If parking on a hill and pulling a
. The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the trailer, see Driving Characteristics
with poor ventilation windows completely down. and Towing Tips 0 256.
(parking garages, tunnels, . Have the vehicle repaired
deep snow that may block immediately.
underbody airflow or tail
pipes). Never park the vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed
. The exhaust smells or
area such as a garage or a
sounds strange or different.
building that has no fresh air
. The exhaust system leaks ventilation.
due to corrosion or damage.
. The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified,
damaged, or improperly
repaired.
(Continued)
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
Automatic Warning (Continued)

press the shift lever button and
move the shift lever into another
Transmission Do not leave the vehicle when the
gear. See Shifting out of Park 0 233.
engine is running. If you have left R : Use this gear to back up.
the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others Caution
could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when Shifting to R (Reverse) while the
you are on fairly level ground, vehicle is moving forward could
always set the parking brake and damage the transmission. The
move the shift lever to P (Park). repairs would not be covered by
See Shifting Into Park 0 232 and the vehicle warranty. Shift to
Driving Characteristics and R (Reverse) only after the vehicle
Towing Tips 0 256. is stopped.
Make sure the shift lever is fully in To rock the vehicle back and forth to
P : This position locks the front P (Park) before starting the engine. get out of snow, ice, or sand without
wheels. It is the best position to use The vehicle has an automatic damaging the transmission, see If
when starting the engine because transmission shift lock control the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 223.
the vehicle cannot move easily. system. With the ignition in ON/ N : In this position, the engine does
RUN, fully apply the regular brake, not connect with the wheels. To
{ Warning then press the button on the back of restart the engine when the vehicle
the shift lever before shifting from is already moving, use N (Neutral)
It is dangerous to get out of the P (Park). If you cannot shift out of only. Also, use N (Neutral) when the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully P (Park), ease pressure on the shift vehicle is being towed.
in P (Park) with the parking brake lever, then push the shift lever all
firmly set. The vehicle can roll. the way into P (Park) as you
(Continued) maintain brake application. Then
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
D : This position is for normal economy than D (Drive). You can

{ Warning driving. It provides the best fuel use it on very steep hills, or in deep
economy. If you need more power snow or mud. See Manual
Shifting into a drive gear while the for passing, and you are: Mode 0 236.
engine is running at high speed is
dangerous. Unless your foot is . Going less than 56 km/h
(35 mph), push the accelerator Manual Mode
firmly on the brake pedal, the
vehicle could move very rapidly. pedal about halfway down. Electronic Range Select
You could lose control and hit . Going about 56 km/h (35 mph) or (ERS) Mode
people or objects. Do not shift more, push the accelerator all
the way down. ERS mode allows you to choose the
into a drive gear while the engine
top-gear limit of the transmission
is running at high speed. and the vehicle's speed while
Caution driving downhill or towing a trailer.
The vehicle has an electronic shift
If the vehicle does not shift gears,
Caution position indicator within the
the transmission could be instrument panel cluster. When
damaged. Have the vehicle using the ERS mode a number will
Shifting out of P (Park) or
serviced right away. display next to the L, indicating the
N (Neutral) with the engine
running at high speed may current gear that has been selected.
damage the transmission. The If the vehicle is stopped on a hill,
repairs would not be covered by with your foot off the brake pedal,
the vehicle warranty. Be sure the the vehicle may roll. This is normal
engine is not running at high and is due to the torque converter
speed when shifting the vehicle. designed to improve fuel economy
and performance. Use the brake to
hold the vehicle on a hill. Do not use
the accelerator pedal.
L : This position gives you access
to gear ranges. This provides more
engine braking but lower fuel
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
transmission will be allowed to Tow/Haul Mode

operate in. This means that all
gears below that number are _ Mode : If equipped with Tow/
available. For example, when Haul mode, the button is on the
4 (Fourth) is shown next to the L, center stack under the climate
1 (First) through 4 (Fourth) gears are controls.
automatically shifted by the vehicle. Press the button to activate the
The transmission will not shift into system. Press it again to deactivate
5 (Fifth) until the + (Plus) button is the system. This feature can assist
used or you shift back into D (Drive). when towing or hauling a
While in L (Low), the transmission heavy load.
will prevent shifting to a lower gear When Tow/Haul is activated, the
To use this feature: range if the engine speed is too Tow/Haul symbol will come on in the
high. You have a brief period of time instrument cluster. See Driving
1. Move the shift lever to L (Low). to slow the vehicle. If vehicle speed Characteristics and Towing
2. Press the + (Plus) or (Minus) is not reduced within the time Tips 0 256.
button on the shift lever, to allowed, the lower gear range shift
increase or decrease the gear will not be completed. You must Automatic Engine Grade
range available. further slow the vehicle, then press Braking
the (Minus) button to the desired Automatic Engine Grade Braking
When you shift from D (Drive) to
lower gear range. assists when driving on a downhill
L (Low), the transmission will shift to
a pre-determined lower gear range. Automatic Engine Grade Braking is grade. It maintains vehicle speed by
The highest gear available for this not available when the ERS is automatically implementing a shift
pre-determined range is displayed active. It is available in D (Drive) for schedule that uses the engine and
next to the L in the DIC. See Driver both normal and Tow/Haul mode. the transmission to slow the vehicle.
Information Center (DIC) (With DIC While using the ERS, cruise control The system will automatically
Buttons) 0 130 or Driver Information and the Tow/Haul mode can be command downshifts to reduce
Center (DIC) (Without DIC Buttons) used. See Tow/Haul Mode vehicle speed, until the brake pedal
0 135. The number displayed in the following. is no longer being pressed.
DIC is the highest gear that the
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
While in the Electronic Range Drive Systems Brakes

Select (ERS) mode, grade braking
is deactivated, allowing the driver to
select a range and limiting the All-Wheel Drive Antilock Brake
highest gear available. Grade Vehicles with this feature transfer System (ABS)
braking is available for normal engine power, as required, to all This vehicle has an Antilock Brake
driving and in Tow/Haul Mode. four wheels. It is fully automatic, and System (ABS), an advanced
See Automatic Transmission 0 235. adjusts itself as needed for road electronic braking system that helps
conditions. prevent a braking skid.
When using a compact spare tire on When the vehicle begins to drive
an AWD vehicle, the system away, ABS checks itself.
automatically detects the compact A momentary motor or clicking noise
spare and reduces AWD may be heard while this test is going
performance to protect the system. on, and it may even be noticed that
To restore full AWD operation and the brake pedal moves a little. This
prevent excessive wear on the is normal.
system, replace the compact spare
with a full-size tire as soon as
possible. See Compact Spare
Tire 0 325.
If there is a problem with ABS, this

warning light stays on. See Antilock
Brake System (ABS) Warning
Light 0 126.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
If driving safely on a wet road and it Using ABS To set the parking brake, hold the
becomes necessary to slam on the regular brake pedal down, then
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
brakes and continue braking to push the parking brake pedal down.
the brake pedal down firmly and let
avoid a sudden obstacle, a If the ignition is on, the brake
ABS work. You may hear the ABS
computer senses the wheels are system warning light will come on.
pump or motor operating and feel
slowing down. If one of the wheels See Brake System Warning
the brake pedal pulsate. This is
is about to stop rolling, the computer Light 0 126.
normal.
will separately work the brakes at
each wheel. Braking in Emergencies
Caution
ABS can change the brake pressure ABS allows you to steer and brake
to each wheel, as required, faster at the same time. In many Driving with the parking brake on
than any driver could. This can help emergencies, steering can help can overheat the brake system
you steer around the obstacle while more than even the very best and cause premature wear or
braking hard. braking. damage to brake system parts.
As the brakes are applied, the Make sure that the parking brake
computer keeps receiving updates Parking Brake is fully released and the brake
on wheel speed and controls warning light is off before driving.
braking pressure accordingly.
Remember: ABS does not change To release the parking brake, hold
the time needed to get a foot up to the regular brake pedal down, then
the brake pedal or always decrease push down momentarily on the
stopping distance. If you get too parking brake pedal until you feel
close to the vehicle in front of you, the pedal release. Slowly pull your
there will not be enough time to foot up off the parking brake pedal.
apply the brakes if that vehicle If the parking brake is not released
suddenly slows or stops. Always when you begin to drive, the brake
leave enough room up ahead to system warning light will be on and
stop, even with ABS. a chime will sound warning you that
the parking brake is still on.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
If you are towing a trailer and are brake pedal is released or brake Ride Control Systems
parking on a hill, see Driving pedal pressure is quickly
Characteristics and Towing decreased.
Tips 0 256. Traction Control/
Hill Start Assist (HSA) Electronic Stability
Brake Assist This vehicle has a Hill Start Assist Control
The Brake Assist feature is (HSA) feature, which may be useful System Operation
designed to assist the driver in when the vehicle is stopped on a
stopping or decreasing vehicle grade sufficient enough to activate The vehicle has a Traction Control
speed in emergency driving HSA. This feature is designed to System (TCS) and StabiliTrak, an
conditions. This feature uses the prevent the vehicle from rolling, electronic stability control system.
stability system hydraulic brake either forward or rearward, during These systems help limit wheel slip
control module to supplement the vehicle drive off. After the driver and assist the driver in maintaining
power brake system under completely stops and holds the control, especially on slippery road
conditions where the driver has vehicle in a complete standstill on a conditions.
quickly and forcefully applied the grade, HSA will be automatically TCS activates if it senses that any
brake pedal in an attempt to quickly activated. During the transition of the drive wheels are spinning or
stop or slow down the vehicle. The period between when the driver beginning to lose traction. When this
stability system hydraulic brake releases the brake pedal and starts happens, TCS applies the brakes to
control module increases brake to accelerate to drive off on a grade, the spinning wheels and reduces
pressure at each corner of the HSA holds the braking pressure for engine power to limit wheel spin.
vehicle until the ABS activates. a maximum of two seconds to
Minor brake pedal pulsation or ensure that there is no rolling. The StabiliTrak activates when the
pedal movement during this time is brakes will automatically release vehicle senses a difference between
normal and the driver should when the accelerator pedal is the intended path and the direction
continue to apply the brake pedal as applied within the two-second the vehicle is actually traveling.
the driving situation dictates. The window. It will not activate if the StabiliTrak selectively applies
Brake Assist feature will vehicle is in a drive gear and facing braking pressure to any one of the
automatically disengage when the downhill, or if the vehicle is facing
uphill and in R (Reverse).
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
vehicle wheel brakes to assist the 2. Turn the engine off and wait
driver in keeping the vehicle on the 15 seconds.
intended path. 3. Start the engine.
If cruise control is being used and
traction control or StabiliTrak begins Drive the vehicle. If d comes on
to limit wheel spin, cruise control will and stays on, the vehicle may need
disengage. Cruise control may be The indicator light for both systems more time to diagnose the problem.
turned back on when road is in the instrument cluster. This If the condition persists, see your
conditions allow. light will: dealer.
Both systems come on . Flash when TCS is limiting Turning the Systems Off
automatically when the vehicle is wheel spin. and On
started and begins to move. The . Flash when StabiliTrak is
systems may be heard or felt while activated.
they are operating or while
performing diagnostic checks. This . Turn on and stay on when either
is normal and does not mean there system is not working.
is a problem with the vehicle. If either system fails to turn on or to
It is recommended to leave both activate, a message displays in the
systems on for normal driving Driver Information Center (DIC), and The button for TCS and StabiliTrak
conditions, but it may be necessary d comes on and stays on to is on the center stack.
to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets indicate that the system is inactive
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. and is not assisting the driver in
maintaining control. The vehicle is
Caution
See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 223
and Turning the Systems Off and safe to drive, but driving should be Do not repeatedly brake or
On later in this section. adjusted accordingly. accelerate heavily when TCS is
If d comes on and stays on: off. The vehicle driveline could be
damaged.
1. Stop the vehicle.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
To turn off TCS and StabiliTrak, Cruise Control If a collision alert occurs when
press and release 4. The cruise control is activated, cruise
appropriate message displays in the With cruise control, a speed of control is disengaged. See Forward
DIC. To turn TCS and StabiliTrak on about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 248.
be maintained without keeping your When road conditions allow you to
again, press and release 4. The foot on the accelerator. Cruise safely use it again, cruise control
appropriate message displays in the control does not work at speeds can be turned on.
DIC. See Ride Control System below about 40 km/h (25 mph).
Messages 0 143. If the brakes are applied, cruise
control is disengaged.
If TCS is limiting wheel spin when 4 { Warning
is pressed, the system will not turn
off until the wheels stop spinning. Cruise control can be dangerous
where you cannot drive safely at
Adding accessories can affect the a steady speed. Do not use
vehicle performance. See cruise control on winding roads or
Accessories and
in heavy traffic.
Modifications 0 266.
Cruise control can be dangerous
on slippery roads. On such roads,
fast changes in tire traction can
cause excessive wheel slip, and
you could lose control. Do not use
cruise control on slippery roads.
I : Press to turn cruise control on
If the Traction Control System (TCS) or off. The indicator light on the
or StabiliTrak system begins to limit button comes on when the cruise
wheel spin while cruise control is control is on.
being used, the cruise control will
disengage. See Traction Control/
Electronic Stability Control 0 240.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
+RES : If there is a set speed in 3. Press and release SET. The speedometer reading can be
memory, press briefly to resume to 4. Remove foot from the displayed in either English or metric
that speed or press and hold to accelerator. units. See Driver Information Center
accelerate. If cruise control is (DIC) (With DIC Buttons) 0 130 or
already active, use to increase Resuming a Set Speed Driver Information Center (DIC)
vehicle speed. If the cruise control is set at a (Without DIC Buttons) 0 135. The
SET : Press briefly to set the desired speed and then the brakes increment value used depends on
the units displayed.
speed and activate cruise control. are applied or [ is pressed, the
If cruise control is already active, cruise control is disengaged without Reducing Speed While Using
use to decrease vehicle speed. erasing the set speed from memory. Cruise Control
[ : Press to disengage cruise Once the vehicle reaches 40 km/h If the cruise control system is
control without erasing the set (25 mph) or more, press +RES. The already activated:
speed from memory. vehicle returns to the previously set . Press and hold SET until the
Setting Cruise Control speed. desired lower speed is reached,
Increasing Speed While Using then release it.
If I is on when not in use, SET
Cruise Control . To slow down in small
or +RES could get pressed and go
into cruise when not desired. If the cruise control system is increments, press SET briefly.
already activated: For each press, the vehicle goes
Keep I off when cruise is not
about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower.
being used. . Press and hold +RES until the
desired speed is reached, then The speedometer reading can be
The cruise control light on the displayed in either English or metric
instrument cluster comes on after release it.
units. See Driver Information Center
the cruise control has been set to . To increase vehicle speed in (DIC) (With DIC Buttons) 0 130 or
the desired speed. small increments, press +RES Driver Information Center (DIC)
briefly. For each press, the (Without DIC Buttons) 0 135. The
1. Press I to turn the cruise vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h
control system on. increment value used depends on
(1 mph) faster. the units displayed.
2. Get up to the desired speed.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
Passing Another Vehicle While Ending Cruise Control Driver Assistance

Using Cruise Control There are four ways to end cruise
Use the accelerator pedal to control:
Systems
increase the vehicle speed. When . Step lightly on the brake pedal.
you take your foot off the pedal, the Rear Vision
vehicle will slow down to the . Press [. Camera (RVC)
previously set cruise speed. While
. Shift the transmission to The vehicle may have an RVC
pressing the accelerator pedal or
shortly following the release to N (Neutral). system. Read this entire section
override cruise control, briefly . To turn off the cruise control, before using it.
pressing SET will result in cruise press I.
control set to the current vehicle { Warning
speed. Erasing Speed Memory
The camera(s) do not display
Using Cruise Control on Hills The cruise control set speed is children, pedestrians, bicyclists,
erased from memory if I is crossing traffic, animals, or any
How well the cruise control will work
on hills depends upon the vehicle pressed or the ignition is turned off. other object outside of the
speed, load, and the steepness of cameras field of view, below the
the hills. When going up steep hills, bumper, or under the vehicle.
you might have to step on the Shown distances may be different
accelerator pedal to maintain your from actual distances. Do not
speed. When going downhill, you drive or park the vehicle using
might have to brake or shift to a only these camera(s). Always
lower gear to keep your speed check behind and around the
down. If the brake pedal is applied vehicle before driving. Failure to
cruise control will disengage. use proper care may result in
injury, death, or vehicle damage.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
Vehicles with RVC on the Vehicles with RVC on the while using the RVC. The Rear
Rearview Mirror Infotainment System Parking Assist (RPA) system must
not be disabled to use these
The RVC system is designed to The RVC system is designed to symbols. See Parking Assist 0 247.
help the driver when backing up by help the driver when backing up by
displaying a view of the area behind displaying a view of the area behind The caution symbols appear when
the vehicle. When the key is in the the vehicle. When the driver shifts an object has been detected by the
ON/RUN position and the driver the vehicle into R (Reverse), the RPA system. The symbol may cover
shifts the vehicle into R (Reverse), video image automatically appears the object when viewing the RVC
the video image automatically on the infotainment screen. Once screen.
appears on the inside rearview the driver shifts out of R (Reverse), The RVC system may have a
mirror. Once the driver shifts out of the screen will go back to the last guideline overlay that can help the
R (Reverse), the video image screen that had been displayed, driver align the vehicle when
automatically disappears from the after a delay. backing into a parking spot.
inside rearview mirror. The RVC display remains on after To turn the symbols and guidelines
Turning the RVC System Off or On shifting out of R (Reverse) for on or off:
approximately 10 seconds. Return to
To turn off the RVC system, press the previous screen sooner by 1. Shift into P (Park).
and hold z on the inside rearview performing one of the following: 2. Press Settings on the Home
mirror until the left indicator light screen of the infotainment
. Press a hard key on the
turns off. The RVC display is now system.
disabled. infotainment system.
. Shift into P (Park). 3. Select Display and then Rear
To turn the RVC system on again, Camera.
press and hold z until the left . Reach a vehicle speed of
8 km/h (5 mph). 4. Select Symbols or Guidelines.
indicator light illuminates. The RVC When a checkmark appears
system display is now enabled and Symbols and Guidelines next to the item, it is on.
the display will appear in the mirror
normally. The RVC system may have a
feature that lets the driver view
caution symbols on the RVC screen
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) Rear Vision Camera Location 1. View displayed by the
On vehicles with RCTA, a red camera.
The camera is located above the
warning triangle with an arrow may license plate.
also display on the RVC screen to
The area displayed by the camera is
warn of traffic coming from either
limited and does not display objects
direction, behind the vehicle. When
that are close to either corner or
an object is detected, three beeps
under the bumper. The area
sound on the left or right side,
displayed can vary depending on
depending on the direction of the
vehicle orientation or road
detected vehicle. This system
conditions. Displayed images may
detects objects coming from up to
be farther or closer than they
20 m (65 ft) from the left or right side
appear. 1. View displayed by the
behind the vehicle.
The following illustrations show the camera.
Use caution while backing up when
field of view that the camera 2. Corner of the rear bumper.
towing a trailer, as the RCTA
provides.
detection zones that extend out When the System Does Not
from the back of your vehicle do not Seem To Work Properly
move further back when a trailer is
towed. The RVC system might not work
properly or display a clear image if:
The RCTA system can be disabled
through the Driver Information . The RVC is turned off. See
Center (DIC). See Driver Turning the RVC System Off or
Information Center (DIC) (With DIC On earlier in this section.
Buttons) 0 130 or Driver Information . It is dark.
Center (DIC) (Without DIC
. The sun or the beam of
Buttons) 0 135.
headlamps is shining directly
into the camera lens.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16

. Ice, snow, mud, or anything else a reverse cycle, or the display used to detect objects up to
builds up on the camera lens. has reached an Over 2.5 m (8 ft) behind the vehicle, and
Clean the lens, rinse it with Temperature limit. at least 25 cm (10 in) off the ground
water, and wipe it with a soft The fast flash conditions are and below liftgate level. Detection
cloth. used to protect the video device distances may be less during
. The back of the vehicle is in an from high temperature warmer or humid weather.
accident. The position and conditions. Once conditions
mounting angle of the camera return to normal the device will { Warning
can change or the camera can reset and the green indicator will
be affected. Be sure to have the stop flashing. The parking assist system does
camera and its position and not detect children, pedestrians,
During any of these fault conditions, bicyclists, animals, or objects
mounting angle checked at your the display will be blank and the
dealer. below the bumper or that are too
indicator will continue to flash as
close or too far from the vehicle.
. There are extreme temperature long as the vehicle is in R (Reverse)
It is not available at speeds
changes. or until the conditions return to
greater than 8 km/h (5 mph). To
The RVC system display in the normal.
prevent injury, death, or vehicle
rearview mirror may turn off or not Pressing and holding z when the damage, even with parking assist,
appear as expected due to one of left indicator light is flashing will turn always check the area around the
the following conditions. If this off the video display along with the vehicle and check all mirrors
occurs the left indicator light on the left indicator light. before backing.
mirror will flash.
. A slow flash may indicate a loss Parking Assist How the System Works
of video signal, or no video
If available, the Rear Parking Assist
signal present during the reverse RPA comes on automatically when
(RPA) system assists the driver with
cycle. the shift lever is moved into
parking and avoiding objects while R (Reverse). A single beep sounds
. A fast flash may indicate that the in R (Reverse). RPA operates at to indicate the system is working.
display has been on for the speeds less than 8 km/h (5 mph).
maximum allowable time during The sensors on the rear bumper are
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
An obstacle is indicated by audible PARK ASST BLOCKED SEE . Other conditions, such as
beeps. The interval between the OWNERS MANUAL : This vibrations from a jackhammer or
beeps becomes shorter as the message can occur under the the compression of air brakes on
vehicle gets closer to the obstacle. following conditions: a very large truck, are affecting
When the distance is less than . The sensors are not clean. Keep system performance.
30 cm (12 in) the beeping is the vehicle's rear bumper free of
continuous for five seconds. mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush. Forward Collision Alert
Turning the System On and Off For cleaning instructions, see (FCA) System
Exterior Care 0 333.
The system can be disabled through If equipped, the FCA system may
the Driver Information Center (DIC). . The sensors are covered by help to avoid or reduce the harm
See Park Assist under Driver frost or ice. Frost or ice can form caused by front-end crashes. When
Information Center (DIC) (With DIC around and behind the sensors approaching a vehicle ahead too
Buttons) 0 130 or Driver Information and may not always be seen; quickly, FCA provides a red flashing
Center (DIC) (Without DIC this can occur after washing the alert on the windshield and rapidly
Buttons) 0 135. vehicle in cold weather. The beeps. FCA also lights an amber
message may not clear until the visual alert if following another
Turn off RPA when towing a trailer. frost or ice has melted. vehicle much too closely.
RPA defaults to the on setting each . A trailer was attached to the FCA detects vehicles within a
time the vehicle is started. vehicle, or an object was distance of approximately 60 m
When the System Does Not hanging out of the liftgate during (197 ft) and operates at speeds
Seem to Work Properly the last drive cycle. Once the above 40 km/h (25 mph).
object is removed, RPA will
The following messages may be
displayed on the DIC:
return to normal operation. { Warning
. A tow bar is attached to the
SERVICE PARK ASSIST : If this vehicle. FCA is a warning system and
message occurs, take the vehicle to does not apply the brakes. When
. The bumper is damaged. Take
your dealer to repair the system. approaching a slower-moving or
the vehicle to your dealer to
repair the system. (Continued)
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
the vehicle ahead indicator will Collision Alert

Warning (Continued) display green. Vehicles may not be
detected on curves, highway exit
stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly, ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;
or when following a vehicle too or if a vehicle ahead is partially
closely, FCA may not provide a blocked by pedestrians or other
warning with enough time to help objects. FCA will not detect another
avoid a crash. It also may not vehicle ahead until it is completely
provide any warning at all. FCA in the driving lane. When your vehicle approaches
does not warn of pedestrians,
another detected vehicle too rapidly,
animals, signs, guardrails,
bridges, construction barrels,
{ Warning the red FCA display will flash on the
windshield. Also, eight rapid
or other objects. Be ready to take FCA does not provide a warning high-pitched beeps will sound from
action and apply the brakes. See to help avoid a crash, unless it the front. When this Collision Alert
Defensive Driving 0 217. detects a vehicle. FCA may not occurs, the brake system may
detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA prepare for driver braking to occur
sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, more rapidly which can cause a
FCA can be disabled with the [ or ice, or if the windshield is brief, mild deceleration. Continue to
button on the center stack. damaged. It may also not detect a apply the brake pedal as needed.
Detecting the Vehicle Ahead vehicle on winding or hilly roads, Cruise control may be disengaged
or in conditions that can limit when the Collision Alert occurs.
visibility such as fog, rain, Tailgating Alert
or snow, or if the headlamps or
windshield are not cleaned or in
proper condition. Keep the
windshield, headlamps, and FCA
sensors clean and in good repair.
FCA warnings will not occur unless
the FCA system detects a vehicle
ahead. When a vehicle is detected,
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
The vehicle ahead indicator will vehicles, or shadows. These alerts

display amber if following a detected are normal operation and the Warning (Continued)
vehicle ahead much too closely. vehicle does not need service.
pedestrians, bicyclists,
Selecting the Alert Timing Cleaning the System or animals. It may not provide
The Collision Alert button is on the If the FCA system does not seem to alerts when changing lanes under
all driving conditions. Failure to
center stack. Press [ to set the operate properly, cleaning the
outside of the windshield area in use proper care when changing
alert timing to far, medium, near,
front of the camera sensor may lanes may result in injury, death,
or off. The first button press shows
correct the issue. or vehicle damage. Before
the current control setting on the
DIC. Additional button presses will making a lane change, always
change this setting. The chosen Side Blind Zone check mirrors, glance over your
shoulder, and use the turn
setting will remain until it is changed Alert (SBZA) signals.
and will affect both the Collision
Alert and the Tailgating Alert If equipped, the Side Blind Zone
features. The timing of both alerts Alert system is a lane-changing aid
SBZA Detection Zones
will vary based on vehicle speed. that assists drivers with avoiding
The faster the vehicle speed, the crashes that occur with moving
farther away the alert will occur. vehicles in the side blind zone (or
Consider traffic and weather spot) areas. The SBZA warning
conditions when selecting the alert display will light up in the
timing. The range of selectable alert corresponding outside side mirror
timings may not be appropriate for and will flash if the turn signal is on.
all drivers and driving conditions.
Unnecessary Alerts
{ Warning
FCA may provide unnecessary SBZA does not alert the driver to
alerts to turning vehicles, vehicles in vehicles rapidly approaching
other lanes, objects that are not outside of the side blind zones,
(Continued)
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
The SBZA sensor covers a zone of When the vehicle is started, both towed. Use extra caution while
approximately one lane over from outside mirror SBZA displays will changing lanes when towing a
both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m briefly come on to indicate the trailer. SBZA may alert you to
(11 ft). The height of the zone is system is operating. When the objects attached to the vehicle, such
approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft) vehicle is in a forward gear, the left- as a trailer, bicycle, or object
and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. This or right-side mirror display will light extending out to either side of the
zone starts at approximately the up if a moving vehicle is detected in vehicle. This is normal system
middle of the vehicle and goes back that blind zone. If the turn signal is operation; the vehicle does not need
5 m (16 ft). activated in the same direction of a service.
detected vehicle, this display will SBZA may not always alert the
How the System Works flash as an extra warning not to driver to vehicles in the side blind
The SBZA symbol lights up in the change lanes. zone, especially in wet conditions.
side mirrors when the system SBZA can be disabled through the The system does not need to be
detects a moving vehicle in the next Driver Information Center (DIC). See serviced. The system may light up
lane over that is in the side blind Driver Information Center (DIC) due to guardrails, signs, trees,
zone. This indicates it may be (With DIC Buttons) 0 130 or Driver shrubs, and other non-moving
unsafe to change lanes. Before Information Center (DIC) (Without objects. This is normal system
making a lane change, check the DIC Buttons) 0 135. If SBZA is operation; the vehicle does not need
SBZA display, check mirrors, glance disabled by the driver, the SBZA service.
over your shoulder, and use the turn mirror displays will not light up.
signals. SBZA may not operate when the
When the System Does Not SBZA sensors in the left or right
Seem to Work Properly corners of the rear bumper are
covered with mud, dirt, snow, ice,
SBZA displays may not come on or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. For
when passing a vehicle quickly, for cleaning instructions, see "Washing
a stopped vehicle, or when towing a the Vehicle" under Exterior Care
trailer. Keep in mind the SBZA 0 333. If the DIC still displays the
Left Side Mirror Right Side Mirror
detection zones that extend back system unavailable message after
Display Display from the side of the vehicle do not
move further back when a trailer is
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
cleaning both sides of the vehicle

toward the rear corners of the { Warning Warning (Continued)
vehicle, see your dealer.
The LDW system does not steer maintain proper vehicle position
If the SBZA displays do not light up the vehicle. The LDW system within the lane, or vehicle
when vehicles are in the blind zone may not: damage, injury, or death could
and the system is clean, the system occur. Always keep the
may need service. Take the vehicle . Provide enough time to
avoid a crash. windshield, headlamps, and
to your dealer. camera sensors clean and in
When SBZA is disabled for any . Detect lane markings under good repair. Do not use LDW in
reason other than the driver turning poor weather or visibility bad weather conditions.
it off, the Side Blind Zone Alert ON conditions. This can occur if
option will not be available on the the windshield or
DIC menu. headlamps are blocked by How the System Works
dirt, snow, or ice; if they are The LDW camera sensor is on the
FCC Information not in proper condition; or if windshield ahead of the rearview
See Radio Frequency the sun shines directly into mirror.
Statement 0 369. the camera.
. Detect road edges. To turn LDW on and off, press @ on
Lane Departure the center stack. The control
. Detect lanes on winding or indicator will light when LDW is on.
Warning (LDW) hilly roads.
When LDW is on, @ is green if
If equipped, LDW may help avoid If LDW only detects lane
LDW is available to warn of a lane
crashes due to unintentional lane markings on one side of the road,
departure. If the vehicle crosses a
departures. It may provide an alert if it will only warn you when
detected lane marking without using
the vehicle is crossing a lane departing the lane on the side
without using a turn signal in that where it has detected a lane the turn signal in that direction, @
direction. LDW uses a camera marking. Always keep your changes to amber and flashes.
sensor to detect the lane markings attention on the road and Additionally, there will be three
at speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or beeps on the right or left, depending
greater. (Continued) on the lane departure direction.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
When the System Does Not Fuel posted octane rating of less than 87,
Seem to Work Properly as this may cause engine knock and
GM recommends the use of TOP will lower fuel economy.
The system may not detect lanes as TIER Detergent Gasoline to keep
well when there are: the engine cleaner and reduce Prohibited Fuels
. Close vehicles ahead. engine deposits. See
www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP Caution
. Sudden lighting changes, such
TIER Detergent Gasoline marketers
as when driving through tunnels. Do not use fuels with any of the
and applicable countries.
. Banked roads. following conditions; doing so
may damage the vehicle and void
If the LDW system is not functioning
its warranty:
properly when lane markings are
clearly visible, cleaning the . For vehicles which are not
windshield may help. FlexFuel, fuel labeled
greater than 15% ethanol by
LDW alerts may occur due to tar
volume, such as mid-level
marks, shadows, cracks in the road,
ethanol blends (16 50%
temporary or construction lane
ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.
markings, or other road
imperfections. This is normal system . Fuel with any amount of
operation; the vehicle does not need methanol, methylal, and
service. Turn LDW off if these aniline. These fuels can
conditions continue. corrode metal fuel system
Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or parts or damage plastic and
FlexFuel. Do not use gasoline with rubber parts.
ethanol levels greater than 15% by
volume. . Fuel containing metals such
as methylcyclopentadienyl
Use regular unleaded gasoline manganese tricarbonyl
meeting ASTM specification D4814
with a posted octane rating of 87 or (Continued)
higher. Do not use gasoline with a
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
may not pass a smog-check test. gasoline additive recommended by

Caution (Continued) See Malfunction Indicator Lamp General Motors. It is available at
(Check Engine Light) 0 124. If this your dealer.
(MMT), which can damage occurs, return to your authorized
the emissions control
system and spark plugs.
dealer for diagnosis. If it is Filling the Tank
determined that the condition is
. Fuel with a posted octane caused by the type of fuel used,
rating of less than the repairs may not be covered by the { Warning
recommended fuel. Using vehicle warranty. Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn
this fuel will lower fuel violently and can cause injury or
economy and performance, Fuels in Foreign death.
and may decrease the life of
the emissions catalyst.
Countries . To help avoid injuries to you
The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post and others, read and follow
fuel octane ratings in anti-knock all the instructions on the
California Fuel index (AKI). For fuel not to use in a fuel pump island.
Requirements foreign country, see Prohibited . Turn off the engine when
Fuels in Fuel 0 253. refueling.
If the vehicle is certified to meet
California Emissions Standards, it is . Keep sparks, flames, and
designed to operate on fuels that Fuel Additives
smoking materials away
meet California specifications. See To keep fuel systems clean, TOP from fuel.
the underhood emission control TIER Detergent Gasoline is . Do not leave the fuel pump
label. If this fuel is not available in recommended. See Fuel 0 253.
states adopting California Emissions unattended.
If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is . Do not use a cell phone
Standards, the vehicle will operate
not available, one bottle of GM Fuel
satisfactorily on fuels meeting while refueling.
System Treatment Cleaner added to
federal specifications, but emission . Do not re-enter the vehicle
the fuel tank at every engine oil
control system performance may be while pumping fuel.
change, can help. GM Fuel System
affected. The malfunction indicator
Treatment Cleaner is the only (Continued)
lamp could turn on and the vehicle
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
The fuel cap is behind a hinged fuel nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
Warning (Continued) door on the driver side of the surfaces as soon as possible. See
vehicle. To open the fuel door, push Exterior Care 0 333.
. Keep children away from and release the rearward center When replacing the fuel cap, turn it
the fuel pump and never let edge of the door.
children pump fuel. clockwise until it clicks. Make sure
To remove the fuel cap, turn it the cap is fully installed. If the cap is
. Fuel can spray out if the fuel slowly counterclockwise. The fuel not properly installed, the
cap is opened too quickly. cap has a spring in it; if the cap is malfunction indicator lamp may
This spray can happen if the released too soon, it will spring back come on. See Malfunction Indicator
tank is nearly full, and is to the right. Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 124.
more likely in hot weather.
Open the fuel cap slowly While refueling, hang the fuel cap
and wait for any hiss noise from the hook on the fuel door. { Warning
to stop, then unscrew the
If a fire starts while you are
cap all the way. { Warning refueling, do not remove the
Overfilling the fuel tank by more nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
than three clicks of a standard fill shutting off the pump or by
nozzle may cause: notifying the station attendant.
Leave the area immediately.
. Vehicle performance issues,
including engine stalling and
damage to the fuel system.
. Fuel spills. Caution
. Potential fuel fires. If a new fuel cap is needed, be
sure to get the right type of cap
Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait a from your dealer. The wrong type
few seconds after you have finished of fuel cap may not fit properly,
pumping before removing the (Continued)
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
Caution (Continued) Warning (Continued) Trailer Towing

may cause the malfunction . Place the container on the General Towing
indicator lamp to light, and could ground. Information
damage the fuel tank and . Place the nozzle inside the
emissions system. See Only use towing equipment that has
fill opening of the container
Malfunction Indicator Lamp been designed for the vehicle.
before dispensing fuel, and
(Check Engine Light) 0 124. Contact your dealer or trailering
keep it in contact with the fill
dealer for assistance with preparing
opening until filling is
the vehicle for towing a trailer. Read
complete.
Filling a Portable Fuel the entire section before towing a
. Fill the container no more trailer.
Container than 95% full to allow for
For towing a disabled vehicle, see
expansion.
{ Warning . Do not smoke, light
Towing the Vehicle 0 329. For
towing the vehicle behind another
Filling a portable fuel container matches, or use lighters vehicle such as a motor home, see
while it is in the vehicle can cause while pumping fuel. Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 330.
fuel vapors that can ignite either . Avoid using cell phones or
by static electricity or other other electronic devices. Driving Characteristics
means. You or others could be and Towing Tips
badly burned and the vehicle
could be damaged. Always: Driving with a Trailer
. Use approved fuel When towing a trailer:
containers. . Become familiar with the state
. Remove the container from and local laws that apply
the vehicle, trunk, or pickup specifically to trailer towing.
bed before filling.
(Continued)
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16

. Do not tow a trailer during the Before starting, check all trailer hitch
first 800 km (500 mi), to prevent Warning (Continued) parts and attachments, safety
damage to the engine, axle or chains, electrical connectors, lamps,
other parts. When towing a trailer: tires and mirrors. If the trailer has
. Then, during the first 800 km . Do not drive with the electric brakes, start the
(500 mi) trailer towing, do not liftgate, trunk/hatch, combination moving and then apply
drive over 80 km/h (50 mph) and or rear-most window open. the trailer brake controller by hand
do not make starts at full throttle. . Fully open the air outlets on to be sure the brakes work.
. The vehicle can tow in D (Drive) or under the instrument During the trip, check occasionally
but M (Manual Mode) is panel. to be sure that the load is secure
recommended. See Manual . Also adjust the climate and the lamps and any trailer
Mode 0 236. Use a lower gear if brakes still work.
control system to a setting
the transmission shifts too often. that brings in only outside Towing with a Stability Control
. Turn off Park Assist when air. See Climate Control System
towing. Systems in the Index.
When towing, the sound of the
For information about carbon stability control system might be
{ Warning monoxide, see Engine heard. The system is reacting to the
Exhaust 0 234. vehicle movement caused by the
When towing a trailer, exhaust trailer, which mainly occurs during
gases may collect at the rear of cornering. This is normal when
Towing a trailer requires a certain
the vehicle and enter if the towing heavier trailers.
amount of experience. The
liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most
combination you are driving is
window is open. longer and not as responsive as the
(Continued) vehicle itself. Get acquainted with
the handling and braking of the rig
before setting out for the open road.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
Following Distance Making Turns When towing a trailer, the arrows on

the instrument cluster flash for turns
Stay at least twice as far behind the
Caution even if the bulbs on the trailer are
vehicle ahead as you would when
burned out. Check occasionally to
driving the vehicle without a trailer.
Making very sharp turns while be sure the trailer bulbs are still
This can help to avoid situations
trailering could cause the trailer to working.
that require heavy braking and
sudden turns. come in contact with the vehicle. Driving on Grades
The vehicle could be damaged.
Passing Avoid making very sharp turns Reduce speed and shift to a lower
while trailering. gear before starting down a long or
More passing distance is needed
steep downgrade. If the
when towing a trailer. Because the
transmission is not shifted down, the
rig is longer, it is necessary to go When turning with a trailer, make brakes might have to be used so
farther beyond the passed vehicle wider turns than normal so the much that they would get hot and no
before returning to the lane. trailer will not strike soft shoulders, longer work well.
Backing Up curbs, road signs, trees or other
objects. Use the turn signal well in The vehicle can tow in D (Drive).
Hold the bottom of the steering advance and avoid jerky or sudden Use a lower gear if the transmission
wheel with one hand. To move the maneuvers. shifts too often.
trailer to the left, move your hand to The Tow/Haul Mode may be used if
the left. To move the trailer to the Turn Signals When Towing a the transmission shifts too often.
right, move your hand to the right. Trailer See Tow/Haul Mode 0 237.
Always back up slowly and, The turn signal indicators on the
if possible, have someone instrument cluster flash whenever
guide you. signaling a turn or lane change.
Properly hooked up, the trailer
lamps also flash, telling other
drivers the vehicle is turning,
changing lanes or stopping.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
When towing at high altitude on If parking the rig on a hill: 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is
steep uphill grades, engine coolant 1. Press the brake pedal, but do clear of the chocks.
boils at a lower temperature than at not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn 4. Stop and have someone pick
normal altitudes. If the engine is the wheels into the curb if up and store the chocks.
turned off immediately after towing facing downhill or into traffic if
at high altitude on steep uphill facing uphill. Maintenance When Trailer
grades, the vehicle could show Towing
signs similar to engine overheating. 2. Have someone place chocks
To avoid this, let the engine run under the trailer wheels. The vehicle needs service more
while parked, preferably on level often when pulling a trailer. See the
3. When the wheel chocks are in Maintenance Schedule 0 344.
ground, with the transmission in place, release the brake pedal
P (Park) for a few minutes before Things that are especially important
until the chocks absorb in trailer operation are automatic
turning the engine off. If the the load.
overheat warning comes on, see transmission fluid, engine oil, axle
Engine Overheating 0 279. 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then lubricant, belts, cooling system and
apply the parking brake and brake system. Inspect these before
Parking on Hills shift into P (Park). and during the trip.
5. Release the brake pedal. Check periodically to see that all
{ Warning Leaving After Parking on a Hill
hitch nuts and bolts are tight.
Parking the vehicle on a hill with Engine Cooling When Trailer
1. Apply and hold the brake pedal
the trailer attached can be while you: Towing
dangerous. If something goes The cooling system may temporarily
wrong, the rig could start to move. . Start the engine.
overheat during severe operating
People can be injured, and both . Shift into a gear. conditions. See Engine
the vehicle and the trailer can be . Overheating 0 279.
Release the parking brake.
damaged. When possible, always
park the rig on a flat surface. 2. Let up on the brake pedal.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
Trailer Towing Maximum trailer weight is calculated

assuming only the driver is in the
Three important considerations tow vehicle and it has all the
have to do with weight: required trailering equipment. The
. The weight of the trailer. weight of additional optional
equipment, passengers and cargo in
. The weight of the trailer tongue. the tow vehicle must be subtracted
. The total weight on the vehicle's from the maximum trailer weight.
tires. Use the following chart to determine
Weight of the Trailer how much the vehicle can weigh,
based upon the vehicle model and
How heavy can a trailer safely be? options.
Speed, altitude, road grades,
outside temperature, special
equipment, and the amount of
tongue weight the vehicle can carry
must be considered. See Weight of
the Trailer Tongue later in this
section for more information.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
Vehicle Maximum Trailer Weight *GCWR

Front-Wheel Drive 907 kg (2,000 lb) 3 402 kg (7,500 lb)
Front-Wheel Drive, V92 Trailer Towing Package 2 359 kg (5,200 lb) 4 649 kg (10,250 lb)
All-Wheel Drive 907 kg (2,000 lb) 3 493 kg (7,700 lb)
All-Wheel Drive, V92 Trailer Towing Package 2 359 kg (5,200 lb) 4 740 kg (10,450 lb)
*The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and
trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be
exceeded.
Ask your dealer for trailering If there are a lot of options,

information or advice. equipment, passengers or cargo in
the vehicle, it will reduce the tongue
Weight of the Trailer Tongue weight the vehicle can carry, which
The tongue load (1) of any trailer is will also reduce the trailer weight the
an important weight to measure vehicle can tow. If towing a trailer,
because it affects the total gross the tongue load must be added to
weight of the vehicle. The Gross the GVW because the vehicle will
Vehicle Weight (GVW) includes the be carrying that weight, too. See
curb weight of the vehicle, any Vehicle Load Limits 0 223.
cargo carried in it, and the people
who will be riding in the vehicle.
If a weight-carrying hitch or a
weight-distributing hitch is being
used, the trailer tongue (1) should
weigh 10-15 percent of the total
loaded trailer weight (2).
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
After loading the trailer, weigh the Certification label or see Vehicle holes are not sealed, dirt, water,
trailer and then the tongue, Load Limits 0 223 for more and deadly carbon monoxide
separately, to see if the weights are information. Do not go over the (CO) from the exhaust may get
proper. If they are not, adjustments GVW limit for the vehicle, or the into the vehicle. See Engine
might be made by moving some GAWR, including the weight of the Exhaust 0 234.
items around in the trailer. trailer tongue. If using a weight
distributing hitch, do not go over the Weight-Distributing Hitches and
Trailering may be limited by the Weight Carrying Hitches
vehicle's ability to carry tongue rear axle limit before applying the
weight. Tongue weight cannot cause weight distribution spring bars.
the vehicle to exceed the GVWR
(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) or Towing Equipment
the RGAWR (Rear Gross Axle Hitches
Weight Rating). The effect of
additional weight may reduce the It is important to have the correct
trailering capacity more than the hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large
total of the additional weight. trucks going by, and rough roads
are a few reasons why the right
It is important that the vehicle does
hitch is needed.
not exceed any of its ratings
GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, Maximum . The rear bumper on the vehicle
Trailer Rating or Tongue Weight. is not intended for hitches. Do
The only way to be sure it is not not attach rental hitches or other
bumper-type hitches to it. Use 1. Front of Vehicle
exceeding any of these ratings is to
only a frame-mounted hitch that 2. Body-to-Ground Distance
weigh the vehicle and trailer.
does not attach to the bumper. When using a weight-distributing
Total Weight on the Vehicle's hitch, the hitch must be adjusted so
. Will any holes be made in the
Tires that the distance (2) remains the
body of the vehicle when the
Inflate the vehicle's tires to the trailer hitch is installed? If so, same both before and after coupling
upper limit for cold tires. These then be sure to seal the holes the trailer to the tow vehicle.
numbers can be found on the when the hitch is removed. If the
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16
Safety Chains Trailer Wiring Harness *The fuse for this circuit is installed
in the underhood electrical center,
Always attach chains between the Basic Trailer Wiring but the wires are not connected.
vehicle and the trailer. Cross the
The trailer wiring harness, with a They should be connected by your
safety chains under the tongue of
seven-pin connector, is located at dealer or a qualified service center.
the trailer to help prevent the tongue
from contacting the road if it the rear of the vehicle and is tied to If the back-up lamp circuit is not
becomes separated from the hitch. the vehicle's frame. The harness functional, contact your dealer.
Always leave just enough slack so connector can be plugged into a
seven-pin universal heavy-duty To help charge a remote
the rig can turn. Never allow safety (non-vehicle) battery, press the Tow/
chains to drag on the ground. trailer connector available through
your dealer. Haul Mode button at the end of the
Trailer Brakes shift lever. If the trailer is too light for
Use only a round, seven-wire Tow/Haul Mode, turn on the
A loaded trailer that weighs more connector with flat blade terminals headlamps to help charge the
than 450 kg (1,000 lb) needs to have meeting SAE J2863 specifications battery.
its own brake system that is for proper electrical connectivity.
adequate for the weight of the Electric Trailer Brake Control
The seven-wire harness contains
trailer. Be sure to read and follow Wiring Provisions
the following trailer circuits:
the instructions for the trailer brakes These wiring provisions for an
so they are installed, adjusted, and . Yellow: Left Stop/Turn Signal
electric trailer brake controller are
maintained properly. . Dark Green: Right Stop/Turn included with the vehicle as part of
Because the vehicle has antilock Signal the trailer wiring package. The
brakes, do not try to tap into the . Brown: Taillamps instrument panel contains blunt cut
vehicle's hydraulic brake system. wires above the parking brake
. Black: Ground assembly for the electric trailer
If you do, both brake systems will
not work well, or at all. . Light Green: Back-up Lamps brake controller. The harness
contains the following wires:
. Red/Black: Battery Feed
. Red/Black: Power Supply
. Dark Blue: Trailer Brake*
. White: Brake Switch Signal
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 4/1/16

. Gray: Illumination Conversions and Caution
. Dark Blue: Trailer Brake Signal
Add-Ons Some electrical equipment can
. Black: Ground
damage the vehicle or cause
The electric trailer brake controller Add-On Electrical components to not work and
should be installed by your dealer or Equipment would not be covered by the
a qualified service center.
vehicle warranty. Always check
{ Warning with your dealer before adding
electrical equipment.
The Data Link Connector (DLC) is
used for vehicle service and
Emission Inspection/Maintenance Add-on equipment can drain the
testing. See Malfunction Indicator vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.
Lamp (Check Engine Light)
0 124. A device connected to the The vehicle has an airbag system.
DLC such as an aftermarket Before attempting to add anything
fleet or driver-behavior tracking electrical to the vehicle, see
device may interfere with Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
vehicle systems. This could affect Vehicle 0 82 and Adding Equipment
vehicle operation and cause a to the Airbag-Equipped
crash. Such devices may also Vehicle 0 82.
access information stored in the
vehicles systems.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 265
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Vehicle Care Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Battery - North America . . . . . . 284
All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Wheels and Tires
General Information Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 285 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 266 Automatic Transmission Shift All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
California Proposition Lock Control Function Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
California Perchlorate Ignition Transmission Lock Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 299
Materials Requirements . . . . . 266 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Accessories and Park Brake and P (Park) Tire Terminology and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 286 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 287 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Vehicle Checks Tire Pressure Monitor
Doing Your Own Headlamp Aiming System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Tire Pressure Monitor
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Engine Compartment Bulb Replacement Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Engine Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Taillamps, Turn Signal, and When It Is Time for New
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Stoplamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 273 License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 289 Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Automatic Transmission Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Different Size Tires and
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 274 Electrical System
High Voltage Devices and Uniform Tire Quality
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Engine Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Electrical System Overload . . . 290 Wheel Alignment and Tire
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 279 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Overheated Engine Protection Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 291
Engine Compartment Fuse Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 315
Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Power Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . 281 Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
266 Vehicle Care
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 General Information cause cancer and birth defects or
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 325 other reproductive harm. Engine
For service and parts needs, visit exhaust, many parts and systems,
Jump Starting your dealer. You will receive many fluids, and some component
Jump Starting - North genuine GM parts and GM-trained wear by-products contain and/or
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 and supported service people. emit these chemicals.
Towing the Vehicle Genuine GM parts have one of See Battery - North America 0 284
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 329 these marks: and Jump Starting - North
Recreational Vehicle America 0 326.
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Appearance Care California Perchlorate
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 Materials Requirements
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Certain types of automotive
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
applications, such as airbag
initiators, safety belt pretensioners,
and lithium batteries contained in
Remote Keyless Entry transmitters,
may contain perchlorate materials.
Special handling may be necessary.
For additional information, see
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/
California Proposition perchlorate.
65 Warning
Accessories and
WARNING: Most motor vehicles,
including this one, as well as many Modifications
of its service parts and fluids, Adding non-dealer accessories or
contain and/or emit chemicals making modifications to the vehicle
known to the State of California to can affect vehicle performance and
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 267
safety, including such things as Damage to vehicle components Vehicle Checks

airbags, braking, stability, ride and resulting from modifications or the
handling, emissions systems, installation or use of non-GM
aerodynamics, durability, and certified parts, including control Doing Your Own
electronic systems like antilock module or software modifications, is Service Work
brakes, traction control, and stability not covered under the terms of the
control. These accessories or
modifications could even cause
vehicle warranty and may affect
remaining warranty coverage for
{ Warning
malfunction or damage not covered affected parts. It can be dangerous to work on
by the vehicle warranty. GM Accessories are designed to your vehicle if you do not have
Damage to suspension components complement and function with other the proper knowledge, service
caused by modifying vehicle height systems on the vehicle. See your manual, tools, or parts. Always
outside of factory settings will not be dealer to accessorize the vehicle follow owner manual procedures
covered by the vehicle warranty. using genuine GM Accessories and consult the service manual
installed by a dealer technician. for your vehicle before doing any
Also, see Adding Equipment to the service work.
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 82.
If doing some of your own service
work, use the proper service
manual. It tells you much more
about how to service the vehicle
than this manual can. To order the
proper service manual, see Service
Publications Ordering
Information 0 368.
This vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 82.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
268 Vehicle Care
Keep a record with all parts receipts Before closing the hood, be sure all
and list the mileage and the date of filler caps are on properly.
any service work performed. See Pull the hood down to close. Lower
Maintenance Records 0 355. the hood until the lifting pressure of
the strut is reduced. Then allow the
Caution hood to fall and latch into place
under its own weight. Check to
Even small amounts of make sure the hood is closed. If the
contamination can cause damage hood does not fully latch, gently
to vehicle systems. Do not allow push the hood down at the front and
contaminants to contact the fluids, center of the hood until it is
reservoir caps, or dipsticks. completely latched.
2. At the front of the vehicle, pull
Hood up on the center of the hood,
and push the secondary hood
To open the hood: release to the right.
3. After you have partially lifted
the hood, gas struts will
automatically take over to lift
and hold the hood in the fully
open position.
1. Pull the hood release handle

with this symbol on it. It is
under the instrument panel on
the driver side of the vehicle.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 269
Engine Compartment Overview

9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
270 Vehicle Care
1. Remote Negative () Terminal. 11. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See 2. Raise the engine cover (2) to
See Jump Starting - North Brake Fluid 0 283. release it from the retainers.
America 0 326. 12. Windshield Washer Fluid 3. Lift and remove the engine
2. Engine Compartment Fuse Reservoir. See Adding Washer cover.
Block 0 291. Fluid under Washer 4. Reverse Steps 13 to reinstall
3. Radiator Pressure Cap (Out of Fluid 0 282. engine cover.
View). See Cooling 13. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 274.
System 0 275. Engine Oil
4. Engine Coolant Recovery Cap. Engine Cover To ensure proper engine
See Cooling System 0 275. performance and long life, careful
5. Remote Positive (+) Terminal. attention must be paid to engine oil.
See Jump Starting - North Following these simple, but
America 0 326. important steps will help protect
your investment:
6. Power Steering Reservoir and
Cap (Under Engine Cover). . Use engine oil approved to the
See Power Steering proper specification and of the
Fluid 0 281. proper viscosity grade. See
Selecting the Right Engine Oil
7. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See When in this section.
to Add Engine Oil under
Engine Oil 0 270. . Check the engine oil level
regularly and maintain the
8. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out of proper oil level. See Checking
View). See Checking Engine 1. Oil Fill Cap
Engine Oil and When to Add
Oil under Engine Oil 0 270. 2. Engine Cover Engine Oil in this section.
9. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of To remove: . Change the engine oil at the
View). See Cooling 1. Remove the oil fill cap (1). appropriate time. See Engine Oil
System 0 275. Life System 0 273.
10. Engine Cover 0 270.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 271

. Always dispose of engine oil what kind of oil to use. For engine
properly. See What to Do with { Warning oil crankcase capacity, see
Used Oil in this section. Capacities and Specifications 0 357.
The engine oil dipstick handle
Checking Engine Oil may be hot; it could burn you.
Use a towel or glove to touch the Caution
It is a good idea to check the engine
oil level at each fuel fill. In order to dipstick handle. Do not add too much oil. Oil
get an accurate reading, the vehicle levels above or below the
must be on level ground. The 2. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it acceptable operating range
engine oil dipstick handle is a loop. with a clean paper towel or shown on the dipstick are harmful
See Engine Compartment Overview cloth, then push it back in all to the engine. If you find that you
0 269 for the location of the engine the way. Remove it again, have an oil level above the
oil dipstick. keeping the tip down, and operating range, i.e., the engine
Obtaining an accurate oil level check the level. has so much oil that the oil level
reading is essential: When to Add Engine Oil gets above the cross-hatched
1. If the engine has been running area that shows the proper
recently, turn off the engine and operating range, the engine could
allow several minutes for the oil be damaged. You should drain
to drain back into the oil pan. out the excess oil or limit driving
Checking the oil level too soon of the vehicle and seek a service
after engine shutoff will not professional to remove the
provide an accurate oil level excess amount of oil.
reading.
If the oil is below the cross-hatched
area at the tip of the dipstick, add See Engine Compartment Overview
1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil 0 269 for the location of the engine
and then recheck the level. See oil fill cap.
Selecting the Right Engine Oil in
this section for an explanation of
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
272 Vehicle Care
Add enough oil to put the level Engine Oil Additives/Engine

somewhere in the proper operating Caution Oil Flushes
range. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when through. Failure to use the recommended Do not add anything to the oil. The
engine oil or equivalent can result recommended oils meeting the
Selecting the Right Engine Oil in engine damage not covered by dexos1 specification are all that is
the vehicle warranty. needed for good performance and
Selecting the right engine oil
engine protection.
depends on both the proper oil
specification and viscosity grade. Viscosity Grade Engine oil system flushes are not
See Recommended Fluids and recommended and could cause
Lubricants 0 353. Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade engine damage not covered by the
engine oil. vehicle warranty.
Specification Cold Temperature Operation: In an
Ask for and use engine oils that area of extreme cold, where the What to Do with Used Oil
meet the dexos1 specification. temperature falls below 29 C Used engine oil contains certain
Engine oils that have been (20 F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be elements that can be unhealthy for
approved by GM as meeting the used. An oil of this viscosity grade your skin and could even cause
dexos1 specification are marked will provide easier cold starting for cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
with the dexos1 approved logo. See the engine at extremely low your skin for very long. Clean your
www.gmdexos.com. temperatures. When selecting an oil skin and nails with soap and water,
of the appropriate viscosity grade, it or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
is recommended to select an oil of properly dispose of clothing or rags
the correct specification. See containing used engine oil. See the
Specification earlier in this section. manufacturer's warnings about the
use and disposal of oil products.
Used oil can be a threat to the
environment. If you change your
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
from the filter before disposal. Never
dispose of oil by putting it in the
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 273
trash or pouring it on the ground, change is not necessary for up to a 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN,
into sewers, or into streams or year. The engine oil and filter must with the engine off. The vehicle
bodies of water. Recycle it by taking be changed at least once a year must be in P (Park) to access
it to a place that collects used oil. and, at this time, the system must this display. Press the trip
be reset. Your dealer has trained odometer reset stem until OIL
Engine Oil Life System service people who will perform this LIFE REMAINING displays.
work and reset the system. It is also 2. Press and hold the trip
When to Change Engine Oil important to check the oil regularly odometer reset stem until OIL
This vehicle has a computer system over the course of an oil drain LIFE REMAINING shows
that indicates when to change the interval and keep it at the proper 100%. Three chimes sound
engine oil and filter. This is based level. and the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
on a combination of factors which If the system is ever reset SOON message goes off.
include engine revolutions, engine accidentally, the oil must be 3. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF.
temperature, and miles driven. changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)
Based on driving conditions, the since the last oil change. If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
mileage at which an oil change is Remember to reset the oil life SOON message comes back
indicated can vary considerably. For system whenever the oil is changed. on when the vehicle is started,
the oil life system to work properly, the engine oil life system has
the system must be reset every time How to Reset the Engine Oil not been reset. Repeat the
the oil is changed. Life System procedure.
When the system has calculated Reset the system whenever the If the vehicle has Driver Information
that oil life has been diminished, it engine oil is changed so that the Center (DIC) buttons:
indicates that an oil change is system can calculate the next
1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN,
necessary. A CHANGE ENGINE engine oil change. To reset the
with the engine off.
OIL SOON message comes on. system:
Change the oil as soon as possible 2. Press the vehicle information
If the vehicle does not have Driver
within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). button until OIL LIFE
Information Center (DIC) buttons:
It is possible that, if driving under REMAINING displays.
the best conditions, the oil life
system might indicate that an oil
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
274 Vehicle Care
3. Press and hold the set/reset When to Inspect the Engine Air
button until 100% is Caution Cleaner/Filter
displayed. Three chimes sound
and the CHANGE ENGINE OIL Use of the incorrect automatic For intervals on changing and
SOON message goes off. transmission fluid may damage inspecting the engine air cleaner/
the vehicle, and the damage may filter, see Maintenance
4. Turn the key to LOCK/OFF. not be covered by the vehicle Schedule 0 344.
If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON warranty. Always use the
How to Inspect the Engine Air
message comes back on when the automatic transmission fluid listed
vehicle is started, the engine oil life
Cleaner/Filter
in Recommended Fluids and
system has not been reset. Repeat Lubricants 0 353. Do not start the engine or have the
the procedure. engine running with the engine air
cleaner/filter housing open. Before
The transmission fluid will not reach
Automatic Transmission the end of the dipstick unless the
removing the engine air cleaner/
filter, make sure that the engine air
Fluid transmission is at operating cleaner/filter housing and nearby
It is not necessary to check the temperature. If you need to check components are free of dirt and
transmission fluid level. the transmission fluid level, please debris. Remove the engine air
A transmission fluid leak is the only take the vehicle to your dealer. cleaner/filter. Lightly tap and shake
reason for fluid loss. If a leak the engine air cleaner/filter (away
occurs, take the vehicle to the Engine Air Cleaner/Filter from the vehicle), to release loose
dealer and have it repaired as soon See Engine Compartment Overview dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air
as possible. 0 269 for the location of the engine cleaner/filter for damage, and
Change the fluid at the intervals air cleaner/filter. replace if damaged. Do not clean
listed in Maintenance Schedule the engine air cleaner/filter or
0 344, and be sure to use the components with water or
transmission fluid listed in compressed air.
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 353.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 275
To inspect or replace the engine air 5. Reverse Steps 14 to reinstall Cooling System
cleaner/filter: the housing cover and
reconnect the electrical The cooling system allows the
connector to the sensor. engine to maintain the correct
working temperature.
{ Warning
Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or
others to be burned. The air
cleaner not only cleans the air; it
helps to stop flames if the engine
backfires. Use caution when
working on the engine and do not
drive with the air cleaner/filter off.
1. Air Duct Clamp
2. Electrical Connector
3. Screws Caution 1. Radiator Pressure Cap
1. Loosen the air duct clamp (1). (Under Sight Shield)
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt
2. Disconnect the electrical 2. Engine Coolant
can easily get into the engine,
connector (2). Recovery Tank
which could damage it. Always
3. Engine Cooling Fans
3. Remove the screws (3) and lift have the air cleaner/filter in place
(Out of View)
the cover assembly. when you are driving.
4. Inspect or replace the air
cleaner/filter.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
276 Vehicle Care
What to Use
{ Warning Caution
An electric engine cooling fan Using coolant other than { Warning
under the hood can start up even DEX-COOL can cause
Adding only plain water or some
when the engine is not running premature engine, heater core,
other liquid to the cooling system
and can cause injury. Keep or radiator corrosion. In addition,
can be dangerous. Plain water
hands, clothing, and tools away the engine coolant could require
and other liquids, can boil before
from any underhood electric fan. changing sooner. Any repairs
the proper coolant mixture will.
would not be covered by the
The coolant warning system is set
vehicle warranty. Always use
for the proper coolant mixture.
DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant
{ Warning in the vehicle.
With plain water or the wrong
mixture, the engine could get too
Heater and radiator hoses, and hot but you would not get the
other engine parts, can be very Engine Coolant overheat warning. The engine
hot. Do not touch them. If you do, could catch fire and you or others
you can be burned. The cooling system in the vehicle is
could be burned. Use a 50/
filled with DEX-COOL engine
Do not run the engine if there is a 50 mixture of clean, drinkable
coolant. See Maintenance Schedule
leak. If you run the engine, it 0 344 and Recommended Fluids water and DEX-COOL coolant.
could lose all coolant. That could and Lubricants 0 353.
cause an engine fire, and you Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,
The following explains the cooling
could be burned. Get any leak drinkable water and DEX-COOL
system and how to check and add
fixed before you drive the vehicle. coolant when it is low. If there is a coolant. If using this mixture,
problem with engine overheating, nothing else needs to be added.
see Engine Overheating 0 279. This mixture:
. Gives freezing protection down
to 37 C (34 F), outside
temperature.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 277

. Gives boiling protection up to or bodies of water. Have the coolant
129 C (265 F), engine changed by an authorized service
temperature. center, familiar with legal
. Protects against rust and requirements regarding used
corrosion. coolant disposal. This will help
protect the environment and your
. Will not damage aluminum parts. health. The coolant recovery tank cap has
. Helps keep the proper engine this symbol on it.
Checking Coolant
temperature.
The vehicle must be on a level When the engine is cold, the coolant
surface when checking the coolant level should be at or above the
Caution FULL COLD ISO symbol mark on
level.
the recovery tank.
If improper coolant mixture, Check to see if coolant is visible in
inhibitors, or additives are used in the coolant recovery tank. If the When the engine is hot, the level
the vehicle cooling system, the coolant inside the coolant recovery could be higher than the FULL
engine could overheat and be tank is boiling, do not do anything COLD ISO symbol mark. If the
damaged. Too much water in the else until it cools down. If coolant is coolant is below the FULL COLD
mixture can freeze and crack visible but the coolant level is not at ISO symbol mark when the engine
or above the FULL COLD ISO is hot, there could be a leak in the
engine cooling parts. The repairs
symbol mark, add a 50/50 mixture of cooling system.
vehicle warranty. Use only the clean, drinkable water and If the coolant is low, add the coolant
proper mixture of engine coolant DEX-COOL coolant at the coolant or take the vehicle to your dealer for
for the cooling system. See recovery tank, but be sure the service.
Recommended Fluids and cooling system is cool before this is
done. See Engine
Lubricants 0 353.
Overheating 0 279.
Never dispose of engine coolant by

putting it in the trash, pouring it on
the ground, or into sewers, streams,
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
278 Vehicle Care
How to Add Coolant to the If coolant is needed, add the proper

Recovery Tank DEX-COOL coolant mixture at the
coolant recovery tank.
{ Warning How to Add Coolant to the
Radiator
You can be burned if you spill
coolant on hot engine parts.
Coolant contains ethylene glycol { Warning
and it will burn if the engine parts Steam and scalding liquids from a
are hot enough. Do not spill hot cooling system can blow out
coolant on a hot engine. and burn you badly. Never turn
the cap when the cooling system,
1. Detach the fasteners and lift off
including the surge tank pressure
the panel that covers the
Caution cap, is hot. Wait for the cooling
radiator cap.
system and surge tank pressure
This vehicle has a specific cap to cool.
coolant fill procedure. Failure to
follow this procedure could cause
If coolant is needed, add the proper
the engine to overheat and be mixture directly to the radiator, but
severely damaged. be sure the cooling system is cool
before this is done. Then check the
If recovery tank is empty, check the recovery tank and add coolant if 2. Remove the radiator pressure
coolant level in the radiator before needed. cap when the cooling system,
adding coolant to the recovery tank including the upper radiator
or take the vehicle to the dealer for hose, is no longer hot. Turn the
service. See How to Add Coolant to pressure cap slowly
the Radiator later in this section. counterclockwise about one
full turn.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 279
If a hiss is heard, wait for that 7. Start the engine and let it run Engine Overheating
to stop. A hiss means there is until the upper radiator hose
still some pressure left in the feels warm. Any time during The vehicle has several indicators
system. this procedure, watch out for to warn of engine overheating.
3. Keep turning the pressure cap the engine cooling fans. There is an engine coolant
slowly and remove it. 8. If the coolant level inside the temperature gauge on the
radiator filler neck is low, add instrument panel cluster. See
4. Fill the radiator to the base of Engine Coolant Temperature
the filler neck with the proper more of the proper DEX-COOL
coolant mixture through the Gauge 0 120.
DEX-COOL coolant mixture.
filler neck until the level is back The vehicle may also display an
up to the base of the filler neck. ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE
9. Replace the pressure cap ENGINE and ENGINE
tightly. At any time during this OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE
procedure if coolant begins to message in the Driver Information
flow out of the filler neck, Center (DIC). See Engine Cooling
reinstall the pressure cap. System Messages 0 139.
You may decide not to lift the hood
Caution when this warning appears, but
instead get service help right away.
If the pressure cap is not tightly See Roadside Assistance
installed, coolant loss and Program 0 363.
possible engine damage may If you do decide to lift the hood,
5. Fill the coolant recovery tank to occur. Be sure the cap is properly make sure the vehicle is parked on
the FULL COLD ISO and tightly secured. a level surface.
symbol mark. Then check to see if the engine
6. Reinstall the cap on the coolant cooling fans are running. If the
recovery tank but leave the engine is overheating, both fans
radiator pressure cap off.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
280 Vehicle Care
should be running. If they are not, . Stops after high-speed driving.

do not continue to run the engine Warning (Continued)
. Idles for long periods in traffic.
and have the vehicle serviced.
until there is no sign of steam or . Tows a trailer.
coolant before you open
Caution the hood. If the overheat warning is displayed
with no sign of steam:
Running the engine without If you keep driving when the
coolant may cause damage or a 1. Turn the air conditioning off.
vehicles engine is overheated,
fire. Vehicle damage would not be the liquids in it can catch fire. You 2. Turn the heater on to the
covered by the vehicle warranty. or others could be badly burned. highest temperature and to the
See Overheated Engine Stop the engine if it overheats, highest fan speed. Open the
Protection Operating Mode 0 281 and get out of the vehicle until the windows as necessary.
for information on driving to a engine is cool. 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off
safe place in an emergency. the road, shift to P (Park) or
See Overheated Engine
Protection Operating Mode 0 281 N (Neutral), and let the
engine idle.
If Steam Is Coming from the for information on driving to a
Engine Compartment safe place in an emergency. If the temperature overheat gauge is
no longer in the overheat zone or an
{ Warning If No Steam Is Coming from
overheat warning no longer
displays, the vehicle can be driven.
Steam from an overheated engine
the Engine Compartment Continue to drive the vehicle slow
can burn you badly, even if you If an engine overheat warning is for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe
just open the hood. Stay away displayed but no steam can be seen vehicle distance from the car in front
from the engine if you see or hear or heard, the problem may not be of you. If the warning does not come
too serious. Sometimes the engine back on, continue to drive normally
steam coming from it. Turn it off
can get a little too hot when the and have the cooling system
and get everyone away from the
vehicle: checked for proper fill and function.
vehicle until it cools down. Wait
(Continued) . Climbs a long hill on a hot day.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 281
If the warning continues, pull over, When to Check Power Steering

stop, and park the vehicle Caution Fluid
right away.
After driving in the overheated It is not necessary to regularly
If there is no sign of steam, idle the engine protection operating check power steering fluid unless
engine for three minutes while mode, the engine oil will be you suspect there is a leak in the
parked. If the warning is still severely degraded. Any repairs system or you hear an unusual
displayed, turn off the engine until it performed before the engine is noise. A fluid loss in this system
cools down. Also, see Overheated cool may cause engine damage. could indicate a problem. Have the
Engine Protection Operating Mode system inspected and repaired.
Allow the engine to cool before
next in this section.
attempting any repair. Repair the How to Check Power Steering
cause of coolant loss, change the Fluid
Overheated Engine oil, and reset the oil life system.
Protection See Engine Oil 0 270. To check the power steering fluid:
Operating Mode 1. Turn the key off and let the
engine compartment
This emergency operating mode lets Power Steering Fluid cool down.
the vehicle be driven to a safe place
in an emergency situation. If an 2. Remove the engine cover. See
overheated engine condition exists, Engine Cover 0 270.
an overheat protection mode which 3. Wipe the cap and the top of the
alternates firing groups of cylinders reservoir clean.
helps prevent engine damage. In
this mode, there is a significant loss 4. Unscrew the cap and wipe the
in power and engine performance. dipstick with a clean rag.
The temperature gauge indicates an The power steering fluid reservoir is
under the engine cover on the 5. Replace the cap and
overheat condition exists. Driving completely tighten it.
extended distances and/or towing a passenger side of the vehicle. See
trailer in the overheat protection Engine Compartment Overview 6. Remove the cap again and
mode should be avoided. 0 269 for reservoir location. look at the fluid level on the
dipstick.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
282 Vehicle Care
The fluid level should be use. If the vehicle will be operating

somewhere between the MAX and in an area where the temperature Caution
MIN line on the dipstick in room may fall below freezing, use a fluid
. Do not use washer fluid that
temperature. If the fluid is on or that has sufficient protection against
below the MIN line, add fluid close freezing. contains any type of water
to the MAX line. repellent coating. This can
Adding Washer Fluid cause the wiper blades to
What to Use When the windshield washer fluid
chatter or skip.
To determine what kind of fluid to reservoir is low, a WASHER FLUID . Do not use engine coolant
use, see Recommended Fluids and LOW ADD FLUID message will be (antifreeze) in the
Lubricants 0 353. Always use the displayed on the Driver Information windshield washer. It can
proper fluid. Center (DIC). See Washer Fluid damage the windshield
Messages 0 146. washer system and paint.
Caution . Do not mix water with
ready-to-use washer fluid.
Use of the incorrect fluid may Water can cause the
damage the vehicle and the solution to freeze and
damages may not be covered by damage the washer fluid
the vehicle warranty. Always use tank and other parts of the
the correct fluid listed in washer system.
Recommended Fluids and Open the cap with the washer . When using concentrated
Lubricants 0 353. symbol on it. Add washer fluid until washer fluid, follow the
the tank is full. See Engine manufacturer instructions for
Compartment Overview 0 269 for adding water.
Washer Fluid reservoir location.
. Fill the washer fluid tank
What to Use only three-quarters full when
When adding windshield washer it is very cold. This allows
fluid, be sure to read the for fluid expansion if
manufacturer's instructions before (Continued)
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 283
Replacing Brake System Parts

Caution (Continued) Caution
Always replace brake system parts
freezing occurs, which could Continuing to drive with worn-out with new, approved replacement
damage the tank if it is brake pads could result in costly parts. If this is not done, the brakes
completely full. brake repair. may not work properly. The braking
performance expected can change
in many other ways if the wrong
Brakes Some driving conditions or climates replacement brake parts are
can cause a brake squeal when the installed or if parts are improperly
Disc brake pads have built-in wear brakes are first applied or lightly
indicators that make a high-pitched installed.
applied. This does not mean
warning sound when the brake pads something is wrong with the brakes.
are worn and new pads are needed. Brake Fluid
The sound can come and go or can Properly torqued wheel nuts are
be heard all the time when the necessary to help prevent brake
vehicle is moving, except when pulsation. When tires are rotated,
applying the brake pedal firmly. inspect brake pads for wear and
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the
{ Warning proper sequence to torque
specifications. See Capacities and
The brake wear warning sound Specifications 0 357.
The brake master cylinder reservoir
means that soon the brakes will Brake pads should be replaced as is filled with GM approved DOT 3
not work well. That could lead to complete sets. brake fluid as indicated on the
a crash. When the brake wear reservoir cap. See Engine
warning sound is heard, have the Brake Pedal Travel Compartment Overview 0 269 for
vehicle serviced. See your dealer if the brake pedal the location of the reservoir.
does not return to normal height,
or if there is a rapid increase in
pedal travel. This could be a sign
that brake service may be required.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
284 Vehicle Care
Checking Brake Fluid

With the vehicle in P (Park) on a
{ Warning { Warning
level surface, the brake fluid level If too much brake fluid is added, it The wrong or contaminated brake
should be between the minimum can spill on the engine and burn, fluid could result in damage to the
and maximum marks on the brake if the engine is hot enough. You brake system. This could result in
fluid reservoir. or others could be burned, and the loss of braking leading to a
There are only two reasons why the the vehicle could be damaged. possible injury. Always use the
brake fluid level in the reservoir may Add brake fluid only when work is proper GM approved brake fluid.
go down: done on the brake hydraulic
. Normal brake lining wear. When system.
new linings are installed, the Caution
fluid level goes back up. When the brake fluid falls to a low
. A fluid leak in the brake level, the brake warning light comes If brake fluid is spilled on the
hydraulic system. Have the on. See Brake System Warning vehicle's painted surfaces, the
brake hydraulic system fixed. Light 0 126. paint finish can be damaged.
With a leak, the brakes will not Brake fluid absorbs water over time Immediately wash off any painted
work well. which degrades the effectiveness of surface.
Always clean the brake fluid the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid
reservoir cap and the area around at the specified intervals to prevent
increased stopping distance. See
Battery - North America
the cap before removing it.
Maintenance Schedule 0 344. The original equipment battery is
Do not top off the brake fluid. maintenance free. Do not remove
Adding fluid does not correct a leak. What to Add
the cap and do not add fluid.
If fluid is added when the linings are Use only GM approved DOT 3
worn, there will be too much fluid Refer to the replacement number on
brake fluid from a clean, sealed
when new brake linings are the original battery label when a
container. See Recommended
installed. Add or remove fluid, as new battery is needed.
Fluids and Lubricants 0 353.
necessary, only when work is done
on the brake hydraulic system.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 285
Vehicle Storage Starter Switch Check

{ Warning
WARNING: Battery posts, { Warning { Warning
terminals, and related
Batteries have acid that can burn When you are doing this
accessories contain lead and lead
you and gas that can explode. inspection, the vehicle could
compounds, chemicals known to
You can be badly hurt if you are move suddenly. If the vehicle
the State of California to cause
not careful. See Jump Starting - moves, you or others could be
cancer and birth defects or other
North America 0 326 for tips on injured.
reproductive harm. Batteries also
working around a battery without
contain other chemicals known to
getting hurt.
the State of California to cause 1. Before starting this check, be
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER sure there is enough room
HANDLING. Infrequent Usage: Remove the around the vehicle.
black, negative () cable from the
See California Proposition 2. Apply both the parking brake
battery to keep the battery from
65 Warning 0 266. and the regular brake.
running down.
Do not use the accelerator
Extended Storage: Remove the
pedal, and be ready to turn off
black, negative () cable from the
the engine immediately if it
battery or use a battery trickle
starts.
charger.
3. Try to start the engine in each
All-Wheel Drive gear. The vehicle should start
only in P (Park) or N (Neutral).
Transfer case fluid does not require If the vehicle starts in any other
checking unless there is a fluid leak position, contact your dealer for
or unusual noise. If required, have service.
the transfer case serviced by your
dealer.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
286 Vehicle Care
Automatic Transmission Ignition Transmission Warning (Continued)

Shift Lock Control Lock Check
Function Check While parked and with the parking roll. Be ready to apply the regular
brake set, try to turn the ignition to brake at once should the vehicle
begin to move.
{ Warning LOCK/OFF in each shift lever
position.
When you are doing this . The ignition should turn to Park on a fairly steep hill, with the
inspection, the vehicle could LOCK/OFF only when the shift vehicle facing downhill. Keeping
move suddenly. If the vehicle lever is in P (Park). your foot on the regular brake, set
moves, you or others could be the parking brake.
injured. . The ignition key should come
out only in LOCK/OFF. . To check the parking brake's
holding ability: With the engine
1. Before starting this check, be Contact your dealer if service is running and the transmission in
sure there is enough room required. N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
around the vehicle. It should be pressure from the regular brake
parked on a level surface. Park Brake and P (Park) pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
2. Apply the parking brake. Be Mechanism Check held by the parking brake only.
ready to apply the regular . To check the P (Park)
brake immediately if the vehicle { Warning mechanism's holding ability:
begins to move. With the engine running, shift to
When you are doing this check, P (Park). Then release the
3. With the engine off, turn the the vehicle could begin to move. parking brake followed by the
ignition on, but do not start the
You or others could be injured regular brake.
engine. Without applying the
and property could be damaged. Contact your dealer if service is
regular brake, try to move the
shift lever out of P (Park) with Make sure there is room in front required.
normal effort. If the shift lever of the vehicle in case it begins to
moves out of P (Park), contact (Continued)
your dealer for service.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 287
Wiper Blade Replacement The rear wiper blade will not

lock in a vertical position so
Front Wiper Blade care should be used when
Windshield wiper blades should be pulling it away from the vehicle.
inspected for wear or cracking. See
Maintenance Schedule 0 344.
Replacement blades come in 3. Install the new blade onto the
different types and are removed in arm connector and make sure
different ways. For the proper type the tabs are fully set in the
and size, see Maintenance locked position.
Replacement Parts 0 354. Allowing the wiper blade arm to
To replace the wiper blade touch the windshield when no
assembly: wiper blade is installed could
damage the windshield. Any 2. Push the release lever (2) to
1. Pull the windshield wiper damage that occurs would not disengage the hook and push
assembly away from the be covered by your warranty. the wiper arm (1) out of the
windshield. Do not allow the wiper blade blade assembly (3).
arm to touch the windshield.
3. Push the new blade assembly
4. Repeat the steps for the other securely in the wiper arm hook
blade. until the release lever clicks
into place.
Rear Wiper Blade
4. Return the wiper arm and
To replace the rear wiper blade:
blade assembly to the rest
2. Squeeze the tabs on each side 1. Pull the wiper blade assembly position on the glass.
of the wiper blade assembly away from the backglass.
and slide the assembly off the
end of the wiper arm.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
288 Vehicle Care
Headlamp Aiming Bulb Replacement To replace one of these bulbs:

1. Open the liftgate. See
Headlamp aim has been preset and For the proper type of replacement
Liftgate 0 39.
should need no further adjustment. bulbs, see Replacement
Bulbs 0 289. 2. Remove the convenience net,
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,
if the vehicle has one.
the headlamp aim may be affected. For any bulb-changing procedure
If adjustment to the headlamps is not listed in this section, contact
necessary, see your dealer. your dealer.
Taillamps, Turn Signal,

and Stoplamps
3. Remove the two taillamp screw

covers.
4. Remove the two screws
holding the taillamp assembly
in place.
5. Pull out the taillamp assembly.
1. Turn Signal Lamp
2. Stoplamp/Taillamp 6. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise and pull it
straight out to remove it from
the taillamp assembly.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 289
7. Pull the old bulb straight out of 4. Turn the bulb socket (1)
the bulb socket. counterclockwise to remove it
8. Push the new bulb straight into from the lamp assembly (3).
the bulb socket. 5. Pull the bulb (2) straight out of
9. Push the taillamp assembly the bulb socket.
back into its original location. 6. Push the replacement bulb
When reinstalling the taillamp straight into the bulb socket
assembly, make sure the pin and turn the bulb socket
on the taillamp assembly lines clockwise to install it into the
up and is inserted correctly into lamp assembly.
the opening of the vehicle. 7. Turn the lamp assembly into
10. Reinstall the two screws that 2. Push the left end of the lamp the liftgate engaging the clip
hold the taillamp assembly in assembly toward the right. side first.
place. 3. Turn the lamp assembly down 8. Push on the lamp side opposite
11. Reinstall the two taillamp screw to remove it from the liftgate. the clip until the lamp assembly
covers. snaps into place.
License Plate Lamp Replacement Bulbs

Bulb
To replace one of these bulbs: Exterior Lamp
Number
1. Open the liftgate. See
License Plate Lamp 194 LL
Liftgate 0 39.
Rear Turn 7443 NA
Signal Lamp
Taillamp/Stop Lamp 7444 LL
For replacement bulbs not listed

here, contact your dealer.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
290 Vehicle Care
Electrical System Electrical System Headlamp Wiring

Overload An electrical overload may cause
High Voltage Devices and The vehicle has fuses and circuit
the lamps to go on and off, or in
Wiring some cases to remain off. Have the
breakers to protect against an
headlamp wiring checked right away
electrical system overload.
if the lamps go on and off or
{ Warning When the current electrical load is remain off.
too heavy, the circuit breaker opens
Exposure to high voltage can and closes, protecting the circuit Windshield Wipers
cause shock, burns, and even until the current load returns to If the wiper motor overheats due to
death. The high voltage normal or the problem is fixed. This heavy snow or ice, the windshield
components in the vehicle can greatly reduces the chance of circuit wipers will stop until the motor cools
only be serviced by technicians overload and fire caused by and will then restart.
with special training. electrical problems.
Although the circuit is protected
High voltage components are Fuses and circuit breakers protect from electrical overload, overload
identified by labels. Do not power devices in the vehicle. due to heavy snow or ice may
remove, open, take apart, Replace a bad fuse with a new one cause wiper linkage damage.
or modify these components. of the identical size and rating. Always clear ice and heavy snow
High voltage cable or wiring has from the windshield before using the
orange covering or labels. Do not If there is a problem on the road and windshield wipers.
probe, tamper with, cut, or modify a fuse needs to be replaced, the
same amperage fuse can be If the overload is caused by an
high voltage cable or wiring. electrical problem and not snow or
borrowed. Choose some feature of
the vehicle that is not needed to use ice, be sure to get it fixed.
and replace it as soon as possible.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 291
Fuses and Circuit Engine Compartment Caution

Breakers Fuse Block
The wiring circuits in your vehicle The underhood fuse block is in the Spilling liquid on any electrical
are protected from short circuits by engine compartment, on the component on the vehicle may
a combination of fuses, circuit passenger side of the vehicle. damage it. Always keep the
breakers and fusible thermal links. covers on any electrical
This greatly reduces the chance of component.
fires caused by electrical problems.
Look at the silver-colored band To remove fuses, hold the end of
inside the fuse. If the band is broken the fuse between your thumb and
or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure index finger and pull straight out.
you replace a bad fuse with a new
one of the identical size and rating.
Fuses of the same amperage can
be temporarily borrowed from
another fuse location, if a fuse goes
out. Replace the fuse as soon as
you can.
Lift the cover for access to the fuse/
relay block.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
292 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage
AIRBAG Airbag system
AUX POWER Auxiliary power
AUX Auxiliary
VAC PUMP vacuum pump
AWD AWD system
BATT 1 Battery 1
BATT 2 Battery 2
BATT 3 Battery 3
CIGAR Cigarette lighter
LIGHTER
ECM 1 Engine control
module 1
ECM/ Engine control
FPM IGN module/Fuel pump
control module
ignition
EMISSION 1 Emission 1
EMISSION 2 Emission 2
EVEN COILS Injector coils
The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage even
with all of the fuses, relays, and FAN 1 Cooling Fan 1
features shown. A/C CLTCH A/C clutch
ABS MTR ABS motor FAN 2 Cooling Fan 2
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 293
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage

FPM Fuel pump power RR APO Rear accessory TRANS Transmission
module power outlet TRLR Trailer reverse
HORN Horn RR DEFOG Rear defogger BCK/UP lamps
HTD MIR Heated exterior RR HVAC Rear climate TRLR BRK Trailer brake lamps
rearview mirror control system TRLR Trailer parking
HTD Heated steering RT HI BEAM Right high-beam PRK LAMP lamps
STR WHL wheel headlamp TRLR PWR Trailer power
HUMIDITY/ Humidity sensor/ RT LO BEAM Right low-beam WPR/WSW Windshield wiper/
MAF MAF sensor headlamp Washer
HVAC BLWR HVAC blower RT PRK Right parking lamp
LT HI BEAM Left high-beam RT TRLR Right trailer Relays Usage
headlamp STOP/TRN stoplamp/Turn A/C A/C clutch
LT LO BEAM Left low-beam signal lamp CMPRSR
headlamp RVC SNSR Regulated voltage CLTCH
LT PRK Left parking lamp control sensor AUX Auxiliary
S/ROOF/ Sunroof VAC PUMP vacuum pump
LT TRLR Left trailer
STOP/TRN stoplamp/Turn SUNSHADE CRNK Switched power
signal lamp SERVICE Service repair FAN 1 Cooling fan 1
ODD COILS Injector Coils odd SPARE FAN 2 Cooling fan 2
PWR L/GATE Power liftgate STOP LAMP Stoplamps FAN 3 Cooling fan 3
PWR Power outlet STRTR Starter HI BEAM High-beam
OUTLET TCM Transmission headlamps
control module
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
294 Vehicle Care
Relays Usage Instrument Panel Fuse

HID/ Low-beam HID Block
LO BEAM headlamps
HORN Horn
IGN Ignition main
LT TRLR Left trailer
STOP/TRN stoplamp/Turn
signal lamp
PRK LAMP Parking lamps
PWR/TRN Powertrain
RR DEFOG Rear window
defogger
RT LO BEAM Right low-beam
The instrument panel fuse block is
headlamp
under the instrument panel on the
RT TRLR Right trailer passenger side of the vehicle. Pull
STOP/TRN stoplamp/Turn down on the cover to access the
signal lamp fuse block.
STOP LAMP Stoplamps
TRLR Trailer reverse
BCK/UP lamps Fuse Side
WPR Windshield wiper
WPR HI Windshield wiper
high speed
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 295
The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage Fuses Usage

with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown. DSPLY Display RDO Radio
Fuses Usage FRT WSW Front windshield REAR WPR Rear wiper
washer RT TRN SIG Right turn
# GMC Non-HID =
Low-beam HTD/ Heated/Cooling signal lamp
COOL SEAT seats STR WHL Steering wheel
) GMC Non-HID =
High-shutter HVAC HVAC ILLUM illumination
)) Chevy = Fog lamps INADV PWR Inadvertent power/ USB CHRG USB charging
INT LAMPS Interior light pipe
))) Buick China = Rear
lamps
fog lamps
INFOTMNT/ Infotainment/
AIRBAG Airbag
MSM Memory seat
AMP Amplifier module
BCK Reverse lamps/ LT TRN SIG Left turn
UP/STOP Stoplamps signal lamp
BCM Body control OBS Rear park assist/
module DET/URS Side blind zone
CNSTR Canister vent alert/Forward
VENT collision alert/
Universal remote
CTSY Courtesy lamps system
DR LCK Door locks PDM Power mirrors/
DRL/ Daytime running Liftgate release
LO BEAM lamps relay/ PWR MODE Power mode
Low-beam
headlamps relay PWR MIR Power mirrors
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
296 Vehicle Care
Relays Usage Relays Usage

LT/ Left power seat LT/UNLCK Left unlock relay
PWR/SEAT relay DRL/ Daytime running
RT/ Right power seat LO BEAM lamps relay (if
PWR/SEAT relay equipped)
PWR/WNDW Power windows FOG LAMPS Fog lamps relay
relay FRT/WSW Front windshield
PWR/ Power steering washer relay
COLUMN column relay
L/GATE Liftgate relay
LCK Power lock relay
REAR/WSW Rear window
washer relay
UNLCK Power unlock relay
DRL/ Daytime running
LO BEAM lamps relay/
Low-beam
headlamps relay
Relay Side
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 297
Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

Tires . Underinflated tires pose . Replace any tires that
Every new GM vehicle has the same danger as have been damaged by
high-quality tires made by a overloaded tires. The impacts with potholes,
leading tire manufacturer. See resulting crash could curbs, etc.
the warranty manual for cause serious injury. . Improperly repaired tires
information regarding the tire Check all tires frequently can cause a crash. Only
warranty and where to get to maintain the the dealer or an
service. For additional recommended pressure. authorized tire service
information refer to the tire Tire pressure should be center should repair,
manufacturer. checked when the tires replace, dismount, and
are cold. mount the tires.
{ Warning . Overinflated tires are . Do not spin the tires in
more likely to be cut, excess of 56 km/h
. Poorly maintained and punctured, or broken by
improperly used tires are (35 mph) on slippery
a sudden impact such surfaces such as snow,
dangerous. as when hitting a pothole. mud, ice, etc. Excessive
. Overloading the tires can Keep tires at the spinning may cause the
cause overheating as a recommended pressure. tires to explode.
result of too much . Worn or old tires can
flexing. There could be a cause a crash. If the
blowout and a serious tread is badly worn,
All-Season Tires
crash. See Vehicle Load replace them. This vehicle may come with
Limits 0 223. (Continued)
all-season tires. These tires are
(Continued) designed to provide good overall
performance on most road surfaces
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
298 Vehicle Care
and weather conditions. Original for details regarding winter tire Summer Tires
equipment tires designed to GM's availability and proper tire selection.
specific tire performance criteria Also, see Buying New Tires 0 311. This vehicle may come with high
have a TPC specification code performance summer tires. These
With winter tires, there may be tires have a special tread and
molded onto the sidewall. Original decreased dry road traction,
equipment all-season tires can be compound that are optimized for
increased road noise, and shorter maximum dry and wet road
identified by the last two characters tread life. After changing to winter
of this TPC code, which will performance. This special tread and
tires, be alert for changes in vehicle compound will have decreased
be MS. handling and braking. performance in cold climates, and
Consider installing winter tires on If using winter tires: on ice and snow. It is recommended
the vehicle if frequent driving on that winter tires be installed on the
snow or ice-covered roads is . Use tires of the same brand and
vehicle if frequent driving at
expected. All-season tires provide tread type on all four wheel temperatures below approximately
adequate performance for most positions.
5 C (40 F) or on ice or snow
winter driving conditions, but they . Use only radial ply tires of the covered roads is expected. See
may not offer the same level of same size, load range, and Winter Tires 0 298.
traction or performance as winter speed rating as the original
tires on snow or ice-covered roads. equipment tires.
See Winter Tires 0 298. Caution
Winter tires with the same speed
rating as the original equipment tires High performance summer tires
Winter Tires may not be available for H, V, W, Y, have rubber compounds that lose
This vehicle was not originally and ZR speed rated tires. If winter flexibility and may develop
equipped with winter tires. Winter tires with a lower speed rating are surface cracks in the tread area
tires are designed for increased chosen, never exceed the tire's at temperatures below 7 C (20
traction on snow and ice-covered maximum speed capability. F). Always store high
roads. Consider installing winter performance summer tires
tires on the vehicle if frequent indoors and at temperatures
driving on ice or snow covered above 7 C (20 F) when not in
roads is expected. See your dealer
(Continued)
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 299
GM's TPC specifications meet or

Caution (Continued) exceed all federal safety
use. If the tires have been guidelines.
subjected to 7 C (20 F) or less, (3) DOT (Department of
let them warm up in a heated Transportation) : The
space to at least 5 C (40 F) for Department of Transportation
24 hours or more before being (DOT) code indicates that the
installed or driving a vehicle on tire is in compliance with the
which they are installed. Do not U.S. Department of
apply heat or blow heated air Transportation Motor Vehicle
directly on the tires. Always
Safety Standards.
inspect tires before use. See Tire Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example
Inspection 0 309. DOT Tire Date of
(1) Tire Size : The tire size is a Manufacture : The last four
combination of letters and digits of the TIN indicate the tire
Tire Sidewall Labeling numbers used to define a manufactured date. The first two
Useful information about a tire is particular tire's width, height, digits represent the week (01
molded into its sidewall. The aspect ratio, construction type, 52) and the last two digits, the
examples show a typical and service description. See the year. For example, the third
passenger vehicle tire and a Tire Size illustration later in this week of the year 2010 would
compact spare tire sidewall. section. have a four-digit DOT date
(2) TPC Spec (Tire of 0310.
Performance Criteria (4) Tire Identification Number
Specification) : Original (TIN) : The letters and numbers
equipment tires designed to following the DOT (Department
GM's specific tire performance of Transportation) code are the
criteria have a TPC specification Tire Identification Number (TIN).
code molded onto the sidewall. The TIN shows the
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
300 Vehicle Care
manufacturer and plant code, (3) Tire Identification Number

tire size, and date the tire was (TIN) : The letters and numbers
manufactured. The TIN is following the DOT (Department
molded onto both sides of the of Transportation) code are the
tire, although only one side may Tire Identification Number (TIN).
have the date of manufacture. The TIN shows the
(5) Tire Ply Material : The type manufacturer and plant code,
of cord and number of plies in tire size, and date the tire was
the sidewall and under the tread. manufactured. The TIN is
molded onto both sides of the
(6) Uniform Tire Quality tire, although only one side may
Grading (UTQG) : Tire Compact Spare Tire Example have the date of manufacture.
manufacturers are required to
grade tires based on three (1) Tire Ply Material : The type (4) Maximum Cold Inflation
performance factors: treadwear, of cord and number of plies in Load Limit : Maximum load that
traction, and temperature the sidewall and under the tread. can be carried and the
resistance. For more information maximum pressure needed to
(2) Temporary Use Only : The
see Uniform Tire Quality support that load.
compact spare tire or temporary
Grading 0 313. use tire should not be driven at (5) Tire Inflation : The
(7) Maximum Cold Inflation speeds over 80 km/h (50 mph). temporary use tire or compact
Load Limit : Maximum load that The compact spare tire is for spare tire should be inflated to
can be carried and the emergency use when a regular 420 kPa (60 psi). For more
maximum pressure needed to road tire has lost air and gone information on tire pressure and
support that load. flat. If the vehicle has a compact inflation see Tire
spare tire, see Compact Spare Pressure 0 304.
Tire 0 325 and If a Tire Goes (6) Tire Size : A combination of
Flat 0 316. letters and numbers define a
tire's width, height, aspect ratio,
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 301
construction type, and service (4) Construction Code : A letter

description. The letter T as the code is used to indicate the type
first character in the tire size of ply construction in the tire.
means the tire is for temporary The letter R means radial ply
use only. construction; the letter D means
(7) TPC Spec (Tire diagonal or bias ply
(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : construction; and the letter B
Performance Criteria The United States version of a
Specification) : Original means belted-bias ply
metric tire sizing system. The construction.
equipment tires designed to letter P as the first character in
GM's specific tire performance the tire size means a passenger (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of
criteria have a TPC specification vehicle tire engineered to the wheel in inches.
code molded onto the sidewall. standards set by the U.S. Tire (6) Service Description : These
GM's TPC specifications meet or and Rim Association. characters represent the load
exceed all federal safety index and speed rating of the
guidelines. (2) Tire Width : The three-digit
number indicates the tire section tire. The load index represents
width in millimeters from the load carrying capacity a tire
Tire Designations is certified to carry. The speed
sidewall to sidewall.
Tire Size rating is the maximum speed a
(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digit tire is certified to carry a load.
The following is an example of a number that indicates the tire
typical passenger vehicle height-to-width measurements.
tire size. For example, if the tire size
aspect ratio is 60, as shown in
item 3 of the illustration, it would
mean that the tire's sidewall is
60 percent as high as it is wide.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
302 Vehicle Care
Tire Terminology and Bead : The tire bead contains Department of Transportation
Definitions steel wires wrapped by steel (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety
cords that hold the tire onto Standards. The DOT code
Air Pressure : The amount of the rim. includes the Tire Identification
air inside the tire pressing Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
outward on each square inch of Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire
in which the plies are laid at designator which can also
the tire. Air pressure is identify the tire manufacturer,
expressed in kPa (kilopascal) alternate angles less than
90 degrees to the centerline of production plant, brand, and
or psi (pounds per square inch). date of production.
the tread.
Accessory Weight : The GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight
combined weight of optional Cold Tire Pressure : The
amount of air pressure in a tire, Rating. See Vehicle Load
accessories. Some examples of Limits 0 223.
optional accessories are measured in kPa (kilopascal)
automatic transmission, power or psi (pounds per square inch) GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight
windows, power seats, and air before a tire has built up heat Rating for the front axle. See
conditioning. from driving. See Tire Vehicle Load Limits 0 223.
Pressure 0 304. GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight
Aspect Ratio : The relationship
of a tire's height to its width. Curb Weight : The weight of a Rating for the rear axle. See
motor vehicle with standard and Vehicle Load Limits 0 223.
Belt : A rubber coated layer of optional equipment including the
cords between the plies and the Intended Outboard Sidewall :
maximum capacity of fuel, oil, The side of an asymmetrical tire
tread. Cords may be made from and coolant, but without
steel or other reinforcing that must always face outward
passengers and cargo. when mounted on a vehicle.
materials.
DOT Markings : A code molded Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric
into the sidewall of a tire unit for air pressure.
signifying that the tire is in
compliance with the U.S.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 303
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A Normal Occupant Weight : The tire inflation pressure as shown
tire used on light duty trucks and number of occupants a vehicle on the tire placard. See Tire
some multipurpose passenger is designed to seat multiplied by Pressure 0 304 and Vehicle
vehicles. 68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load Load Limits 0 223.
Load Index : An assigned Limits 0 223. Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic
number ranging from 1 to 279 Occupant Distribution : tire in which the ply cords that
that corresponds to the load Designated seating positions. extend to the beads are laid at
carrying capacity of a tire. Outward Facing Sidewall : The 90 degrees to the centerline of
Maximum Inflation Pressure : side of an asymmetrical tire that the tread.
The maximum air pressure to has a particular side that faces Rim : A metal support for a tire
which a cold tire can be inflated. outward when mounted on a and upon which the tire beads
The maximum air pressure is vehicle. The side of the tire that are seated.
molded onto the sidewall. contains a whitewall, bears Sidewall : The portion of a tire
Maximum Load Rating : The white lettering, or bears between the tread and the bead.
load rating for a tire at the manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is Speed Rating : An
maximum permissible inflation alphanumeric code assigned to
pressure for that tire. higher or deeper than the same
moldings on the other sidewall a tire indicating the maximum
Maximum Loaded Vehicle of the tire. speed at which a tire can
Weight : The sum of curb operate.
weight, accessory weight, Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A
tire used on passenger cars and Traction : The friction between
vehicle capacity weight, and the tire and the road surface.
production options weight. some light duty trucks and
multipurpose vehicles. The amount of grip provided.
Recommended Inflation Tread : The portion of a tire that
Pressure : Vehicle comes into contact with
manufacturer's recommended the road.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
304 Vehicle Care
Treadwear Indicators : Narrow Vehicle Maximum Load on the

bands, sometimes called wear Tire : Load on an individual tire Caution
bars, that show across the tread due to curb weight, accessory Neither tire underinflation nor
of a tire when only 1.6 mm weight, occupant weight, and overinflation is good.
(1/16 in) of tread remains. See cargo weight. Underinflated tires, or tires
When It Is Time for New Vehicle Placard : A label that do not have enough air,
Tires 0 311. permanently attached to a can result in:
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality vehicle showing the vehicle . Tire overloading and
Grading Standards) : A tire capacity weight and the original overheating which could
information system that provides equipment tire size and lead to a blowout.
consumers with ratings for a recommended inflation pressure.
tire's traction, temperature, and See Tire and Loading . Premature or
treadwear. Ratings are Information Label under Vehicle irregular wear.
determined by tire Load Limits 0 223. . Poor handling.
manufacturers using
. Reduced fuel economy.
government testing procedures. Tire Pressure
The ratings are molded into the Overinflated tires, or tires that
Tires need the correct amount of
sidewall of the tire. See Uniform have too much air, can
air pressure to operate
Tire Quality Grading 0 313. result in:
effectively.
Vehicle Capacity Weight : The . Unusual wear.
number of designated seating . Poor handling.
positions multiplied by
68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated . Rough ride.
cargo load. See Vehicle Load . Needless damage from
Limits 0 223. road hazards.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 305
The Tire and Loading How to Check Put the valve caps back on the
Information label on the vehicle Use a good quality pocket-type valve stems to keep out dirt and
indicates the original equipment gauge to check tire pressure. moisture and prevent leaks. Use
tires and the correct cold tire Proper tire inflation cannot be only valve caps designed for the
inflation pressures. The determined by looking at the tire. vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors
recommended pressure is the Check the tire inflation pressure could be damaged and would
minimum air pressure needed to when the tires are cold, meaning not be covered by the vehicle
support the vehicle's maximum the vehicle has not been driven warranty.
load carrying capacity. See for at least three hours or no
Vehicle Load Limits 0 223. more than 1.6 km (1 mi). Tire Pressure Monitor
How the vehicle is loaded System
Remove the valve cap from the
affects vehicle handling and ride tire valve stem. Press the tire The Tire Pressure Monitor System
comfort. Never load the vehicle gauge firmly onto the valve to (TPMS) uses radio and sensor
with more weight than it was get a pressure measurement. technology to check tire pressure
designed to carry. levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
If the cold tire inflation pressure the air pressure in your tires and
When to Check matches the recommended transmit tire pressure readings to a
pressure on the Tire and receiver located in the vehicle.
Check the tires once a month or
Loading Information label, no
more. Do not forget the compact Each tire, including the spare (if
further adjustment is necessary. provided), should be checked
spare, if the vehicle has one.
If the inflation pressure is low, monthly when cold and inflated to
The cold compact spare tire
add air until the recommended the inflation pressure recommended
pressure should be at 420 kPa
pressure is reached. If the by the vehicle manufacturer on the
(60 psi). See Compact Spare
inflation pressure is high, press vehicle placard or tire inflation
Tire 0 325.
on the metal stem in the center pressure label. (If your vehicle has
of the tire valve to release air. tires of a different size than the size
indicated on the vehicle placard or
Recheck the tire pressure with
the tire gauge.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
306 Vehicle Care
tire inflation pressure label, you not reached the level to trigger alternate tires and wheels allow the
should determine the proper tire illumination of the TPMS low tire TPMS to continue to function
inflation pressure for those tires.) pressure telltale. properly.
As an added safety feature, your Your vehicle has also been See Tire Pressure Monitor
vehicle has been equipped with a equipped with a TPMS malfunction Operation 0 306.
tire pressure monitoring system indicator to indicate when the See Radio Frequency
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire system is not operating properly. Statement 0 369.
pressure telltale when one or more The TPMS malfunction indicator is
of your tires is significantly combined with the low tire pressure
under-inflated. telltale. When the system detects a Tire Pressure Monitor
Accordingly, when the low tire malfunction, the telltale will flash for Operation
pressure telltale illuminates, you approximately one minute and then This vehicle may have a Tire
should stop and check your tires as remain continuously illuminated. Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
soon as possible, and inflate them This sequence will continue upon The TPMS is designed to warn the
to the proper pressure. Driving on a subsequent vehicle start-ups as driver when a low tire pressure
significantly under-inflated tire long as the malfunction exists. condition exists. TPMS sensors are
causes the tire to overheat and can When the malfunction indicator is mounted onto each tire and wheel
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation illuminated, the system may not be assembly, excluding the spare tire
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire able to detect or signal low tire and wheel assembly, if the vehicle
tread life, and may affect the pressure as intended. TPMS has one. The TPMS sensors
vehicle's handling and stopping malfunctions may occur for a variety monitor the air pressure in the tires
ability. of reasons, including the installation and transmits the tire pressure
of replacement or alternate tires or readings to a receiver located in the
Please note that the TPMS is not a
wheels on the vehicle that prevent vehicle.
substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver's the TPMS from functioning properly.
responsibility to maintain correct tire Always check the TPMS malfunction
pressure, even if under-inflation has telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 307
displays see Driver Information

Center (DIC) (With DIC Buttons) Caution
0 130 or Driver Information Center
(DIC) (Without DIC Buttons) 0 135 Tire sealant materials are not all
and Tire Messages 0 144. the same. A non-approved tire
sealant could damage the TPMS
The low tire pressure warning light sensors. TPMS sensor damage
When a low tire pressure condition may come on in cool weather when caused by using an incorrect tire
is detected, the TPMS illuminates the vehicle is first started, and then sealant is not covered by the
the low tire pressure warning light turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
located on the instrument cluster. vehicle warranty. Always use only
could be an early indicator that the
If the warning light comes on, stop the GM approved tire sealant
air pressure is getting low and
as soon as possible and inflate the needs to be inflated to the proper available through your dealer or
tires to the recommended pressure pressure. included in the vehicle.
shown on the tire loading
A Tire and Loading Information label
information label. See Vehicle Load TPMS Malfunction Light and
shows the size of the original
Limits 0 223. Message
equipment tires and the correct
A message to check the pressure in inflation pressure for the tires when The TPMS will not function properly
a specific tire displays in the Driver they are cold. See Vehicle Load if one or more of the TPMS sensors
Information Center (DIC). The low Limits 0 223, for an example of the are missing or inoperable. When the
tire pressure warning light and the Tire and Loading Information label system detects a malfunction, the
DIC warning message come on at and its location. Also see Tire low tire warning light flashes for
each ignition cycle until the tires are Pressure 0 304. about one minute and then stays on
inflated to the correct inflation for the remainder of the ignition
The TPMS can warn about a low
pressure. Using the DIC, tire cycle. A DIC warning message
tire pressure condition but it does
pressure levels can be viewed. For displays. The malfunction light and
not replace normal tire
additional information and details DIC warning message come on at
maintenance. See Tire Inspection
about the DIC operation and each ignition cycle until the problem
0 309, Tire Rotation 0 310 and
Tires 0 297.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
308 Vehicle Care
is corrected. Some of the conditions TPMS sensors are installed and tires or replacing one or more of the
that can cause these to come the sensor matching process is TPMS sensors. The TPMS sensor
on are: performed successfully. See matching process should also be
. One of the road tires has been your dealer for service. performed after replacing a spare
replaced with the spare tire, . Replacement tires or wheels do tire with a road tire containing the
if your vehicle has one. The not match the original equipment TPMS sensor. The malfunction light
spare tire does not have a tires or wheels. Tires and wheels and the DIC message should go off
TPMS sensor. The malfunction other than those recommended at the next ignition cycle. The
light and DIC message should could prevent the TPMS from sensors are matched to the tire/
go off after the road tire is functioning properly. See Buying wheel positions, using a TPMS
replaced and the sensor New Tires 0 311. relearn tool, in the following order:
matching process is performed driver side front tire, passenger side
. Operating electronic devices or front tire, passenger side rear tire,
successfully. See "TPMS Sensor being near facilities using radio
Matching Process" later in this and driver side rear. See your
wave frequencies similar to the dealer for service or to purchase a
section. TPMS could cause the TPMS relearn tool. A TPMS relearn tool
. The TPMS sensor matching sensors to malfunction. can also be purchased. See Tire
process was not done or not If the TPMS is not functioning Pressure Monitor Sensor Activation
completed successfully after properly, it cannot detect or signal a Tool at
rotating the tires. The low tire condition. See your dealer www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or
malfunction light and the DIC for service if the TPMS malfunction call 1-800-GM TOOLS
message should go off after light and DIC message comes on (1-800-468-6657).
successfully completing the and stays on.
sensor matching process. See There are two minutes to match the
"TPMS Sensor Matching first tire/wheel position, and
TPMS Sensor Matching
Process" later in this section. five minutes overall to match all four
Process tire/wheel positions. If it takes
. One or more TPMS sensors are Each TPMS sensor has a unique longer, the matching process stops
missing or damaged. The identification code. The identification and must be restarted.
malfunction light and the DIC code needs to be matched to a new
message should go off when the tire/wheel position after rotating the
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 309
The TPMS sensor matching process 6. Proceed to the passenger side Tire Inspection
is outlined below: front tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 5. We recommend that the tires,
1. Set the parking brake.
including the spare tire, if the
2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN 7. Proceed to the passenger side
rear tire, and repeat the vehicle has one, be inspected
with the engine off. for signs of wear or damage at
procedure in Step 5.
3. Press the Remote Keyless least once a month.
8. Proceed to the driver side rear
Entry (RKE) transmitter's Q tire, and repeat the procedure Replace the tire if:
and K buttons at the same in Step 5. The horn sounds two . The indicators at three or
time for approximately times to indicate the sensor
five seconds. The horn sounds identification code has been
more places around the tire
twice to signal the receiver is in matched to the driver side rear can be seen.
relearn mode and TIRE tire, and the TPMS sensor . There is cord or fabric
LEARNING ACTIVE message matching process is no longer showing through the tire's
displays on the DIC screen. active. The TIRE LEARNING rubber.
ACTIVE message on the DIC
4. Start with the driver side .
display screen goes off. The tread or sidewall is
front tire.
9. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. cracked, cut, or snagged
5. Place the relearn tool against deep enough to show cord or
the tire sidewall, near the valve 10. Set all four tires to the fabric.
stem. Then press the button to recommended air pressure
activate the TPMS sensor. level as indicated on the Tire . The tire has a bump, bulge,
A horn chirp confirms that the and Loading Information label. or split.
sensor identification code has 11. Put the valve caps back on the .
been matched to this tire and
The tire has a puncture, cut,
valve stems. or other damage that cannot
wheel position.
be repaired well because of
the size or location of the
damage.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
310 Vehicle Care
Tire Rotation Check that all wheel nuts are

properly tightened. See Wheel
Tires should be rotated every Nut Torque under Capacities
12 000 km (7,500 mi). See and Specifications 0 357.
Maintenance Schedule 0 344.
Tires are rotated to achieve a { Warning
uniform wear for all tires. The
first rotation is the most Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the
important. parts to which it is fastened, can
make wheel nuts become loose
Anytime unusual wear is after time. The wheel could come
noticed, rotate the tires as soon off and cause an accident. When
as possible, check for proper tire Use this rotation pattern when changing a wheel, remove any
inflation pressure, and check for rotating the tires. rust or dirt from places where the
damaged tires or wheels. If the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In
If the vehicle has a compact
unusual wear continues after the an emergency, a cloth or a paper
spare tire, do not include it in the
rotation, check the wheel towel can be used; however, use
tire rotation.
alignment. See When It Is Time a scraper or wire brush later to
for New Tires 0 311 and Wheel Adjust the front and rear tires to remove all rust or dirt.
Replacement 0 315. the recommended inflation
pressure on the Tire and Lightly coat the center of the
Loading Information label after wheel hub with wheel bearing
the tires have been rotated. See grease after a wheel change or
Tire Pressure 0 304 and Vehicle tire rotation to prevent corrosion
Load Limits 0 223. or rust build-up. Do not get
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor grease on the flat wheel
System. See Tire Pressure mounting surface or on the
Monitor Operation 0 306. wheel nuts or bolts.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 311
Check that the spare tire, if the Treadwear indicators are one way to Vehicle Storage
vehicle has one, is stored tell when it is time for new tires.
Tires age when stored normally
properly. Push, pull, and then try Treadwear indicators appear when
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
to rotate or turn the tire. If it the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
a vehicle that will be stored for at
or less of tread remaining. See Tire
moves, tighten the cable. See least a month in a cool, dry, clean
Inspection 0 310 and Tire
Tire Changing 0 317. Rotation 0 310.
area away from direct sunlight to
slow aging. This area should be free
When It Is Time for New The rubber in tires ages over time. of grease, gasoline, or other
This also applies to the spare tire, substances that can deteriorate
Tires if the vehicle has one, even if it is rubber.
Factors such as maintenance, never used. Multiple factors
Parking for an extended period can
temperatures, driving speeds, including temperatures, loading
cause flat spots on the tires that
vehicle loading, and road conditions conditions, and inflation pressure
may result in vibrations while
affect the wear rate of the tires. maintenance affect how fast aging
driving. When storing a vehicle for
takes place. GM recommends that
at least a month, remove the tires or
tires, including the spare if
raise the vehicle to reduce the
equipped, be replaced after six
weight from the tires.
years, regardless of tread wear. The
tire manufacture date is the last four
digits of the DOT Tire Identification Buying New Tires
Number (TIN) which is molded into GM has developed and matched
one side of the tire sidewall. The specific tires for the vehicle. The
first two digits represent the week original equipment tires installed
(0152) and the last two digits, the
year. For example, the third week of
were designed to meet General
the year 2010 would have a Motors Tire Performance Criteria
four-digit DOT date of 0310. Specification (TPC Spec)
system rating. When
replacement tires are needed,
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
312 Vehicle Care
GM strongly recommends replaced at the same time.

buying tires with the same TPC If proper rotation and { Warning
Spec rating. maintenance have been done, Mixing tires of different sizes,
GM's exclusive TPC Spec all four tires should wear out at brands, or types may cause
system considers over a dozen about the same time. See Tire loss of control of the vehicle,
critical specifications that impact Rotation 0 310. However, if it is resulting in a crash or other
the overall performance of the necessary to replace only one vehicle damage. Use the
vehicle, including brake system axle set of worn tires, place the correct size, brand, and type
performance, ride and handling, new tires on the rear axle. of tires on all wheels.
traction control, and tire Winter tires with the same speed
pressure monitoring rating as the original equipment
performance. GM's TPC Spec tires may not be available for H, { Warning
number is molded onto the tire's V, W, Y and ZR speed rated
sidewall near the tire size. If the tires. Never exceed the winter Using bias-ply tires on the
tires have an all-season tread tires maximum speed capability vehicle may cause the wheel
design, the TPC Spec number when using winter tires with a rim flanges to develop cracks
will be followed by MS for mud lower speed rating. after many miles of driving.
and snow. See Tire Sidewall A tire and/or wheel could fail
Labeling 0 299. { Warning suddenly and cause a crash.
GM recommends replacing worn Use only radial-ply tires with
Tires could explode during the wheels on the vehicle.
tires in complete sets of four. improper service. Attempting
Uniform tread depth on all tires to mount or dismount a tire
will help to maintain the could cause injury or death. If the vehicle tires must be
performance of the vehicle. Only your dealer or authorized replaced with a tire that does not
Braking and handling tire service center should have a TPC Spec number, make
performance may be adversely mount or dismount the tires. sure they are the same size,
affected if all the tires are not
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 313
load range, speed rating, and traction control, electronic stability Traffic Safety Administration
construction (radial) as the control, or All-Wheel Drive, the (NHTSA), which grades tires by
original tires. performance of these systems can treadwear, traction, and
also be affected. temperature performance. This
Vehicles that have a tire
applies only to vehicles sold in
pressure monitoring system
could give an inaccurate
{ Warning the United States. The grades
low-pressure warning if non-TPC If different sized wheels are used, are molded on the sidewalls of
Spec rated tires are installed. there may not be an acceptable most passenger car tires. The
See Tire Pressure Monitor level of performance and safety if Uniform Tire Quality Grading
System 0 305. tires not recommended for those (UTQG) system does not apply
wheels are selected. This to deep tread, winter tires,
The Tire and Loading increases the chance of a crash compact spare tires, tires with
Information label indicates the and serious injury. Only use GM nominal rim diameters of
original equipment tires on the specific wheel and tire systems 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
vehicle. See Vehicle Load developed for the vehicle, and or to some limited-production
Limits 0 223. have them properly installed by a tires.
GM certified technician.
Different Size Tires and While the tires available on
General Motors passenger cars
Wheels See Buying New Tires 0 311 and and light trucks may vary with
If wheels or tires are installed that Accessories and respect to these grades, they
are a different size than the original Modifications 0 266. must also conform to federal
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle safety requirements and
performance, including its braking, Uniform Tire Quality additional General Motors Tire
ride and handling characteristics, Grading Performance Criteria (TPC)
stability, and resistance to rollover
may be affected. If the vehicle has The following information relates standards.
electronic systems such as antilock to the system developed by the
brakes, rollover airbags, roll bars, United States National Highway
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
314 Vehicle Care
Quality grades can be found norm due to variations in driving to the generation of heat and its
where applicable on the tire habits, service practices and ability to dissipate heat when
sidewall between tread shoulder differences in road tested under controlled
and maximum section width. For characteristics and climate. conditions on a specified indoor
example: laboratory test wheel. Sustained
Traction
Treadwear 200 Traction AA
high temperature can cause the
Temperature A
The traction grades, from material of the tire to degenerate
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and reduce tire life, and
All Passenger Car Tires Must and C. Those grades represent excessive temperature can lead
Conform to Federal Safety the tire's ability to stop on wet to sudden tire failure. The grade
Requirements In Addition To pavement as measured under C corresponds to a level of
These Grades. controlled conditions on performance which all
Treadwear specified government test passenger car tires must meet
surfaces of asphalt and under the Federal Motor Safety
The treadwear grade is a concrete. A tire marked C may Standard No. 109. Grades B and
comparative rating based on the have poor traction performance. A represent higher levels of
wear rate of the tire when tested Warning: The traction grade performance on the laboratory
under controlled conditions on a assigned to this tire is based on test wheel than the minimum
specified government test straight-ahead braking traction required by law. Warning: The
course. For example, a tire tests, and does not include temperature grade for this tire is
graded 150 would wear one and acceleration, cornering, established for a tire that is
one-half (1) times as well on hydroplaning, or peak traction properly inflated and not
the government course as a tire characteristics. overloaded. Excessive speed,
graded 100. The relative underinflation, or excessive
performance of tires depends Temperature
loading, either separately or in
upon the actual conditions of The temperature grades are A combination, can cause heat
their use, however, and may (the highest), B, and C, buildup and possible tire failure.
depart significantly from the representing the tire's resistance
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 315
Wheel Alignment and Tire Some aluminum wheels can be

Caution
repaired. See your dealer if any of
Balance these conditions exist.
The tires and wheels were aligned The wrong wheel can also cause
Your dealer will know the kind of problems with bearing life, brake
and balanced at the factory to wheel that is needed.
provide the longest tire life and best cooling, speedometer or
overall performance. Adjustments to Each new wheel should have the odometer calibration, headlamp
wheel alignment and tire balancing same load-carrying capacity, aim, bumper height, vehicle
are not necessary on a regular diameter, width, offset, and be ground clearance, and tire or tire
basis. Consider an alignment check mounted the same way as the one it chain clearance to the body and
if there is unusual tire wear or the replaces. chassis.
vehicle is significantly pulling to one Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
side or the other. Some slight pull to nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor Used Replacement Wheels
the left or right, depending on the System (TPMS) sensors with new
crown of the road and/or other road GM original equipment parts.
surface variations such as troughs { Warning
or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is
vibrating when driving on a smooth { Warning Replacing a wheel with a used
road, the tires and wheels may need one is dangerous. How it has
Using the wrong replacement been used or how far it has been
to be rebalanced. See your dealer wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
for proper diagnosis. driven may be unknown. It could
nuts can be dangerous. It could fail suddenly and cause a crash.
affect the braking and handling of When replacing wheels, use a
Wheel Replacement the vehicle. Tires can lose air, new GM original equipment
Replace any wheel that is bent, and cause loss of control, causing wheel.
cracked, or badly rusted or a crash. Always use the correct
corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, and nuts for replacement.
wheel nuts should be replaced.
If the wheel leaks air, replace it.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
316 Vehicle Care
Tire Chains If a Tire Goes Flat

{ Warning
It is unusual for a tire to blow out
{ Warning while driving, especially if the tires Driving on a flat tire will cause
are maintained properly. See Tires permanent damage to the tire.
Do not use tire chains. There is 0 297. If air goes out of a tire, it is Re-inflating a tire after it has been
not enough clearance. Tire chains much more likely to leak out slowly. driven on while severely
used on a vehicle without the But if there ever is a blowout, here underinflated or flat may cause a
proper amount of clearance can are a few tips about what to expect blowout and a serious crash.
cause damage to the brakes, and what to do: Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
suspension, or other vehicle that has been driven on while
If a front tire fails, the flat tire
parts. The area damaged by the severely underinflated or flat.
creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
tire chains could cause loss of toward that side. Take your foot off Have your dealer or an authorized
control and a crash. the accelerator pedal and grip the tire service center repair or
Use another type of traction steering wheel firmly. Steer to replace the flat tire as soon as
device only if its manufacturer maintain lane position, and then possible.
recommends it for the vehicle's gently brake to a stop, well off the
tire size combination and road road, if possible.
conditions. Follow that
manufacturer's instructions. To
A rear blowout, particularly on a
curve, acts much like a skid and
{ Warning
avoid vehicle damage, drive slow may require the same correction as Lifting a vehicle and getting under
and readjust or remove the used in a skid. Stop pressing the it to do maintenance or repairs is
traction device if it contacts the accelerator pedal and steer to dangerous without the
vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. straighten the vehicle. It may be appropriate safety equipment and
If traction devices are used, install very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake training. If a jack is provided with
them on the front tires. to a stop, well off the road,
the vehicle, it is designed only for
if possible.
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
(Continued)
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 317
Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued)

be badly injured or killed if the 2. Put an automatic
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack transmission in P (Park) or a
is provided with the vehicle, only manual transmission in
use it for changing a flat tire. 1 (First) or R (Reverse).
3. Turn off the engine and do
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire not restart while the vehicle
and wheel damage by driving slowly is raised. 1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
to a level place, well off the road, 4. Do not allow passengers to 2. Flat Tire
if possible. Turn on the hazard remain in the vehicle.
warning flashers. See Hazard The following information explains
Warning Flashers 0 159. 5. Place wheel blocks, how to repair or change a tire.
if equipped, on both sides of
the tire at the opposite Tire Changing
{ Warning corner of the tire being
changed. Removing Tools
Changing a tire can be
dangerous. The vehicle can slip The tools needed to remove the
off the jack and roll over or fall When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), spare tire are located in the storage
causing injury or death. Find a use the following example as a compartment on the driver side, at
level place to change the tire. To guide to assist in the placement of the rear of the vehicle.
help prevent the vehicle from the wheel blocks (1), if equipped.
moving:
1. Set the parking brake firmly.
(Continued)
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
318 Vehicle Care
5. Pull the jack straight out,

bottom first.
1. Tool Bag 1. Rear Convenience Center

2. Wing Bolt 2. Wrench (Three-Piece
3. Jack Shown, One-Piece Similar)
1. Jack 3. Carpet Cutout
1. Open the jack storage
2. Wrench (Three-Piece 4. Hoist Shaft
compartment by pulling on the
Shown, One-Piece Similar) 5. Compact Spare Tire
latch tab, located toward the
rear of the vehicle, and pulling The tools you will be using include 6. Retainer
the cover off. the jack (1) and wrench (2). 1. Open the storage compartment
2. Remove the wing bolt (2) by Removing the Spare Tire door of the convenience
turning it counterclockwise. center (1) that is nearest the
The compact spare tire is located liftgate.
3. Push the jack (3) up out of the under the vehicle, in front of the rear
holding bracket and remove bumper. See Compact Spare Tire 2. Open the carpet cutout (3) that
the tool bag (1). 0 325 for more information. is located through the hole of
the storage compartment.
4. Turn the jack on its side, with
the bottom facing toward you. 3. Attach the wrench (2) into the
hoist shaft (4).
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 319
4. Turn the wrench (2) Removing the Flat Tire and

counterclockwise to lower the Installing the Spare Tire
spare tire (5) to the ground.
Continue turning the wrench 1. Do a safety check before
until the spare tire can be proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
pulled out from under the Flat 0 316 for more information.
vehicle. 2. If the vehicle has a wheel
cover, loosen the plastic nut
caps with the wheel wrench.
They will not come off. Then,
using the flat end of the wheel
wrench, pry along the edge of
the cover until it comes off. Be
3. Loosen the wheel nuts but
careful; the edges may be
do not remove them using
sharp. Do not try to remove the
the wrench. For wheels with a
cover with your bare hands.
wheel lock key, use the wheel
Store the wheel cover securely lock key between the lock nut
5. Tilt the retainer and slip it in the rear of the vehicle until and wrench. The key is
through the wheel opening to you have the flat tire repaired supplied in the front passenger
remove the spare tire from the or replaced. door pocket.
cable.
If the vehicle has aluminum
6. Turn the wrench clockwise to wheels, remove the wheel nut Caution
raise the cable back up after caps using the wheel wrench.
removing the spare tire. If this vehicle has wheel locks and
Do not store a full-size or a flat an impact wrench is used to
road tire under the vehicle. See remove the wheel nuts, the lock
Storing the Spare Tire and nut or wheel lock key could be
Storing the Flat Tire later in (Continued)
this section.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
320 Vehicle Care
5. Attach the wrench to the jack,

Caution (Continued) and turn the wrench clockwise
to raise the jack head
damaged. Do not use an impact 7.6 cm (3 in).
wrench to remove the wheel nuts
if this vehicle has wheel locks. 6. Do not raise the vehicle yet.
Put the compact spare tire
near you.
{ Warning
Getting under a vehicle when it is
lifted on a jack is dangerous.
Triangle Shown, Without Similar If the vehicle slips off the jack,
The triangle may be located you could be badly injured or
4. To identify the appropriate near each wheel on the killed. Never get under a vehicle
jacking location, find the vehicle's exterior. when it is supported only by
triangle or rectangular notch a jack.
about 30.5 cm (12 in) from the
front tire or about 27 cm Caution
(10.5 in) from the rear tire.
If a jack is used to raise the
vehicle without positioning it { Warning
correctly, the vehicle could be Raising the vehicle with the jack
damaged. When raising the improperly positioned can
vehicle on a jack, avoid contact damage the vehicle and even
with the rear axle control arms. make the vehicle fall. To help
avoid personal injury and vehicle
(Continued)
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 321
9. Remove the plastic spare tire

Warning (Continued) heat shield by pulling the { Warning
rubber latch. Store the plastic
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift spare tire heat shield. See Never use oil or grease on bolts
head into the proper location Storing the Spare Tire later in or nuts because the nuts might
before raising the vehicle. this section for more come loose. The vehicle's wheel
information. could fall off, causing a crash.
7. Raise the vehicle by turning the
wrench clockwise in the jack. { Warning 10. Remove any rust or dirt from
Raise the vehicle far enough the wheel bolts, mounting
off the ground so that there is Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the surfaces, and spare wheel.
enough room for the spare tire parts to which it is fastened, can
11. Place the spare tire on the
to fit under the wheel well. make wheel nuts become loose
wheel mounting surface.
8. Remove all the wheel nuts and after time. The wheel could come
off and cause an accident. When 12. Put the nuts on by hand by
the flat tire.
changing a wheel, remove any turning them clockwise until the
rust or dirt from places where the wheel is held against the
wheel attaches to the vehicle. In mounting surface. Make sure
an emergency, a cloth or a paper the rounded end is toward the
towel can be used; however, use wheel.
a scraper or wire brush later to 13. Lower the vehicle by attaching
remove all rust or dirt. the wrench to the jack and
turning the wrench
counterclockwise. Lower the
jack completely.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
322 Vehicle Care
{ Warning Caution (Continued) Caution

Wheel nuts that are improperly or Capacities and Specifications Wheel covers will not fit on the
incorrectly tightened can cause 0 357 for the wheel nut torque vehicle's compact spare. If you try
the wheels to become loose or specification. to put a wheel cover on the
come off. The wheel nuts should compact spare, the cover or the
be tightened with a torque wrench spare could be damaged.
to the proper torque specification
after replacing. Follow the torque
Storing the Spare Tire
specification supplied by the
aftermarket manufacturer when
using accessory locking wheel { Warning
nuts. See Capacities and The underbody-mounted spare
Specifications 0 357 for original tire needs to be stored with the
equipment wheel nut torque valve stem pointing down. If the
specifications. spare tire is stored with the valve
stem pointing upwards, the
secondary latch will not work
Caution properly and the spare tire could
14. Tighten the wheel nuts firmly in
loosen and suddenly fall from the
a crisscross sequence, as
Improperly tightened wheel nuts vehicle. If this happened when
shown.
can lead to brake pulsation and the vehicle was being driven, the
rotor damage. To avoid expensive tire might contact a person or
brake repairs, evenly tighten the another vehicle, causing injury
wheel nuts in the proper and damage to itself. Be sure the
sequence and to the proper underbody-mounted spare tire is
torque specification. See stored with the valve stem
(Continued) pointing down.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 323
4. When the compact spare tire is 6. Make sure the tire is stored
{ Warning almost in the stored position, securely. Push, pull, and then
turn the tire so the valve is try to turn the tire. If the tire
Storing a jack, a tire, or other toward the rear of the vehicle. moves, use the wrench to
equipment in the passenger tighten the cable.
compartment of the vehicle could This position helps when
cause injury. In a sudden stop or checking the air pressure in the Storing the Flat Tire
collision, loose equipment could compact spare tire.
strike someone. Store all these in 5. Raise the tire fully against the
the proper place. underside of the vehicle.
Continue turning the wrench
until you feel more than two
To store the spare tire: clicks. This indicates that the
1. Lay the compact spare tire compact spare tire is secure
near the rear of the vehicle with and the cable is tight. The
the valve stem down. spare tire hoist cannot be
2. Reinstall the plastic spare tire overtightened.
heat shield on the compact
spare tire.
3. Slide the cable retainer through
the center of the wheel and 1. Cable
start to raise the compact 2. Liftgate Hinges
spare tire. 3. Spare Tire Heat Shield
Make sure the retainer is fully 4. Center of the Wheel
seated across the underside of 5. Door Striker
the wheel. 1. Remove the cable package
from the jack storage area.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
324 Vehicle Care
2. Remove the small center cap 5. Hook the cable onto the Storing the Tools
by tapping the back of the cap outside portion of the liftgate
with the extension of the shaft, hinges (2).
if the vehicle has aluminum 6. Hook the other end of the cable
wheels. onto the outside portion of the
3. Put the flat tire in the rear liftgate hinge on the other side
storage area with the valve of the vehicle.
stem pointing toward the rear 7. Pull on the cable to make sure
of the vehicle. it is secure.
4. Pull the cable (1) through the
door striker (5), the center of
the wheel (4), and the plastic
spare tire heat shield (3), as
shown.
1. Tool Bag
2. Wing Bolt
3. Jack
Put back all tools as they were
stored in the jack storage
compartment and put the
compartment cover back on.
1. Ensure that the bottom of the
8. Make sure the metal tube is jack is facing toward you.
centered at the striker. Push
the tube toward the front of the 2. Replace the tool bag (1).
vehicle. 3. Turn the jack (3) on its side and
9. Close the liftgate and make place down on the holding
sure it is latched properly. bracket.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 325
4. Reinstall the wing bolt (2) by If this vehicle has a compact spare Performance of the All-Wheel
turning clockwise. tire, it was fully inflated when new; Drive (AWD) system will be
5. To replace the cover, line up however, it can lose air over time. automatically reduced to protect the
the tab at the front of the cover Check the inflation pressure system when using the compact
with the notch in the cover regularly. It should be 420 kPa spare. To restore the AWD and
opening. Push the cover in (60 psi). prevent excessive wear on the
place and make sure that the Stop as soon as possible and check clutch in the AWD, replace the
rear clips are in the slots and that the spare tire is correctly compact spare tire with a full-size
push the cover closed. inflated after being installed on the tire as soon as possible.
Store the center cap or the plastic vehicle. The compact spare tire is
designed for temporary use only. Caution
bolt-on wheel covers until a full size
tire is put back on the vehicle. When The vehicle will perform differently
with the spare tire installed and it is When the compact spare is
you replace the compact spare with installed, do not take the vehicle
a full-size tire, reinstall the bolt-on recommended that the vehicle
speed be limited to 80 km/h (50 through an automatic car wash
wheel covers or the center cap. with guide rails. The compact
Hand-tighten them over the wheel mph). To conserve the tread of the
spare tire, have the standard tire spare can get caught on the rails
nuts, using the wrench.
repaired or replaced as soon as which can damage the tire, wheel,
convenient and return the spare tire and other parts of the vehicle.
Compact Spare Tire to the storage area.
When using a compact spare tire,
{ Warning the ABS and Traction Control
Do not use the compact spare on
other vehicles.
Driving with more than one systems may engage until the spare
Do not mix the compact spare tire or
compact spare tire at a time could tire is recognized by the vehicle,
wheel with other wheels or tires.
result in loss of braking and especially on slippery roads. Adjust
They will not fit. Keep the spare tire
driving to reduce possible
handling. This could lead to a and its wheel together.
wheel slip.
crash and you or others could be
injured. Use only one compact
spare tire at a time.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
326 Vehicle Care
Caution Jump Starting Warning (Continued)

Tire chains will not fit the compact Jump Starting - North See California Proposition
spare. Using them can damage America 65 Warning 0 266.
the vehicle and the chains. Do not
use tire chains on the compact For more information about the
spare. vehicle battery, see Battery - North
America 0 284. { Warning
If the vehicle battery has run down, Batteries can hurt you. They can
you may want to use another be dangerous because:
vehicle and some jumper cables to
start your vehicle. Be sure to use . They contain acid that can
the following steps to do it safely. burn you.
. They contain gas that can
{ Warning explode or ignite.
. They contain enough
WARNING: Battery posts,
electricity to burn you.
terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead If you do not follow these steps
compounds, chemicals known to exactly, some or all of these
the State of California to cause things can hurt you.
cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. Batteries also
contain other chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING.
(Continued)
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 327
ground connection you do not 3. Turn off the ignition on both

Caution want. You would not be able to vehicles. Unplug unnecessary
start your vehicle, and the bad accessories plugged into the
Ignoring these steps could result grounding could damage the cigarette lighter or the
in costly damage to the vehicle electrical systems. accessory power outlets. Turn
that would not be covered by the off the radio and all lamps that
vehicle warranty. Trying to start To avoid the possibility of the
vehicles rolling, set the parking are not needed. This will avoid
the vehicle by pushing or pulling it sparks and help save both
will not work, and it could damage brake firmly on both vehicles
involved in the jump start batteries. And it could save the
the vehicle. radio!
procedure. Put an automatic
transmission in P (Park) or a 4. Open the hoods and locate the
1. Check the other vehicle. manual transmission in Neutral positive (+) and negative ()
It must have a 12-volt battery before setting the parking terminal locations on the other
with a negative ground system. brake. If one of the vehicles is vehicle. Your vehicle has a
a four-wheel-drive vehicle, be remote positive (+) and a
Caution sure the transfer case is not in remote negative () jump
Neutral. starting terminal. See Engine
If the other vehicle does not have Compartment Overview 0 269
a 12-volt system with a negative Caution for the terminal locations.
ground, both vehicles can be
damaged. Only use a vehicle that If any accessories are left on or { Warning
has a 12-volt system with a plugged in during the jump
negative ground for jump starting. starting procedure, they could be Using a match near a battery can
damaged. The repairs would not cause battery gas to explode.
be covered by the vehicle People have been hurt doing this,
2. Get the vehicles close enough and some have been blinded.
warranty. Whenever possible, turn
so the jumper cables can
off or unplug all accessories on Use a flashlight if you need more
reach, but be sure the vehicles
either vehicle when jump starting. light.
are not touching each other.
If they are, it could cause a (Continued)
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
328 Vehicle Care
will go to a heavy, unpainted Use a remote positive (+)

Warning (Continued) metal engine part or to a terminal if the vehicle has one.
remote negative () terminal if 7. Do not let the other end touch
Battery fluid contains acid that the vehicle has one.
can burn you. Do not get it on metal. Connect it to the
you. If you accidentally get it in Do not connect positive (+) to positive (+) terminal of the good
your eyes or on your skin, flush negative () or you will get a battery. Use a remote
the place with water and get short that would damage the positive (+) terminal if the
medical help immediately. battery and maybe other parts vehicle has one.
too. And do not connect the 8. Now connect the black
negative () cable to the negative () cable to the
negative () terminal on the negative () terminal of the
{ Warning dead battery because this can
cause sparks.
good battery. Use a remote
negative () terminal if the
Fans or other moving engine vehicle has one.
parts can injure you badly. Keep
your hands away from moving Do not let the other end touch
parts once the engine is running. anything until the next step.
The other end of the
negative () cable does not go
5. Check that the jumper cables to the dead battery. It goes to a
do not have loose or missing heavy, unpainted metal engine
insulation. If they do, you could part, or to a remote negative ()
get a shock. The vehicles terminal on the vehicle with the
could be damaged too. dead battery.
Before you connect the cables,
here are some basic things you
should know. Positive (+) will
6. Connect the red positive (+)
go to positive (+) or to a remote
cable to the positive (+)
positive (+) terminal if the
terminal of the dead battery.
vehicle has one. Negative ()
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 329
Caution Towing the Vehicle

If the jumper cables are Caution
connected or removed in the
wrong order, electrical shorting Incorrectly towing a disabled
may occur and damage the vehicle may cause damage. The
vehicle. The repairs would not be damage would not be covered by
covered by the vehicle warranty. the vehicle warranty.
Always connect and remove the Do not lash or hook to
jumper cables in the correct order, suspension components. Use the
making sure that the cables do proper straps around the tires to
not touch each other or other secure the vehicle.
9. Connect the other end of the
metal.
negative () cable to the
remote negative () terminal of Use only a flatbed tow truck for
the dead battery. Jumper Cable Removal towing a disabled vehicle. Never
Your vehicle has a remote Reverse the sequence exactly when use a sling type lift or damage will
negative () terminal for this removing the jumper cables. occur. Use ramps to help reduce
purpose. approach angles if necessary.
After starting the disabled vehicle A towed vehicle should have its
10. Now start the vehicle with the and removing the jumper cables, drive wheels off the ground.
good battery and run the allow it to idle for several minutes.
engine for a while. Consult a professional towing
service if the disabled vehicle must
11. Try to start the vehicle that had be towed.
the dead battery. If it will not
start after a few tries, it
probably needs service.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
330 Vehicle Care
Recreational Vehicle . The proper towing equipment. Dinghy Towing

See your dealer or trailering
Towing professional for additional advice
Recreational vehicle towing means and equipment
towing the vehicle behind another recommendations.
vehicle such as behind a motor . If the vehicle is ready to be
home. The two most common types towed. Just as preparing the
of recreational vehicle towing are vehicle for a long trip, make sure
known as dinghy towing and dolly the vehicle is prepared to be
towing. Dinghy towing is towing the towed.
vehicle with all four wheels on the
ground. Dolly towing is towing the
vehicle with two wheels on the Caution
ground and two wheels up on a
Use of a shield mounted in front
device known as a dolly.
of the vehicle grille could restrict If the vehicle is front-wheel-drive, it
Here are some important things to airflow and cause damage to the can be dinghy towed from the front.
consider before recreational vehicle transmission. The repairs would These vehicles may also be towed
towing: not be covered by the vehicle by putting the front wheels on a
. The towing capacity of the warranty. If using a shield, only dolly. See the information on dolly
towing vehicle. Be sure to read use one that attaches to the towing later in this section.
the tow vehicle manufacturer's towing vehicle. If the vehicle is all-wheel-drive, it
recommendations. can be dinghy towed from the front.
. How far the vehicle will be These vehicles can also be towed
towed. Some vehicles have by placing them on a platform trailer
restrictions on how far and how with all four wheels off of the
long they can be towed. ground. These vehicles cannot be
towed using a dolly.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 331
For vehicles being dinghy towed, 50 amp BATT1 fuse from the Once the destination is reached:
the vehicle should be run at the engine compartment fuse block 1. Set the parking brake.
beginning of each day and at each and store all fuses in a safe
RV fuel stop for about five minutes. location. See Engine 2. Reinstall the fuses.
This will ensure proper lubrication of Compartment Fuse 3. Shift the transmission to
transmission components. Reinstall Block 0 291. P (Park), turn the ignition to
the fuse to start the vehicle. 7. Release the parking brake. LOCK/OFF, and remove the
To tow the vehicle from the front key from the ignition.
with all four wheels on the ground: Caution 4. Disconnect the vehicle from the
1. Position the vehicle to be towing vehicle.
towed, shift the transmission to If the vehicle is towed without
P (Park), and turn the ignition performing each of the steps Caution
to LOCK/OFF. listed under Dinghy Towing, the
automatic transmission could be Do not tow a vehicle with the front
2. Secure the vehicle to the damaged. Be sure to follow all
towing vehicle. drive wheels on the ground if one
steps of the dinghy towing of the front tires is a compact
3. Set the parking brake. procedure prior to and after spare tire. Towing with two
4. Turn the ignition to ACC/ towing the vehicle. different tire sizes on the front of
ACCESSORY. the vehicle can cause severe
damage to the transmission.
5. Shift the transmission to
N (Neutral). Caution
6. To prevent the battery from
If 105 km/h (65 mph) is exceeded
draining while the vehicle is
while towing the vehicle, it could
being towed, remove the
15 amp ECM fuse and the be damaged. Never exceed
15 amp OnStar fuse. These 105 km/h (65 mph) while towing
are in the battery compartment the vehicle.
behind the passenger seat on
the floor. Also, remove the
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
332 Vehicle Care
Dolly Towing (All-Wheel-Drive Dolly Towing 5. Remove the key from the
Vehicles) (Front-Wheel-Drive ignition.
Vehicles Only) 6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.
7. Release the parking brake.
Towing the Vehicle from
the Rear
All-wheel-drive vehicles must not be

towed with two wheels on the To tow a front-wheel-drive vehicle
ground. To properly tow these from the front with two wheels on
vehicles, they should be placed on the ground:
a platform trailer with all four wheels
1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.
off of the ground or dinghy towed
from the front. 2. Move the shift lever to
P (Park).
3. Set the parking brake.
4. Clamp the steering wheel in a
straight-ahead position with a
clamping device designed for
towing.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 333
Appearance Care Caution (Continued)

Exterior Care your dealer. Follow all
manufacturer directions regarding
Locks correct product usage, necessary
Locks are lubricated at the factory. safety precautions, and
Use a de-icing agent only when appropriate disposal of any
absolutely necessary, and have the vehicle care product.
locks greased after using. See
Lubricants 0 353.
Caution
Washing the Vehicle
Caution Avoid using high-pressure
To preserve the vehicle's finish,
wash it often and out of direct washes closer than 30 cm (12 in)
Towing the vehicle from the rear
sunlight. to the surface of the vehicle. Use
could damage it. Also, repairs
of power washers exceeding
8,274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result
vehicle warranty. Never have the Caution
in damage or removal of paint
vehicle towed from the rear.
Do not use petroleum-based, and decals.
acidic, or abrasive cleaning
Do not tow the vehicle from the rear. agents as they can damage the
vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic Caution
parts. If damage occurs, it would
not be covered by the vehicle Do not power wash any
warranty. Approved cleaning component under the hood that
products can be obtained from has this e symbol.
(Continued) (Continued)
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
334 Vehicle Care
have the damage assessed and

Caution (Continued) repaired. Foreign materials such as Caution (Continued)
calcium chloride and other salts, ice
This could cause damage that melting agents, road oil and tar, tree may damage it. Use only
would not be covered by the sap, bird droppings, chemicals from non-abrasive waxes and polishes
vehicle warranty. industrial chimneys, etc., can that are made for a basecoat/
damage the vehicle's finish if they clearcoat paint finish on the
If using an automatic car wash, remain on painted surfaces. Wash vehicle.
follow the car wash instructions. The the vehicle as soon as possible.
windshield wiper and rear window If necessary, use non-abrasive To keep the paint finish looking new,
wiper, if equipped, must be off. cleaners that are marked safe for keep the vehicle garaged or
Remove any accessories that may painted surfaces to remove foreign covered whenever possible.
be damaged or interfere with the car matter.
wash equipment. Protecting Exterior Bright Metal
Occasional hand waxing or mild Moldings
Rinse the vehicle well, before polishing should be done to remove
washing and after, to remove all residue from the paint finish. See
cleaning agents completely. If they your dealer for approved cleaning Caution
are allowed to dry on the surface, products.
Failure to clean and protect the
they could stain. Do not apply waxes or polishes to bright metal moldings can result
Dry the finish with a soft, clean uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber, in a hazy white finish or pitting.
chamois or an all-cotton towel to decals, simulated wood, or flat paint This damage would not be
avoid surface scratches and water as damage can occur. covered by the vehicle warranty.
spotting.
Caution
Finish Care
Application of aftermarket clearcoat Machine compounding or
sealant/wax materials is not aggressive polishing on a
recommended. If painted surfaces basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
are damaged, see your dealer to (Continued)
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 335
The bright metal moldings on the Cleaning Exterior Lamps/ . Aftermarket appearance caps or
vehicle are aluminum, chrome, Lenses, Emblems, Decals, and covers while the lamps are
or stainless steel. To prevent Stripes illuminated, due to excessive
damage always follow these heat generated.
cleaning instructions: Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
soft cloth, and a car washing soap
. Be sure the molding is cool to to clean exterior lamps, lenses, Caution
the touch before applying any emblems, decals, and stripes.
cleaning solution. Failure to clean lamps properly
Follow instructions under "Washing can cause damage to the lamp
. Use only approved cleaning the Vehicle" previously in this
cover that would not be covered
solutions for aluminum, chrome, section.
by the vehicle warranty.
or stainless steel. Some Lamp covers are made of plastic,
cleaners are highly acidic or and some have a UV protective
contain alkaline substances and coating. Do not clean or wipe them
can damage the moldings. when dry. Caution
. Always dilute a concentrated Do not use any of the following on
cleaner according to the Using wax on low gloss black
lamp covers: finish stripes can increase the
manufacturers instructions.
. Abrasive or caustic agents. gloss level and create a
. Do not use cleaners that are not non-uniform finish. Clean low
intended for automotive use. . Washer fluids and other cleaning
agents in higher concentrations gloss stripes with soap and
. Use a nonabrasive wax on the than suggested by the water only.
vehicle after washing to protect manufacturer.
and extend the molding finish.
. Solvents, alcohols, fuels, Air Intakes
or other harsh cleaners. Clear debris from the air intakes,
. Ice scrapers or other hard items. between the hood and windshield,
when washing the vehicle.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
336 Vehicle Care
Windshield and Wiper Blades can be removed by rubbing with a

clean cloth. See Recommended Caution
Clean the outside of the windshield
Fluids and Lubricants 0 353.
with glass cleaner. Chrome wheels and other chrome
Clean rubber blades using a lint-free Tires trim may be damaged if the
cloth or paper towel soaked with Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to vehicle is not washed after driving
windshield washer fluid or a mild clean the tires. on roads that have been sprayed
detergent. Wash the windshield with magnesium, calcium,
thoroughly when cleaning the or sodium chloride. These
Caution
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and chlorides are used on roads for
a buildup of vehicle wash/wax Using petroleum-based tire conditions such as ice and dust.
treatments may cause wiper dressing products on the vehicle Always wash the chrome with
streaking. may damage the paint finish and/ soap and water after exposure.
Replace the wiper blades if they are or tires. When applying a tire
worn or damaged. Damage can be dressing, always wipe off any
caused by extreme dusty overspray from all painted Caution
conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun, surfaces on the vehicle.
snow, and ice. To avoid surface damage, do not
Weatherstrips Wheels and Trim Aluminum use strong soaps, chemicals,
or Chrome abrasive polishes, cleaners,
Apply Dielectric silicone grease on brushes, or cleaners that contain
weatherstrips to make them last Use a soft, clean cloth with mild acid on aluminum or
longer, seal better, and not stick or soap and water to clean the wheels. chrome-plated wheels. Use only
squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips at After rinsing thoroughly with clean approved cleaners. Also, never
least once a year. Hot, dry climates water, dry with a soft, clean towel. drive a vehicle with aluminum or
may require more frequent A wax may then be applied.
application. Black marks from chrome-plated wheels through an
rubber material on painted surfaces automatic car wash that uses
silicone carbide tire cleaning
(Continued)
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 337
Body Component Lubrication Sheet Metal Damage

Caution (Continued)
Lubricate all key lock cylinders, If the vehicle is damaged and
brushes. Damage could occur hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the requires sheet metal repair or
and the repairs would not be steel fuel door hinges, unless the replacement, make sure the body
covered by the vehicle warranty. components are plastic. Applying repair shop applies anti-corrosion
silicone grease on weatherstrips material to parts repaired or
with a clean cloth will make them replaced to restore corrosion
Brake System last longer, seal better, and not stick protection.
Visually inspect brake lines and or squeak. Original manufacturer replacement
hoses for proper hook-up, binding, Underbody Maintenance parts will provide the corrosion
leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect protection while maintaining the
disc brake pads for wear and rotors At least twice a year, spring and fall, vehicle warranty.
for surface condition. Inspect drum use plain water to flush any
brake linings/shoes for wear or corrosive materials from the Finish Damage
cracks. Inspect all other brake parts. underbody. Take care to thoroughly Quickly repair minor chips and
clean any areas where mud and scratches with touch-up materials
Steering, Suspension, and other debris can collect.
Chassis Components available from your dealer to avoid
Do not directly power wash the corrosion. Larger areas of finish
Visually inspect steering, transfer case and/or front/rear axle damage can be corrected in your
suspension, and chassis output seals. High pressure water dealer's body and paint shop.
components for damaged, loose, can overcome the seals and
or missing parts or signs of wear at contaminate the fluid. Contaminated Chemical Paint Spotting
least once a year. fluid will decrease the life of the Airborne pollutants can fall upon
Inspect power steering for proper transfer case and/or axles and and attack painted vehicle surfaces
attachment, connections, binding, should be replaced. causing blotchy, ring-shaped
leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. discolorations, and small, irregular
dark spots etched into the paint
Visually check constant velocity joint surface. See Finish Care
boots and axle seals for leaks. previously in this section.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
338 Vehicle Care
Interior Care To prevent damage, do not clean Interior Glass

the interior using the following
To prevent dirt particle abrasions, To clean, use a terry cloth fabric
cleaners or techniques:
regularly clean the vehicle's interior. dampened with water. Wipe droplets
Immediately remove any soils. . Never use a razor or any other left behind with a clean dry cloth.
Newspapers or dark garments can sharp object to remove soil from If necessary, use a commercial
transfer color to the vehicles any interior surface. glass cleaner after cleaning with
interior. . Never use a brush with stiff plain water.
Use a soft bristle brush to remove bristles.
dust from knobs and crevices on the . Never rub any surface Caution
instrument cluster. Using a mild aggressively or with too much To prevent scratching, never use
soap solution, immediately remove pressure. abrasive cleaners on automotive
hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect
. Do not use laundry detergents or glass. Abrasive cleaners or
repellent from all interior surfaces or
dishwashing soaps with aggressive cleaning may damage
permanent damage may result.
degreasers. For liquid cleaners, the rear window defogger.
Use cleaners specifically designed use approximately 20 drops per
for the surfaces being cleaned to 3.8 L (1 gal) of water.
prevent permanent damage. Apply A concentrated soap solution will Cleaning the windshield with water
all cleaners directly to the cleaning create streaks and attract dirt. during the first three to six months
cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any Do not use solutions that contain of ownership will reduce tendency
switches or controls. Remove strong or caustic soap. to fog.
cleaners quickly. Speaker Covers
. Do not heavily saturate the
Before using cleaners, read and upholstery when cleaning. Vacuum around a speaker cover
follow all safety instructions on the gently, so that the speaker will not
. Do not use solvents or cleaners
label. While cleaning the interior, be damaged. Clean spots with water
containing solvents.
open the doors and windows to get and mild soap.
proper ventilation.
Coated Moldings
Coated moldings should be cleaned.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 339

. When lightly soiled, wipe with a 3. Start on the outside edge of the Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces
sponge or soft, lint-free cloth soil and gently rub toward the and Vehicle Information and
dampened with water. center. Fold the cleaning cloth Radio Displays
. When heavily soiled, use warm to a clean area frequently to
prevent forcing the soil in to the Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss
soapy water. surfaces or vehicle displays. First,
fabric.
Fabric/Carpet/Suede use a soft bristle brush to remove
4. Continue gently rubbing the dirt that can scratch the surface.
Start by vacuuming the surface soiled area until there is no Then gently clean by rubbing with a
using a soft brush attachment. If a longer any color transfer from microfiber cloth. Never use window
rotating vacuum brush attachment is the soil to the cleaning cloth. cleaners or solvents. Periodically
being used, only use it on the floor 5. If the soil is not completely hand wash the microfiber cloth
carpet. Before cleaning, gently removed, use a mild soap separately, using mild soap. Do not
remove as much of the soil as solution followed only by plain use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse
possible: water. thoroughly and air dry before
. Gently blot liquids with a paper next use.
If the soil is not completely
towel. Continue blotting until no removed, it may be necessary to
more soil can be removed. use a commercial upholstery Caution
. For solid soils, remove as much cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small
Do not attach a device with a
as possible prior to vacuuming. hidden area for colorfastness before
using a commercial upholstery suction cup to the display. This
To clean: may cause damage and would
cleaner or spot lifter. If ring
1. Saturate a clean, lint-free formation occurs, clean the entire not be covered by the vehicle
colorfast cloth with water. fabric or carpet. warranty.
Microfiber cloth is
After cleaning, use a paper towel to
recommended to prevent lint
blot excess moisture.
transfer to the fabric or carpet.
2. Remove excess moisture by
gently wringing until water does
not drip from the cleaning cloth.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
340 Vehicle Care
Instrument Panel, Leather, Cargo Cover and

Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces, Caution (Continued) Convenience Net
Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, and the appearance and feel of Wash with warm water and mild
Natural Open Pore Wood leather or soft trim, and are not detergent. Do not use chlorine
Surfaces recommended. bleach. Rinse with cold water, and
Use a soft microfiber cloth then dry completely.
dampened with water to remove Do not use cleaners that increase Care of Safety Belts
dust and loose dirt. For a more gloss, especially on the instrument
thorough cleaning, use a soft Keep belts clean and dry.
panel. Reflected glare can decrease
microfiber cloth dampened with a visibility through the windshield
mild soap solution. under certain conditions. { Warning
Caution Do not bleach or dye safety belt
Caution webbing. It may severely weaken
Soaking or saturating leather, Use of air fresheners may cause the webbing. In a crash, they
especially perforated leather, as permanent damage to plastics might not be able to provide
well as other interior surfaces, and painted surfaces. If an air adequate protection. Clean and
may cause permanent damage. freshener comes in contact with rinse safety belt webbing only
Wipe excess moisture from these any plastic or painted surface in with mild soap and lukewarm
surfaces after cleaning and allow the vehicle, blot immediately and water. Allow the webbing to dry.
them to dry naturally. Never use clean with a soft cloth dampened
heat, steam, or spot removers. Do with a mild soap solution.
not use cleaners that contain Damage caused by air fresheners
silicone or wax-based products. would not be covered by the
Cleaners containing these vehicle warranty.
solvents can permanently change
(Continued)
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Care 341
Floor Mats . Do not use a floor mat if the Some vehicles have floor mats with
vehicle is not equipped with a a button-type retainer.
floor mat retainer on the driver
{ Warning side floor. Removing and Replacing the
Floor Mat
If a floor mat is the wrong size or . Use the floor mat with the
correct side up. Do not turn 1. Pull up on the rear of the mat
is not properly installed, it can
it over. to unlock and remove.
interfere with the pedals.
Interference with the pedals can . 2. Reinstall the floor mat by lining
Do not place anything on top of
cause unintended acceleration the driver side floor mat. up the floor mat opening over
and/or increased stopping the carpet retainer and
. Use only a single floor mat on snapping into position.
distance which can cause a crash
the driver side.
and injury. Make sure the floor 3. Make sure the floor mat is
mat does not interfere with the . Do not place one floor mat on properly secured. Verify the
pedals. top of another. floor mat does not interfere
with the pedals.
Button Retainer
Use the following guidelines for
proper floor mat usage.
. The original equipment floor
mats were designed for your
vehicle. If the floor mats need
replacing, it is recommended
that GM certified floor mats be
purchased. Non-GM floor mats
may not fit properly and may
interfere with the accelerator or
brake pedal. Always check that
the floor mats do not interfere
with the pedals.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
342 Vehicle Care
Knob Retainer 4. Turn the knob until it is

perpendicular to the slot in the
grommet to lock the mat in
place.
5. Make sure the floor mat is
properly secured. Verify the
floor mat does not interfere
with the pedals.
Some vehicles have floor mats with

a knob retainer.
Removing and Replacing the
Floor Mat
1. Turn the knob until it is aligned
with the slot in the floor mat
grommet.
2. Pull up on the floor mat.
3. Center the slot in the floor mat
grommet with the knob on the
floor and set into position.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Service and Maintenance 343
Service and General Information changes and tire rotations and

additional maintenance items like
Maintenance Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
blades.
the required maintenance for the
General Information vehicle. Follow this schedule to help Caution
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 343 protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or Damage caused by improper
Maintenance Schedule inadequate maintenance. It may maintenance can lead to costly
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 344 also help to maintain the value of repairs and may not be covered
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the by the vehicle warranty.
Special Application Services responsibility of the owner to have
Special Application Maintenance intervals, checks,
all required maintenance performed. inspections, recommended fluids,
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Your dealer has trained technicians and lubricants are important to
Additional Maintenance who can perform required keep the vehicle in good working
and Care maintenance using genuine condition.
Additional Maintenance replacement parts. They have
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 up-to-date tools and equipment for
fast and accurate diagnostics. Many The Tire Rotation and Required
Recommended Fluids, dealers have extended evening and Services are the responsibility of the
Lubricants, and Parts Saturday hours, courtesy vehicle owner. It is recommended to
Recommended Fluids and transportation, and online have your dealer perform these
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 scheduling to assist with service services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
Maintenance Replacement needs. Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 keep the vehicle in good working
Your dealer recognizes the condition, improves fuel economy,
Maintenance Records importance of providing and reduces vehicle emissions.
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 355 competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained Because of the way people use
technicians, the dealer is the place vehicles, maintenance needs vary.
for routine maintenance such as oil There may need to be more
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
344 Service and Maintenance
frequent checks and services. The . Used for taxi, police, or delivery
Additional Required Services - service.
Maintenance
Normal are for vehicles that: Refer to the information in the
Schedule
. Carry passengers and cargo Maintenance Schedule Additional Owner Checks and Services
within recommended limits on Required Services - Severe chart.
the Tire and Loading Information At Each Fuel Stop
label. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 223.
{ Warning . Check the engine oil level. See
Engine Oil 0 270.
. Are driven on reasonable road Performing maintenance work can
be dangerous and can cause Once a Month
surfaces within legal driving
limits. serious injury. Perform . Check the tire inflation
maintenance work only if the pressures. See Tire
. Use the recommended fuel. See
required information, proper tools, Pressure 0 304.
Fuel 0 253.
and equipment are available. . Inspect the tires for wear. See
Refer to the information in the If they are not, see your dealer to Tire Inspection 0 309.
Maintenance Schedule Additional have a trained technician do the
Required Services - Normal chart. . Check the windshield washer
work. See Doing Your Own
Service Work 0 267. fluid level. See Washer
The Additional Required Services - Fluid 0 282.
Severe are for vehicles that are:
. Mainly driven in heavy city traffic Engine Oil Change
in hot weather. When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
. Mainly driven in hilly or SOON message displays, have the
mountainous terrain. engine oil and filter changed within
the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven
. Frequently towing a trailer. under the best conditions, the
. Used for high speed or engine oil life system may not
competitive driving. indicate the need for vehicle service
for up to a year.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
The engine oil and filter must be . Check engine coolant level. See . Visually inspect steering,
changed at least once a year and Engine Coolant 0 276. suspension, and chassis
the oil life system must be reset. . Check windshield washer fluid components for damaged, loose,
Your trained dealer technician can level. See Washer Fluid 0 282. or missing parts or signs of
perform this work. If the engine oil wear. See Exterior Care 0 333.
life system is reset accidentally, . Visually inspect windshield wiper
. Check restraint system
service the vehicle within 5 000 km/ blades for wear, cracking,
or contamination. See Exterior components. See Safety System
3,000 mi since the last service. Check 0 70.
Reset the oil life system when the Care 0 333. Replace worn or
oil is changed. See Engine Oil Life damaged wiper blades. See . Visually inspect fuel system for
System 0 273. Wiper Blade damage or leaks.
Replacement 0 287. . Visually inspect exhaust system
Tire Rotation and Required
. Check tire inflation pressures. and nearby heat shields for
Services Every 12 000 km/
See Tire Pressure 0 304. loose or damaged parts.
7,500 mi
. Inspect tire wear. See Tire . Lubricate body components. See
Rotate the tires, if recommended for Inspection 0 309. Exterior Care 0 333.
the vehicle, and perform the
following services. See Tire . Visually check for fluid leaks. . Check starter switch. See Starter
Rotation 0 310. . Inspect engine air cleaner filter. Switch Check 0 285.
. Check engine oil level and oil See Engine Air Cleaner/ . Check automatic transmission
life percentage. If needed, Filter 0 274. shift lock control function. See
change engine oil and filter, and . Inspect brake system. See Automatic Transmission Shift
reset oil life system. See Engine Exterior Care 0 333. Lock Control Function
Oil 0 270 and Engine Oil Life Check 0 286.
System 0 273.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16

. Check ignition transmission lock.
See Ignition Transmission Lock
Check 0 286.
. Check parking brake and
automatic transmission park
mechanism. See Park Brake and
P (Park) Mechanism
Check 0 286.
. Check accelerator pedal for
damage, high effort, or binding.
Replace if needed.
. Visually inspect gas strut for
signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage. Check the hold open
ability of the strut. See your
dealer if service is required.
. Inspect sunroof track and seal,
if equipped. See Sunroof 0 50.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with
AWD. (4)
@
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @
Replace brake fluid. (7)
Footnotes Maintenance or environmental allergens. (2) Visually check all fuel and vapor
Schedule Additional Required Passenger compartment air filter lines and hoses for proper
Services - Normal replacement may also be needed if attachment, connection, routing, and
(1) Or every two years, whichever there is reduced airflow, window condition.
comes first. More frequent fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer
passenger compartment air filter can help determine when to replace
replacement may be needed if the filter.
driving in areas with heavy traffic,
poor air quality, high dust levels,
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
(3) Or every four years, whichever

comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
oil change or more often as needed.
(4) Do not directly power wash the
transfer case and/or front/rear axle
output seals. High pressure water
can overcome the seals and
contaminate the transfer case fluid.
Contaminated fluid will decrease the
life of the transfer case and/or axles
and should be replaced.
(5) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling
System 0 275.
(6) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage;
replace, if needed.
(7) Replace brake fluid every five
years. See Brake Fluid 0 283.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
1 2 0 0 0 k m/7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 k m/1 5 ,0 0 0 mi
3 6 0 0 0 k m/2 2 ,5 0 0 mi
4 8 0 0 0 k m/3 0 ,0 0 0 mi
6 0 0 0 0 k m/3 7 ,5 0 0 mi
7 2 0 0 0 k m/4 5 ,0 0 0 mi
8 4 0 0 0 k m/5 2 ,5 0 0 mi
9 6 0 0 0 k m/6 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 0 8 0 0 0 k m/6 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 2 0 0 0 0 k m/7 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 3 2 0 0 0 k m/8 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 4 4 0 0 0 k m/9 0 ,0 0 0 mi
1 5 6 0 0 0 k m/9 7 ,5 0 0 mi
1 6 8 0 0 0 k m/1 0 5 ,0 0 0 mi
1 8 0 0 0 0 k m/11 2 ,5 0 0 mi
1 9 2 0 0 0 k m/1 2 0 ,0 0 0 mi
2 0 4 0 0 0 k m/1 2 7 ,5 0 0 mi
2 1 6 0 0 0 k m/1 3 5 ,0 0 0 mi
2 2 8 0 0 0 k m/1 4 2 ,5 0 0 mi
2 4 0 0 0 0 k m/1 5 0 ,0 0 0 mi
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Change engine oil and filter, if needed.
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @
Replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) @ @ @
Change automatic transmission fluid. @ @ @
Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with
AWD. (4)
@ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires. @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @
Replace brake fluid. (7)
Footnotes Maintenance poor air quality, high dust levels, (2) Visually check all fuel and vapor
Schedule Additional Required or environmental allergens. lines and hoses for proper
Services - Severe Passenger compartment air filter attachment, connection, routing, and
(1) Or every two years, whichever replacement may also be needed if condition.
comes first. More frequent there is reduced airflow, window (3) Or every four years, whichever
passenger compartment air filter fogging, or odors. Your GM dealer comes first. If driving in dusty
replacement may be needed if can help determine when to replace conditions, inspect the filter at each
driving in areas with heavy traffic, the filter. oil change or more often as needed.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
(4) Do not directly power wash the Special Application Additional

transfer case and/or front/rear axle
output seals. High pressure water Services Maintenance and Care
can overcome the seals and . Severe Commercial Use Your vehicle is an important
contaminate the transfer case fluid.
Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis investment and caring for it properly
Contaminated fluid will decrease the
components every oil change. may help to avoid future costly
life of the transfer case and/or axles
. Have underbody flushing service repairs. To maintain vehicle
and should be replaced.
performed. See "Underbody performance, additional
(5) Or every five years, whichever maintenance services may be
Maintenance" in Exterior
comes first. See Cooling required.
Care 0 333.
System 0 275.
It is recommended that your dealer
(6) Or every 10 years, whichever perform these services their
comes first. Inspect for fraying, trained dealer technicians know
excessive cracking, or damage; your vehicle best. Your dealer can
replace, if needed. also perform a thorough
(7) Replace brake fluid every five assessment with a multi-point
years. See Brake Fluid 0 283. inspection to recommend when your
vehicle may need attention.
The following list is intended to
explain the services and conditions
to look for that may indicate
services are required.
Battery
The 12-volt battery supplies power
to start the engine and operate any
additional electrical accessories.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16

. To avoid break-down or failure to . Trained dealer technicians have Lamps
start the vehicle, maintain a access to tools and equipment Properly working headlamps,
battery with full cranking power. to inspect the brakes and taillamps, and brake lamps are
. Trained dealer technicians have recommend quality parts important to see and be seen on
the diagnostic equipment to test engineered for the vehicle. the road.
the battery and ensure that the Fluids . Signs that the headlamps need
connections and cables are attention include dimming, failure
corrosion-free. Proper fluid levels and approved
fluids protect the vehicles systems to light, cracking, or damage.
Belts and components. See The brake lamps need to be
Recommended Fluids and checked periodically to ensure
. Belts may need replacing if they
Lubricants 0 353 for GM approved that they light when braking.
squeak or show signs of
cracking or splitting. fluids. . With a multi-point inspection,
. Engine oil and windshield your dealer can check the lamps
. Trained dealer technicians have
washer fluid levels should be and note any concerns.
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the belts and checked at every fuel fill. Shocks and Struts
recommend adjustment or . Instrument cluster lights may
Shocks and struts help aid in control
replacement when necessary. come on to indicate that fluids for a smoother ride.
may be low and need to be
Brakes filled. . Signs of wear may include
Brakes stop the vehicle and are steering wheel vibration, bounce/
crucial to safe driving. Hoses sway while braking, longer
Hoses transport fluids and should stopping distance, or uneven
. Signs of brake wear may include
be regularly inspected to ensure tire wear.
chirping, grinding, or squealing
noises, or difficulty stopping. that there are no cracks or leaks. . As part of the multi-point
With a multi-point inspection, your inspection, trained dealer
dealer can inspect the hoses and technicians can visually inspect
advise if replacement is needed. the shocks and struts for signs
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
of leaking, blown seals, information on how to clean and Wiper Blades

or damage, and can advise protect the vehicles interior and Wiper blades need to be cleaned
when service is needed. exterior, see Interior Care 0 338 and and kept in good condition to
Exterior Care 0 333. provide a clear view.
Tires
Tires need to be properly inflated, Wheel Alignment . Signs of wear include streaking,
rotated, and balanced. Maintaining Wheel alignment is critical for skipping across the windshield,
the tires can save money and fuel, ensuring that the tires deliver and worn or split rubber.
and can reduce the risk of tire optimal wear and performance. . Trained dealer technicians can
failure. . Signs that the alignment may check the wiper blades and
. Signs that the tires need to be need to be adjusted include replace them when needed.
replaced include three or more pulling, improper vehicle
visible treadwear indicators; cord handling, or unusual tire wear.
or fabric showing through the . Your dealer has the required
rubber; cracks or cuts in the equipment to ensure proper
tread or sidewall; or a bulge or wheel alignment.
split in the tire.
. Trained dealer technicians can Windshield
inspect and recommend the right For safety, appearance, and the
tires. Your dealer can also best viewing, keep the windshield
provide tire/wheel balancing clean and clear.
services to ensure smooth . Signs of damage include
vehicle operation at all speeds. scratches, cracks, and chips.
Your dealer sells and services
name brand tires. . Trained dealer technicians can
inspect the windshield and
Vehicle Care recommend proper replacement
To help keep the vehicle looking like if needed.
new, vehicle care products are
available from your dealer. For
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity
grade. ACDelco dexos1 Synthetic Blend is recommended. See Engine
Oil 0 270.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant.
See Engine Coolant 0 276.
Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299818, in
Canada 19299819).
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
Hydraulic Power Steering System DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Automatic Transmission DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Carrier Assembly Differential (Rear SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 88900401, in
Drive Module) and Transfer Case Canada 89021678).
(Power Transfer Unit)
Hood Latch Assembly, Secondary Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 89021668, in
Latch, Pivots, Spring Anchor, and Canada 89021674) or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2,
Release Pawl Category LB or GC-LB.
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood and Door Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Hinges Canada 10953474).
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or
Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 10953481).
Maintenance Replacement Parts

Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 15278634 A3083C
Engine Oil Filter 19330000 PF63E
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 20958479 CF179C
Spark Plugs 12622561 41-109
Wiper Blades
Front Driver 62.5 cm (24.6 in) 20945799
Front Passenger 53.0 cm (20.8 in) 20945800
Rear 30.0 cm (11.6 in) 20865139
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Odometer
Date Serviced By Services Performed
Reading
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
356 Technical Data
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Service Parts

Identification Label
Vehicle Identification This label, on the inside of the glove
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) box, has the following information:
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 . Vehicle Identification
Service Parts Identification Number (VIN).
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356 . Model designation.
Vehicle Data . Paint information.
Capacities and
. Production options and special
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 358 equipment.
This legal identifier is in the front
Do not remove this label from the
corner of the instrument panel, on
vehicle.
the left side of the vehicle. It can be
seen through the windshield from
outside. The Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) also appears on the
Vehicle Certification and Service
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
parts. See Engine Specifications
under Capacities and Specifications
0 357 for the vehicle's engine code.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Technical Data 357
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 353 for more information.
Capacities
Application Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Cooling System 11.3 L 11.9 qt
Engine Oil with Filter 5.7 L 6.0 qt
Fuel Tank 83.3 L 22.0 gal
Transfer Case Fluid 1.0 L 1.0 qt
Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
Engine Specifications
Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap
3.6L V6 Engine D Automatic 0.951.10 mm (0.037
0.043 in)
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
358 Technical Data
Engine Drive Belt Routing

9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Customer Information 359
Customer Reporting Safety Defects to

the Canadian
Customer Information
Information Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Reporting Safety Defects to Customer Satisfaction
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Procedure
Customer Information Vehicle Data Recording and Your satisfaction and goodwill are
Customer Satisfaction Privacy important to your dealer and to
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
Vehicle Data Recording and
Customer Assistance with the sales transaction or the
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 operation of the vehicle will be
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 371
Customer Assistance for Text resolved by your dealer's sales or
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 362 service departments. Sometimes,
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 362 however, despite the best intentions
GM Mobility Reimbursement of all concerned, misunderstandings
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 can occur. If your concern has not
Roadside Assistance been resolved to your satisfaction,
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 the following steps should be taken:
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern
Courtesy Transportation with a member of dealership
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365 management. Normally, concerns
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 366 can be quickly resolved at that level.
Service Publications Ordering If the matter has already been
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368 reviewed with the sales, service,
Radio Frequency or parts manager, contact the owner
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369 of your dealership or the general
manager.
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects to STEP TWO : If after contacting a
the United States member of dealership management,
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 it appears your concern cannot be
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
360 Customer Information
resolved by your dealership without STEP THREE U.S. Owners : You may contact the BBB Auto Line
further help, in the U.S., call the Both General Motors and your Program using the toll-free
Chevrolet Customer Assistance dealer are committed to making telephone number or write them at
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In sure you are completely satisfied the following address:
Canada, call General Motors of with your new vehicle. However, BBB Auto Line Program
Canada Customer Care Centre at if you continue to remain unsatisfied Council of Better Business Bureaus,
1-800-263-3777 (English), after following the procedure Inc.
or 1-800-263-7854 (French). outlined in Steps One and Two, you 3033 Wilson Boulevard
We encourage you to call the can file with the Better Business Suite 600
toll-free number in order to give your Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program Arlington, VA 22201
inquiry prompt attention. Have the to enforce your rights.
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
following information available to The BBB Auto Line Program is an http://www.bbb.org/council/
give the Customer Assistance out-of-court program administered programs-services/
representative: by the Council of Better Business dispute-handling-and-resolution/
. Vehicle Identification Bureaus to settle automotive bbb-auto-line
Number (VIN). This is available disputes regarding vehicle repairs or
the interpretation of the New Vehicle This program is available in all
from the vehicle registration or 50 states and the District of
title, or the plate at the top left of Limited Warranty. Although you may
be required to resort to this informal Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
the instrument panel and visible vehicle age, mileage, and other
through the windshield. dispute resolution program prior to
filing a court action, use of the factors. General Motors reserves
. Dealership name and location. program is free of charge and your the right to change eligibility
. Vehicle delivery date and case will generally be heard within limitations and/or discontinue its
present mileage. 40 days. If you do not agree with the participation in this program.
decision given in your case, you STEP THREE Canadian
When contacting Chevrolet, may reject it and proceed with any
remember that your concern will Owners : In the event that you do
other venue for relief available not feel your concerns have been
likely be resolved at a dealer's to you.
facility. That is why we suggest addressed after following the
following Step One first. procedure outlined in Steps One
and Two, General Motors of Canada
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Company wants you to be aware of For further information concerning United States and Puerto Rico
its participation in a no-charge eligibility in the Canadian Motor
Chevrolet Motor Division
Mediation/Arbitration Program. Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
General Motors of Canada call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call
Center
Company has committed to binding the General Motors Customer Care
P.O. Box 33170
arbitration of owner disputes Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
involving factory-related vehicle 1-800-263-7854 (French),
www.Chevrolet.com
service claims. The program or write to:
provides for the review of the facts 1-800-222-1020
The Mediation/Arbitration Program
involved by an impartial third party 1-800-833-2438 (For Text
c/o Customer Care Centre
arbiter, and may include an informal Telephone Devices (TTYs))
General Motors of Canada
hearing before the arbiter. The Roadside Assistance:
Company
program is designed so that the 1-800-243-8872
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
entire dispute settlement process, 1908 Colonel Sam Drive From U.S. Virgin Islands:
from the time you file your complaint Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
to the final decision, should be 1-800-496-9994
completed in about 70 days. We Your inquiry should be accompanied
by the Vehicle Identification Canada
believe our impartial program offers
advantages over courts in most Number (VIN). General Motors of Canada
jurisdictions because it is informal, Company
quick, and free of charge. Customer Assistance Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
Offices CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Chevrolet encourages customers to Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
call the toll-free number for www.gm.ca
assistance. However, if a customer
1-800-263-3777 (English)
wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,
1-800-263-7854 (French)
the letter should be addressed to:
1-800-263-3830 (For Text
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Telephone devices (TTYs)) Online Owner Center J : View active recalls by Vehicle
Roadside Assistance: Identification Number (VIN). See
1-800-268-6800 Online Owner Experience Vehicle Identification Number
(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com (VIN) 0 356.
Overseas
Please contact the local General
The Chevrolet online owner H : View GM Card, SiriusXM
experience allows interaction with Satellite radio (if equipped), and
Motors Business Unit. Chevrolet and keeps important OnStar account information (if
vehicle-specific information in one equipped).
Customer Assistance for place.
Text Telephone (TTY) F : Chat with online help
Membership Benefits representatives.
Users
E : Download owner manuals and See my.chevrolet.com to register
To assist customers who are deaf, view vehicle-specific how-to videos. your vehicle.
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired
and who use Text Telephones
G : View maintenance schedules, Chevrolet Owner Centre
alerts, and OnStar Vehicle (Canada) chevroletowner.ca
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY
Diagnostic Information. Schedule
equipment available at its Customer Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre:
service appointments.
Assistance Center. Any TTY user in
the U.S. can communicate with I : View and print dealer-recorded . Chat live with online help
Chevrolet by dialing: service records and self-recorded representatives.
1-800-833-2438. TTY users in service records. . Locate owner resources such as
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. D : Select a preferred dealer and lease-end, financing, and
view locations, maps, phone warranty information.
numbers, and hours. . Retrieve your favorite articles,
r : Track your vehicles warranty quizzes, tips, and multimedia
information. galleries organized into the
Featured Articles and Auto Care
Sections.
. Download owner manuals.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16

. Find the General Motors of Canada also has . Odometer reading, Vehicle
Chevrolet-recommended a Mobility Program. Visit www.gm.ca Identification Number (VIN), and
maintenance services. or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) delivery date of the vehicle.
for details. TTY users call . Description of the problem.
GM Mobility 1-800-263-3830.
Reimbursement Program Coverage
Roadside Assistance Services are provided for the
Program duration of the vehicles powertrain
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call warranty.
1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone In the U.S., anyone driving the
(TTY): 1-888-889-2438.) vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
For Canadian-purchased vehicles, person driving the vehicle without
call 1-800-268-6800. permission from the owner is not
This program is available to covered.
qualified applicants for cost Service is available 24 hours a day,
365 days a year. Roadside Assistance is not a part of
reimbursement of eligible the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
aftermarket adaptive equipment Calling for Assistance General Motors North America and
required for the vehicle, such as Chevrolet reserve the right to make
hand controls or a wheelchair/ When calling Roadside Assistance,
any changes or discontinue the
scooter lift for the vehicle. have the following information
Roadside Assistance program at
ready:
For more information on the limited any time without notification.
offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or . Your name, home address, and
General Motors North America and
call the GM Mobility Assistance home telephone number.
Chevrolet reserve the right to limit
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text . Telephone number of your services or payment to an owner or
Telephone (TTY) users, call location. driver if they decide the claims are
1-800-833-9935. made too often, or the same type of
. Location of the vehicle.
claim is made many times.
. Model, year, color, and license
plate number of the vehicle.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Services Provided . Battery Jump Start: Service to Services Specific to

. jump start a dead battery. Canadian-Purchased Vehicles
Emergency Fuel Delivery:
Delivery of enough fuel for the . Trip Interruption Benefits and . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement
vehicle to get to the nearest Assistance: If your trip is is up to 7 liters. If available,
service station. interrupted due to a warranty diesel fuel delivery may be
. event, incidental expenses may restricted. Propane and other
Lock-Out Service: Service to
be reimbursed within the fuels are not provided through
unlock the vehicle if you are
Powertrain warranty period. this service.
locked out. A remote unlock may
Items considered are reasonable
be available if you have OnStar. . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
and customary hotel, meals,
For security reasons, the driver registration is required.
rental car, or a vehicle being
must present identification .
delivered back to the customer, Trip Interruption Benefits and
before this service is given.
up to 805 km (500 mi). Assistance: Must be over
. Emergency Tow from a Public 150 km from where your trip was
Road or Highway: Tow to the Services Not Included in started to qualify.
nearest Chevrolet dealer for Roadside Assistance Pre-authorization, original
warranty service, or if the vehicle . Impound towing caused by detailed receipts, and a copy of
was in a crash and cannot be violation of any laws. the repair orders are required.
driven. Assistance is not given Once authorization has been
when the vehicle is stuck in the . Legal fines. received, the Roadside
sand, mud, or snow. . Mounting, dismounting, Assistance advisor will help to
. Flat Tire Change: Service to or changing of snow tires, make arrangements and explain
change a flat tire with the spare chains, or other traction devices. how to receive payment.
tire. The spare tire, if equipped, Service is not provided if a vehicle . Alternative Service: If
must be in good condition and is in an area that is not accessible assistance cannot be provided
properly inflated. It is the owner's to the service vehicle or is not a right away, the Roadside
responsibility for the repair or regularly traveled or maintained Assistance advisor may give
replacement of the tire if it is not public road, which includes ice and permission to get local
covered by the warranty. winter roads. Off-road use is not emergency road service. You will
covered. receive payment, up to $100,
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
after sending the original receipt If your dealer requests you to bring furnished with each new vehicle
to Roadside Assistance. the vehicle for service, you are provides detailed warranty coverage
Mechanical failures may be urged to do so as early in the work information.
covered, however any cost for day as possible to allow for
parts and labor for repairs not same-day repair. Transportation Options
covered by the warranty are the Warranty service can generally be
owner responsibility. Courtesy Transportation completed while you wait. However,
Program if you are unable to do so, your
Scheduling Service dealer may offer the following
To enhance your ownership transportation options:
Appointments experience, we and our participating
When the vehicle requires warranty dealers are proud to offer Courtesy Shuttle Service
service, contact your dealer and Transportation, a customer support This includes one-way or round-trip
request an appointment. By program for vehicles with the shuttle service within reasonable
scheduling a service appointment Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty time and distance parameters of
and advising the service consultant Coverage period in Canada), your dealer's area.
of your transportation needs, your extended powertrain, and/or
dealer can help minimize your hybrid-specific warranties in both Public Transportation or Fuel
inconvenience. the U.S. and Canada. Reimbursement
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled Several Courtesy Transportation If overnight warranty repairs are
into the service department options are available to assist in needed, and public transportation is
immediately, keep driving it until it reducing inconvenience when used, the expense must be
can be scheduled for service, warranty repairs are required. supported by original receipts and
unless, of course, the problem is within the maximum amount allowed
Courtesy Transportation is not a by GM for shuttle service. If U.S.
safety related. If it is, please call part of the New Vehicle Limited
your dealership, let them know this, customers arrange their own
Warranty. A separate booklet transportation, limited
and ask for instructions. entitled Limited Warranty and reimbursement for reasonable fuel
Owner Assistance Information expenses may be available. Claim
amounts should reflect actual costs
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
and be supported by original Additional Program Collision Parts

receipts. See your dealer for Information Genuine GM Collision parts are new
information.
All program options, such as shuttle parts made with the same materials
Courtesy Rental Vehicle service, may not be available at and construction methods as the
every dealer. Contact your dealer parts with which the vehicle was
For an overnight warranty repair, the
for specific availability. originally built. Genuine GM
dealer may provide an available
Collision parts are the best choice to
courtesy rental vehicle or provide for General Motors reserves the right to
ensure that the vehicle's designed
reimbursement of a rental vehicle. unilaterally modify, change,
appearance, durability, and safety
Reimbursement is limited and must or discontinue Courtesy
are preserved. The use of Genuine
be supported by original receipts as Transportation at any time and to
GM parts can help maintain the GM
well as a signed and completed resolve all questions of claim
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
rental agreement and meet state/ eligibility pursuant to the terms and
provincial, local, and rental vehicle conditions described herein at its Recycled original equipment parts
provider requirements. sole discretion. may also be used for repair. These
Requirements vary and may include parts are typically removed from
minimum age requirements, Collision Damage Repair vehicles that were total losses in
insurance coverage, credit card, etc. prior crashes. In most cases, the
Additional fees such as fuel usage If the vehicle is involved in a parts being recycled are from
charges, taxes, levies, usage fees, collision and it is damaged, have the undamaged sections of the vehicle.
excessive mileage, or rental usage damage repaired by a qualified A recycled original equipment GM
beyond the completion of the repair technician using the proper part may be an acceptable choice to
are also your responsibility. equipment and quality replacement maintain the vehicle's originally
parts. Poorly performed collision designed appearance and safety
It may not be possible to provide a repairs diminish the vehicle resale performance; however, the history of
like vehicle as a courtesy rental. value, and safety performance can these parts is not known. Such parts
be compromised in subsequent are not covered by the GM New
collisions. Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
related failures are not covered by
that warranty.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Aftermarket collision parts are also Insuring the Vehicle parts. Read the lease carefully, as
available. These are made by you may be charged at the end of
Protect your investment in the GM
companies other than GM and may the lease for poor quality repairs.
vehicle with comprehensive and
not have been tested for the vehicle.
collision insurance coverage. There If a Crash Occurs
As a result, these parts may fit
are significant differences in the
poorly, exhibit premature durability/ If there has been an injury, call
quality of coverage afforded by
corrosion problems, and may not emergency services for help. Do not
various insurance policy terms.
perform properly in subsequent leave the scene of a crash until all
Many insurance policies provide
collisions. Aftermarket parts are not matters have been taken care of.
reduced protection to the GM
covered by the GM New Vehicle Move the vehicle only if its position
vehicle by limiting compensation for
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle puts you in danger, or you are
damage repairs through the use of
failure related to such parts is not instructed to move it by a police
aftermarket collision parts. Some
covered by that warranty. officer.
insurance companies will not
Repair Facility specify aftermarket collision parts. Give only the necessary information
When purchasing insurance, we to police and other parties involved
GM also recommends that you recommend that you ensure that the in the crash.
choose a collision repair facility that vehicle will be repaired with GM
meets your needs before you ever For emergency towing see
original equipment collision parts. Roadside Assistance
need collision repairs. Your dealer If such insurance coverage is not
may have a collision repair center Program 0 363.
available from your current
with GM-trained technicians and insurance carrier, consider switching Gather the following information:
state-of-the-art equipment, or be to another insurance carrier.
able to recommend a collision repair . Driver name, address, and
center that has GM-trained If the vehicle is leased, the leasing telephone number.
technicians and comparable company may require you to have . Driver license number.
equipment. insurance that ensures repairs with
Genuine GM Original Equipment . Owner name, address, and
Manufacturer (OEM) parts or telephone number.
Genuine Manufacturer replacement . Vehicle license plate number.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16

. Vehicle make, model, and original GM parts. Remember, Service Publications
model year. recycled parts will not be covered by
the GM vehicle warranty.
Ordering Information
. Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN). Insurance pays the bill for the repair, Service Manuals
. Insurance company and policy but you must live with the repair. Service Manuals have the diagnosis
number. Depending on your policy limits, and repair information on the
your insurance company may engines, transmission, axle,
. General description of the initially value the repair using suspension, brakes, electrical,
damage to the other vehicle. aftermarket parts. Discuss this with steering, body, etc.
Choose a reputable repair facility the repair professional, and insist on
that uses quality replacement parts. Genuine GM parts. Remember, Service Bulletins
See Collision Parts earlier in this if the vehicle is leased, you may be Service Bulletins give additional
section. obligated to have the vehicle technical service information
repaired with Genuine GM parts, needed to knowledgeably service
If the airbag has inflated, see What even if your insurance coverage
Will You See after an Airbag General Motors cars and trucks.
does not pay the full cost. Each bulletin contains instructions
Inflates? 0 76.
If another party's insurance to assist in the diagnosis and
Managing the Vehicle Damage company is paying for the repairs, service of the vehicle.
Repair Process you are not obligated to accept a
repair valuation based on that Owner Information
In the event that the vehicle requires
insurance company's collision policy Owner publications are written
damage repairs, GM recommends
repair limits, as you have no specifically for owners and intended
that you take an active role in its
contractual limits with that company. to provide basic operational
repair. If you have a pre-determined
In such cases, you can have control information about the vehicle. The
repair facility of choice, take the
of the repair and parts choices as Owner Manual includes the
vehicle there, or have it towed there.
long as the cost stays within Maintenance Schedule for all
Specify to the facility that any
reasonable limits. models.
required replacement collision parts
be original equipment parts, either
new Genuine GM parts or recycled
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, Prices are subject to change without Changes or modifications to any of
Owner Manual, and Warranty notice and without incurring these systems by other than an
Manual. obligation. Allow ample time for authorized service facility could void
RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00 delivery. authorization to use this equipment.
$40.00 (U.S.) plus handling and All listed prices are quoted in U.S.
shipping fees. funds. Make checks payable in U.S.
Without Pouch: Owner Manual only. funds.
RETAIL SELL PRICE: Radio Frequency

$25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and
shipping fees. Statement
This vehicle has systems that
Current and Past Models operate on a radio frequency that
Technical Service Bulletins and complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the
Manuals are available for current Federal Communications
and past model GM vehicles. Commission (FCC) rules and with
ORDER TOLL FREE: Industry Canada Standards
1-800-551-4123 Monday Friday RSS-GEN/210/216/220/251/310,
8:00 AM 6:00 PM Eastern Time ICES001.
For Credit Card Orders Only Operation is subject to the following

(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), see two conditions:
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. 1. The device may not cause
Or write to: harmful interference.
Helm, Incorporated 2. The device must accept any

Attention: Customer Service interference received, including
47911 Halyard Drive interference that may cause
Plymouth, MI 48170 undesired operation of the
device.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Reporting Safety To contact NHTSA, you may call Reporting Safety Defects
the Vehicle Safety Hotline to General Motors
Defects toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:
1-800-424-9153); go to http:// In addition to notifying NHTSA (or
Reporting Safety Defects www.safercar.gov; or write to: Transport Canada) in a situation like
this, notify General Motors.
to the United States Administrator, NHTSA
Government Call 1-800-222-1020, or write:
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
Washington, D.C. 20590 Chevrolet Motor Division
If you believe that your vehicle
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
has a defect which could cause You can also obtain other Center
a crash or could cause injury or information about motor vehicle P.O. Box 33170
death, you should immediately safety from http:// Detroit, MI 48232-5170
inform the National Highway www.safercar.gov.
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777
Traffic Safety Administration (English) or 1-800-263-7854
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying Reporting Safety Defects (French), or write:
General Motors. to the Canadian General Motors of Canada
If NHTSA receives similar Government Company
complaints, it may open an If you live in Canada, and you Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
investigation, and if it finds that believe that the vehicle has a safety CA1-163-005
a safety defect exists in a group defect, notify Transport Canada 1908 Colonel Sam Drive
of vehicles, it may order a recall immediately, and notify General Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
and remedy campaign. Motors of Canada Company. Call
However, NHTSA cannot Transport Canada at
become involved in individual 1-800-333-0510 or write to:
problems between you, your Transport Canada
dealer, or General Motors. Road Safety Branch
80 rue Noel
Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders These data can help provide a
better understanding of the
Recording and This vehicle is equipped with an circumstances in which crashes and
event data recorder (EDR). The injuries occur.
Privacy main purpose of an EDR is to
record, in certain crash or near Note
The vehicle has a number of
crash-like situations, such as an air EDR data are recorded by your
computers that record information
bag deployment or hitting a road vehicle only if a non-trivial crash
about the vehicles performance and
how it is driven. For example, the obstacle, data that will assist in situation occurs; no data are
understanding how a vehicles recorded by the EDR under normal
vehicle uses computer modules to
systems performed. The EDR is driving conditions and no personal
monitor and control engine and
designed to record data related to data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
transmission performance, to
monitor the conditions for airbag vehicle dynamics and safety crash location) are recorded.
systems for a short period of time, However, other parties, such as law
deployment and deploy them in a
typically 30 seconds or less. The enforcement, could combine the
crash, and, if equipped, to provide
EDR in this vehicle is designed to EDR data with the type of
antilock braking to help the driver
control the vehicle. These modules record such data as: personally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash
may store data to help the dealer . How various systems in your
investigation.
technician service the vehicle. vehicle were operating;
Some modules may also store data To read data recorded by an EDR,
. Whether or not the driver and
about how the vehicle is operated, special equipment is required, and
such as rate of fuel consumption or passenger safety belts were access to the vehicle or the EDR is
average speed. These modules may buckled/fastened; needed. In addition to the vehicle
retain personal preferences, such as . How far (if at all) the driver was manufacturer, other parties, such as
radio presets, seat positions, and depressing the accelerator and/ law enforcement, that have the
temperature settings. or brake pedal; and, special equipment, can read the
. How fast the vehicle was information if they have access to
traveling. the vehicle or the EDR.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
GM will not access these data or OnStar Terms and Conditions and
share it with others except: with the Privacy Statement on the OnStar
consent of the vehicle owner or, website.
if the vehicle is leased, with the See OnStar Additional
consent of the lessee; in response Information 0 378.
to an official request by police or
similar government office; as part of
GM's defense of litigation through Infotainment System
the discovery process; or, as If the vehicle is equipped with a
required by law. Data that GM navigation system as part of the
collects or receives may also be infotainment system, use of the
used for GM research needs or may system may result in the storage of
be made available to others for destinations, addresses, telephone
research purposes, where a need is numbers, and other trip information.
shown and the data is not tied to a See the infotainment manual for
specific vehicle or vehicle owner. information on stored data and for
deletion instructions.
OnStar
If the vehicle is equipped with
OnStar and has an active
subscription, additional data may be
collected through the OnStar
system. This includes information
about the vehicles operation;
collisions involving the vehicle; the
use of the vehicle and its features;
and, in certain situations, the
location and approximate GPS
speed of the vehicle. Refer to the
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
OnStar 373
OnStar OnStar Overview Terms, Privacy Statement, and

Software Terms for more details
including system limitations at
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
OnStar Overview
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
The OnStar system status light is
OnStar Services next to the OnStar buttons. If the
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 status light is:
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 = Voice Command Button . Solid Green: System is ready.
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 Q Blue OnStar Button . Flashing Green: On a call.
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
> Red Emergency Button . Red: Indicates a problem.
OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional This vehicle may be equipped with a . Off: System is active. Press Q
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 comprehensive, in-vehicle system twice to speak with an OnStar
that can connect to an OnStar Advisor.
Advisor for Emergency, Security,
Navigation, Connections, and Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
Diagnostics Services. OnStar (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
services may require a paid Advisor.
subscription and data plan. OnStar Press = to:
requires the vehicle battery and
electrical system, cellular service, . Make a call, end a call,
and GPS satellite signals to be or answer an incoming call.
available and operating. OnStar acts . Give OnStar Hands-Free Calling
as a link to existing emergency voice commands.
service providers. OnStar may
collect information about you and . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
your vehicle, including location Navigation voice commands.
information. See OnStar User
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
374 OnStar
. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi OnStar Services Security
hotspot name or SSID and
password, if equipped. If equipped, OnStar provides these
Emergency services:
Press Q to connect to an . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
Emergency Services require an
Advisor to: active, OnStar service plan OnStar Advisors can use GPS to
. Verify account information or (excludes Basic Plan). With pinpoint the vehicle and help
update contact information. Automatic Crash Response, built-in authorities quickly recover it.
. Get driving directions. sensors can automatically alert a . With Remote Ignition Block,
specially trained OnStar Advisor if equipped, OnStar can block
. Receive a Diagnostic check of who is immediately connected in to
the vehicle's key operating the engine from being restarted.
the vehicle to help.
systems. . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,
Press > for a priority connection to if equipped, OnStar can work
. Receive Roadside Assistance. an OnStar Advisor who can contact with law enforcement to
. Manage Wi-Fi Settings, emergency service providers, direct gradually slow the vehicle down.
if equipped. them to your exact location, and
relay important information. Theft Alarm Notification
Press > to get a priority connection
With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially If equipped, if the doors are locked
to an OnStar Advisor available 24/
trained Advisors are available and the vehicle alarm sounds, a
7 to:
24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to notification by text, e-mail, or phone
. Get help for an emergency. provide a central point of contact, call will be sent. If the vehicle is
. Be a Good Samaritan or assistance, and information during a stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work
respond to an AMBER Alert. crisis. with authorities to recover the
vehicle.
. Get assistance in severe With Roadside Assistance, Advisors
weather or other crisis situations can locate a nearby service provider
and find evacuation routes. to help with a flat tire, a battery
jump, or an empty gas tank.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
OnStar 375
Navigation 3. Say Yes. System responds: Send Destination to Vehicle

OK, request completed, thank Subscribers can have directions
OnStar navigation requires a you, goodbye.
specific OnStar service plan. sent to the vehicles navigation
Route Preview screen, if equipped.
Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn
directions or have them sent to the 1. Press =. System responds: Press Q, then ask the Advisor to
vehicles navigation screen, OnStar ready, then a tone. download directions to the vehicles
if equipped. navigation system, if equipped. After
2. Say Route preview. System the call ends, the navigation screen
Turn-by-Turn Navigation responds with the next three will provide prompts to begin driving
maneuvers. directions. Routes that are sent to
1. Press Q to connect to an the navigation screen can only be
Repeat
Advisor. canceled through the navigation
2. Request directions to be 1. Press =. System responds: system.
downloaded to the vehicle. OnStar ready, then a tone.
See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
3. Follow the voice-guided 2. Say Repeat. System www.onstar.ca (Canada).
commands. responds with the last direction
given, then responds with Connections
Using Voice Commands OnStar ready, then a tone.
During a Planned Route The following OnStar services help
Get My Destination with staying connected.
Cancel Route
1. Press =. System responds: For coverage maps, see
1. Press =. System responds: OnStar ready, then a tone. www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
OnStar ready, then a tone. www.onstar.ca (Canada).
2. Say Get my destination.
2. Say Cancel route. System System responds with the Ensuring Security
responds: Do you want to address and distance to the . Change the default passwords
cancel directions? destination, then responds with
for the Wi-Fi hotspot and
OnStar ready, then a tone.
RemoteLink mobile application.
Make these passwords different
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
376 OnStar
from each other and use a 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display . Remotely start/stop the vehicle,
combination of letters, numbers, the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID), if factory-equipped.
and symbols to increase the password, and on some . Lock/unlock doors, if equipped
security. vehicles, the connection type with automatic locks.
. Change the default name of the (no Internet connection, 3G,
4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality . Activate the horn and lamps.
SSID (Service Set Identifier).
This is your networks name that (poor, good, excellent). . Check the vehicles fuel level, oil
is visible to other wireless 3. To change the SSID or life, or tire pressure,
devices. Choose a unique name password, press Q or call if factory-equipped with the Tire
and avoid family names or Pressure Monitor System.
1-888-4ONSTAR to connect
vehicle descriptions. with an Advisor. . Send directions to the vehicle.

OnStar Wi-Fi Hotspot (If After initial set-up, your vehicles . Locate the vehicle on a map
Equipped) Wi-Fi hotspot will connect (U.S. market only).
The vehicle may have a built-in automatically to your mobile . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot
Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access devices. Manage data usage by on/off, manage settings, and
to the Internet and web content at turning Wi-Fi on or off on your monitor data consumption,
4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile mobile device, using the if equipped.
devices can be connected. A data RemoteLink mobile app, or by
plan is required. Use the in-vehicle contacting an OnStar Advisor. For OnStar RemoteLink information
controls only when it is safe to and compatibility, see
OnStar RemoteLink Mobile App www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
do so. (If Equipped) www.onstar.ca (Canada).
1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot Download the OnStar RemoteLink
information, press =, wait for Remote Services
mobile app to select Apple iOS,
the prompt, then say Wi-Fi Android, BlackBerry, Contact an OnStar Advisor to
settings. On some vehicles, or Windows mobile devices. unlock the doors or sound the horn
touch Wi-Fi Settings on the OnStar Subscribers can access the and flash the lamps.
screen. following services from a mobile
device:
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
OnStar 377
OnStar AtYourService 2. Say Call. System responds: Diagnostics

Call. Please say the name or
OnStar Advisors can provide offers Advanced Diagnostics provides a
number to call.
from restaurants and retailers on status of the vehicles key systems
your route, help locate hotels, 3. Say 911 without pausing. with a monthly e-mail, or by
or book a room. These services System responds: 911.
pressing Q. If equipped, Diagnostic
vary by market. 4. Say Call. System responds: Alerts can be received in real-time
OnStar Hands-Free Calling OK, dialing 911. via e-mail or text. The Proactive
Alerts feature (if available) can help
Make and receive calls with the Retrieve My Number
predict and alert of potential
built-in wireless calling service,
which requires available minutes. 1. Press =. System responds: upcoming maintenance issues with
OnStar ready. select components on the vehicle,
Make a Call before they become a problem.
2. Say My number. System
1. Press =. System responds: responds: Your OnStar OnStar can also monitor and report
Hands-Free Calling number is, tire pressure, if the vehicle is
OnStar ready.
then says the number. equipped with a Tire Pressure
2. Say Call. System responds: Monitoring System.
Call. Please say the name or End a Call
number to call.
Press =. System responds: Call
3. Say the entire number without ended.
pausing, including a 1 and the
area code. System responds: Verify Minutes and Expiration
OK, calling.
Press = and say Minutes then
Calling 911 Emergency Verify to check how many minutes
remain and their expiration date.
1. Press =. System responds:
OnStar ready.
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
378 OnStar
Reactivation for Subsequent . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.

OnStar Additional
Owners Press Q to speak with an
Information .
Press Q and follow the prompts to Advisor.
In-Vehicle Audio Messages speak to an Advisor as soon as OnStar services cannot work unless
Audio messages may play important possible. The Advisor will update the vehicle is in a place where
information at the following times: vehicle records and explain OnStar OnStar has an agreement with a
service options. wireless service provider for service
. Prior to vehicle purchase.
How OnStar Service Works in that area. The wireless service
Press Q to set up an account. provider must also have coverage,
. With the OnStar Basic Plan, Automatic Crash Response, network capacity, reception, and
every 60 days. Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, technology compatible with OnStar
Stolen Vehicle Assistance, services. Service involving location
. After change in ownership and Advanced Vehicle Diagnostics, information about the vehicle cannot
at 90 days. Remote Services, Roadside work unless GPS signals are
Transferring Service Assistance, Turn-by-Turn available, unobstructed, and
Navigation, and Hands-Free Calling compatible with the OnStar
Press Q to request account transfer are available on most vehicles. Not hardware. OnStar services may not
eligibility information. The Advisor all OnStar services are available work if the OnStar equipment is not
can cancel or change account everywhere or on all vehicles. For properly installed or it has not been
information. more information, a full description properly maintained. If equipment or
of OnStar services, system software is added, connected,
Selling/Transferring the limitations, and OnStar User Terms, or modified, OnStar services may
Vehicle Privacy Statement, and Software not work. Other problems beyond
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR Terms: the control of OnStar such as
(1-888-466-7827) immediately to . Call 1-888-4ONSTAR hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,
terminate your OnStar services if (1-888-466-7827). electrical system design and
the vehicle is disposed of, sold, architecture of the vehicle, damage
. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
transferred, or if the lease ends.
. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
OnStar 379
to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless access to all OnStar services, Potential Issues
phone network congestion or except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
OnStar cannot perform Remote
jamming may prevent service. Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
See Radio Frequency OnStar Personal Identification Assistance after the vehicle has
Statement 0 369. Number (PIN) been off continuously for 10 days
without an ignition cycle. If the
Services for People with A PIN is needed to access some vehicle has not been started for
Disabilities OnStar services. The PIN will need five days, OnStar can contact
Advisors provide services to help to be changed the first time when Roadside Assistance or a locksmith
Subscribers with physical disabilities speaking with an Advisor. To to help gain access to the vehicle.
and medical conditions. change the OnStar PIN, contact an
OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or Global Positioning
Press Q to help: calling 1-888-4ONSTAR. System (GPS)
. Locate a gas station with an . Obstruction of the GPS can
Warranty
attendant to pump gas. occur in a large city with tall
OnStar equipment may be buildings; in parking garages;
. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., warranted as part of the vehicle around airports; in tunnels and
that meets accessibility needs. warranty. underpasses; or in an area with
. Provide directions to the closest very dense trees. If GPS signals
hospital or pharmacy in urgent Languages are not available, the OnStar
situations. The vehicle can be programmed to system should still operate to
respond in multiple languages. call OnStar. However, OnStar
TTY Users
Press Q and ask for an Advisor. could have difficulty identifying
OnStar has the ability to Advisors are available in English, the exact location.
communicate to deaf, Spanish, and French. Available . In emergency situations, OnStar
hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired languages may vary by country. can use the last stored GPS
customers while in the vehicle. The location to send to emergency
available dealer-installed TTY responders.
system can provide in-vehicle
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
380 OnStar
A temporary loss of GPS can cause to function properly. These systems settings. These updates or changes
loss of the ability to send a may not operate if the battery is may also collect personal
Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The discharged or disconnected. information. Such collection is
Advisor may give a verbal route or described in the OnStar privacy
may ask for a call back after the Add-on Electrical Equipment statement or separately disclosed at
vehicle is driven into an open area. The OnStar system is integrated the time of installation. These
into the electrical architecture of the updates or changes may also cause
Cellular and GPS Antennas vehicle. Do not add any electrical a system to automatically
Cellular reception is required for equipment. See Add-On Electrical communicate with GM servers to
OnStar to send remote signals to Equipment 0 264. Added electrical collect information about vehicle
the vehicle. Do not place items over equipment may interfere with the system status, identify whether
or near the antenna to prevent operation of the OnStar system and updates or changes are available,
blocking cellular and GPS signal cause it to not operate. or deliver updates or changes. An
reception. active OnStar agreement constitutes
Vehicle Software Updates consent to these software updates
Unable to Connect to OnStar OnStar or GM may remotely deliver or changes and agreement that
Message software updates or changes to the either OnStar or GM may remotely
If there is limited cellular coverage vehicle without further notice or deliver them to the vehicle.
or the cellular network has reached consent. These updates or changes
Privacy
maximum capacity, this message may enhance or maintain safety,
may come on. Press Q to try the security, or the operation of the The complete OnStar Privacy
vehicle or the vehicle systems. Statement may be found at
call again or try again after driving a
Software updates or changes may www.onstar.com (U.S.),
few miles into another cellular area.
affect or erase data or settings that or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We
Vehicle and Power Issues are stored in the vehicle, such as recommend that you review it. If you
OnStar Hands-Free Calling name have any questions, call
OnStar services require a vehicle 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)
tags, saved navigation destinations,
electrical system, wireless service,
and GPS satellite technologies to be
or pre-set radio stations. Neither or press Q to speak with an
OnStar nor GM is responsible for Advisor. Users of wireless
available and operating for features
any affected or erased data or communications are cautioned that
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
OnStar 381
the privacy of any information sent hereby granted, provided that the or other dealings in this Software
via wireless cellular communications above copyright notice and this without prior written authorization of
cannot be assured. Third parties permission notice appear in all the copyright holder.
may unlawfully intercept or access copies.
transmissions and private unzip:
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
communications without consent. AS IS, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the
ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR Info-ZIP copyright and license. The
OnStar - Software definitive version of this document
Acknowledgements IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES should be available at ftp://
Certain OnStar components include OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/
libcurl and unzip software and other FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE license.html indefinitely.
third party software. Below are the AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All
notices and licenses associated with THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO rights reserved.
libcurl and unzip and for other third EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
party software please see http:// For the purposes of this copyright
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE and license, Info-ZIP is defined as
www.lg.com/global/support/ LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
opensource/index and https:// the following set of individuals:
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
www.onstar.com/us/en/support/ WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,
getdocuments.html CONTRACT, TORT OR Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed
libcurl:
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris
COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,
NOTICE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,
Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel THE SOFTWARE. Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,
Stenberg, <daniel@haxx.se>. Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,
Except as contained in this notice, Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,
All rights reserved. the name of a copyright holder shall Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,
not be used in advertising or George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai
Permission to use, copy, modify, otherwise to promote the sale, use
and distribute this software for any Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,
purpose with or without fee is Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
382 OnStar
Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta, to this condition is redistribution of Info-ZIP. Such altered
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren, of a standard UnZipSFX binary versions are further prohibited
Rich Wales, Mike White. (including SFXWiz) as part of a from misrepresentative use of
This software is provided as is, self-extracting archive; that is the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
without warranty of any kind, permitted without inclusion of addresses or of the
express or implied. In no event shall this license, as long as the Info-ZIP URL(s).
Info-ZIP or its contributors be held normal SFX banner has not 4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
liable for any direct, indirect, been removed from the binary the names Info-ZIP, Zip,
incidental, special or consequential or disabled. UnZip, UnZipSFX, WiZ,
damages arising out of the use of or 3. Altered versionsincluding, but Pocket UnZip, Pocket Zip,
inability to use this software. not limited to, ports to new and MacZip for its own
Permission is granted to anyone to operating systems, existing source and binary releases.
use this software for any purpose, ports with new graphical
including commercial applications, interfaces, and dynamic,
and to alter it and redistribute it shared, or static library
freely, subject to the following versionsmust be plainly
restrictions: marked as such and must not
be misrepresented as being
1. Redistributions of source code the original source. Such
must retain the above copyright altered versions also must not
notice, definition, disclaimer, be misrepresented as being
and this list of conditions. Info-ZIP releasesincluding,
2. Redistributions in binary form but not limited to, labeling of
(compiled executables) must the altered versions with the
reproduce the above copyright names Info-ZIP (or any
notice, definition, disclaimer, variation thereof, including, but
and this list of conditions in not limited to, different
documentation and/or other capitalizations), Pocket
materials provided with the UnZip, WiZ or MacZip
distribution. The sole exception without the explicit permission
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Index 383
Airbag System (cont'd)

Index A
Accessories and Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . . 73
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Airbags
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 Adding Equipment to the
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 264 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Additional Information Passenger Status Indicator . . . 122
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378 Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Additional Maintenance Servicing Airbag-Equipped
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Adjustments System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Alarm
Agreements Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Trademarks and License . . . . . 204 Alert
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 274 Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 250
Air Filter, Passenger All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . .238, 285
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173, 174
Airbag System Antenna
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
How Does an Airbag Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 238
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Passenger Sensing System . . . . 78 Appearance Care
What Makes an Airbag Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
What Will You See after an Armrest Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Assistance Program,
When Should an Airbag Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
384 Index
Audio Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 Capacities and

Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 165 Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Audio Players Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Carbon Monoxide
CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182, 184 Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283 Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
MP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186, 191 Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Automatic System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Dimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Cargo
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 227 Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Management System . . . . . . . . . 105
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Automatic Transmission Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 2
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 289 CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182, 184
Shift Lock Control Function Taillamps, Turn Signal, and Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 104
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286 Stoplamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Auxiliary Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 123
Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Check
C
Ignition Transmission Lock . . . 286
B Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Malfunction Indicator
Battery California
Engine Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Fuel Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Child Restraints
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Perchlorate Materials
Infants and Young Children . . . . . 85
Voltage and Charging Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Lower Anchors and Tethers
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 California
for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Battery - North America . . . .284, 326 Proposition
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 287 65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .266, 284, 326
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97, 99
Bluetooth Camera
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Rear Vision (RVC) . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Brake Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2
System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 126
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Index 385
Cleaning Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Daytime Running Lamps/

Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 Engine Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Automatic Headlamp
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 205 Courtesy Transportation Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365 Delayed Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . 162
Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Cover Delayed Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Delayed Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212, 213 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114, 115 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242 Devices
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 366 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Diagnostics
Compact Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Compartments Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 362 Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Text Telephone (TTY) Door
Connections Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 Ajar Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 Customer Information Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Control Service Publications Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Traction and Electronic Ordering Information . . . . . . . . 368 Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Customer Satisfaction Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 358
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 Drive Systems
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 All-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . 238, 285
D
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Driver Information
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 366
Coolant Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . .130, 135
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 2
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Driving
Data Collection
Engine Temperature Gauge . . 120 Characteristics and
Engine Temperature Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 371
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
386 Index
Driving (cont'd) Engine (cont'd) F

Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 269 Features
For Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . 30 Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276 Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 221 Coolant Temperature Filter,
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 223 Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Coolant Temperature Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 159
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275 Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Cooling System Messages . . . 139 Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Dual Automatic Climate Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 Fluid
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 274
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
E
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Electrical Equipment,
Oil Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Electrical System
Overheated Protection Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Engine Compartment Fuse
Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Forward Collision Alert
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279 (FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 291
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Frequency Statement
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 234 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Front Seats
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Emergency
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 Heated and Cooled . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 371 Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Engine
Extender, Safety Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 157 Economy Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Check and Service Engine
Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Index 387
Fuel (cont'd) General Information High Voltage Devices and

Filling a Portable Fuel Service and Maintenance . . . . . 343 Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 221
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 240
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 GM Mobility Reimbursement Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Requirements, California . . . . . 254 Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
System Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 How to Wear Safety Belts
H
Fuses Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 159
Engine Compartment Fuse
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 I
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Headlamps Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 291
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Ignition Transmission Lock
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Daytime Running Lamps/ Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
G Automatic Headlamp Indicator
Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . 153 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Delayed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Infants and Young Children,
Gauges Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Engine Coolant High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 129 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 157 Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Heated Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Instrument Panel
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Heated and Cooled Front Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119 Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 47
Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Warning Lights and Heater
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Heating and Air Conditioning . . . 205
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
388 Index
J LATCH, Lower Anchors and Locks

Jump Starting - North Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Lighting Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
K
Delayed Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Key and Lock Messages . . . . . . . . 141
Delayed Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Keyless Entry
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . 33
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Parade Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Lower Anchors and Tethers
L Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 for Children (LATCH
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 299 Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Lamps Antilock Brake System Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 (ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 126
M
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Maintenance
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Malfunction Indicator . . . . . . . . . 124 Engine Coolant
Maintenance and Care
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Temperature Warning . . . . . . . 128
Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 128
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 344
Lane Departure Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Lane Departure Warning High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 157
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 124
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . 127
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Safety Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . 121
Memory Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
LATCH System Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Replacing Parts after a StabiliTrak Indicator . . . . . . . . . 127
Messages
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Index 389
Messages (cont'd) Mirrors (cont'd) OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372

Battery Voltage and Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 OnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Park Tilt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 OnStar Additional
Brake System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 47 OnStar Connections . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Engine Cooling System . . . . . . . 139 Monitor System, Tire OnStar Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 MP3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186, 191 OnStar Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Fuel System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Key and Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
N
Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Operating Mode
Navigation
Object Detection System . . . . . 141 Overheated Engine
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Ride Control System . . . . . . . . . . 143 Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Net, Convenience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Operation
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Service Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 O Infotainment System . . . . . 168, 170
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Object Detection System Ordering
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 Service Publications . . . . . . . . . . 368
Vehicle Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 Outlets
Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Off-Road Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Overheated Engine
Mirrors Oil Protection Operating Mode . . . . 281
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Automatic Dimming Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 273 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166, 168
Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 84
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 362
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
390 Index
P Power (cont'd) Rearview Mirrors (cont'd)

Parade Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 231 Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Park Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Shifting Into . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Recommended Fluids and
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Pregnancy, Using Safety Belts . . . 70 Records
Parking Privacy Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 371 Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 330
Brake and P (Park) Program Reimbursement Program,
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 286 Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 365 GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 233 Proposition Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
Parking Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247 65 Warning, System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Passenger Airbag Status California . . . . . . . . . . . .266, 284, 326 Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 Replacement Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
R
Passenger Compartment Air Replacement Parts
Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 369
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Radio Reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 78 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Radios
Perchlorate Materials Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 83
AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . 173, 174
Requirements, California . . . . . . 266 Replacing LATCH System
Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177, 180
Personalization Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Replacing Safety Belt System
Rear Climate Control
Phone Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .212, 213
Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 Reporting Safety Defects
Rear Seat Audio (RSA)
Power Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 370
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 244
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115 Restraints
Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . 112
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Index 391
Retained Accessory Safety Defects Reporting (cont'd) Service (cont'd)

Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 355
Ride Control Systems Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Maintenance, General
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Roads Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . .177, 180 Parts Identification Label . . . . . 356
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 365 Publications Ordering
Roadside Assistance Seats Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 365
Roof Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . . 55 Services
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . 55 Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 358 Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Running the Vehicle While Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Shift Lock Control Function
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Third Row Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Check, Automatic
Securing Child Restraints . . . . 97, 99 Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
S
Security Shifting
Safety Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 250
How to Wear Safety Belts
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Signals, Turn and
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Service Spare Tire
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Accessories and Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . . 71
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266 Special Application Services . . . . 350
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . 70
Climate Control System . . . . . . . 205 Specifications and
Safety Defects Reporting
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 267 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 370
Engine Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
392 Index
StabiliTrak System Tires (cont'd)

Indicator Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Forward Collision Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 305
Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248 Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164, 372 Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Rear Seat Audio (RSA) . . . . . . . 194 Terminology and Definitions . . 302
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Roof Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Uniform Tire Quality
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
T
Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Wheel Alignment and Tire
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Taillamps
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 315
Turn Signal and Stoplamps . . . 288
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . 109, 110 When It Is Time for New
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 362
Storage Areas Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 43
Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Cargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Third-Row Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Cargo Management Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114, 115
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 Towing
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . 256
All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Convenience Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 General Information . . . . . . . . . . 256
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 330
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
Roof Rack System . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Compact Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 103 Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 Traction Control/Electronic
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Summer Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298 Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Trademarks and License
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Trailer
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Pressure Monitor Operation . . 306
9955676) - 2017 - crc - 3/29/16
Index 393
Transmission Vehicle (cont'd) Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 89

Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 Wi-Fi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274 Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 127 Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Vehicle Care Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Transportation Program, Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Windshield
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365 Vehicle Data Recording and Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Turn and Lane-Change Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371 Winter
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
U
Voltage Devices and Wiring . . . . 290 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 287
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 313
Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 Wipers
Universal Remote System . . . . . . 153
Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 W
Wiring, High Voltage Devices . . . 290
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 Warning
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
V
Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 252
Vehicle
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Warnings
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Identification Number (VIN) . . . 356
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Wheels
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Alignment and Tire Balance . . 315
Reminder Messages . . . . . . . . . . 146
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
When It Is Time for New
Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

2017 Chevrolet Traverse Mid Size SUV Owners Manual

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

2017 Chevrolet Traverse Mid Size SUV Owners Manual

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

2k17_Chevrolet_Traverse_23216842A.

Traverse Owners Manual

Introduction This manual describes features that

A circle with a slash through it is a 9 : Airbag Readiness Light

In Brief Vehicle Features

Initial Drive Press L again to cancel the panic

Remote Keyless Entry 1. Press and release Q on the

Press L and release to locate the Canceling a Remote Start

Windows Seat Adjustment

1. Seat Adjustment Control

Second Row Seats To fold the third row seatback:

4. Stow the mini-latch in the

5. Pull up on the release lever on

For vehicles with power folding Interior Mirror Steering Wheel

The exterior lamp control is on the

; : Turns on the parking lamps Rear Window Wiper/Washer

1. Fan Control 5. Air Delivery Mode Control

Dual Automatic Climate Control System Transmission

Vehicle Features Radio(s)

O : Press to turn the system on and or : Seek or scan stations or

For more information about these Setting the Clock

Radio with Touchscreen SRCE : Press to change the audio

w or c/x : Press to change

Driver Information Center 3 : Press this button to display Lane Departure

Rear Vision avoiding objects while in Universal Remote System

Express-open/Express-close : Performance and

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31

Keys, Doors, and Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33

If locked out of the vehicle, call . If the transmitter is still not

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 37

. Young children who get into Delayed Locking

38 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 39

Doors Warning (Continued)

40 Keys, Doors, and Windows

. Press O. The power liftgate may be

Keys, Doors, and Windows 41

42 Keys, Doors, and Windows

8 on the RKE transmitter or

Keys, Doors, and Windows 43

44 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Keys, Doors, and Windows 45

Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors

46 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Folding Mirrors Resetting the Power Folding Automatic Dimming

Keys, Doors, and Windows 47

Interior Mirrors Manual Rearview Mirror Windows

The vehicle aerodynamics are

48 Keys, Doors, and Windows

pulsing sound when either rear Express-Up/Express-Down

Keys, Doors, and Windows 49

50 Keys, Doors, and Windows

Roof Vent : Press and hold the front of

Keys, Doors, and Windows 51

52 Seats and Restraints

Seats and Replacing Safety Belt System

Seats and Restraints 53

54 Seats and Restraints

1. Seat Adjustment Handle